infiniti G37-09-Coupe6
Transcript of infiniti G37-09-Coupe6
RESTRAINTS
C
D
E
SECTION SBCA
B
SEAT BELT CONTROL SYSTEM
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
BC
N
O
P
CONTENTS
S
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 3
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ......... 3Work Flow .................................................................3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 6
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM ................... 6System Diagram ........................................................6System Description ...................................................6Component Parts Location ........................................7Component Description .............................................7
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT) .................................................................. 9
CONSULT-III Function ..............................................9
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .........................10
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .............................10Description ..............................................................10DTC Logic ...............................................................10Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................10
B2451 SB MOTOR RH CIRC .............................11Description ..............................................................11DTC Logic ...............................................................11Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................11
B2452 SB MOTOR LH CIRC .............................13Description ..............................................................13DTC Logic ...............................................................13Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................13
B2453 BR STROKE SEN CIRC .........................15Description ..............................................................15DTC Logic ...............................................................15Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................15Component Inspection ............................................16
B2454 MOTOR PWR SUP CIRC .......................18Description ..............................................................18
DTC Logic ................................................................18Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................18
B2455 PSB C/U INT CIRCUIT ..........................19Description ...............................................................19DTC Logic ................................................................19Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................19
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH ........................20
DRIVER SIDE .............................................................20DRIVER SIDE : Description .....................................20DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ..........20DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .....................20DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ...................21
PASSENGER SIDE ....................................................21PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................21PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....21PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............22PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ..........23
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ....24Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................24
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ..............25
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT ....25Reference Value ......................................................25Fail Safe ..................................................................26DTC Index ...............................................................26Wiring Diagram - SEAT BELT CONTROL SYS-TEM - .......................................................................27
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..............................31
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT DOES NOT OPER-ATE ....................................................................31
BOTH SIDES ..............................................................31BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure ......................31
SBC-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 31DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 31
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 31PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 31
PRECAUTION ............................................. 33
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 33Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ................................................................. 33Precaution for Seat Belt Service ............................. 33Precaution for Battery Service ................................ 34
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 35
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC ............ 35Description .............................................................. 35
BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR ................. 36Exploded View ........................................................ 36Removal and Installation ......................................... 36
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT ..... 37Exploded View ........................................................ 37Removal and Installation ......................................... 37
SBC-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
S
BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004672943
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYSTEM
Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc-tion occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings the vehicles in.
>> GO TO 2.
2.STUDY AND UNDERSTAND THE SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Understand the operation condition or non-operation condition of pre-crash seat belt. Refer to SBC-6, "SystemDescription".
>> GO TO 3.
JMHIA0973GB
SBC-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >3.CHECK DTC
Perform "Self-diagnosis procedure" of appropriate DTC to check if DTC is detected again.At this time, always connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle, and then check the diagnosis results in real time on“DATA MONITOR (AUTO RECORD)”.There is no priority for each DTC. Record them based on the following rules.Current malfunction: Record all DTCs detected.Past malfunction: Record up to 5 DTCs. When the 6th DTC is detected, it is overwritten to the last recordedDTC.Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Follow the diagnosis simulation test to check. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
4.PERFORM PRELIMINARY CHECK
Perform preliminary check. Refer to SBC-31, "BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure".
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Identify the malfunctioning system with "Malfunctioning system by symptom diagnosis". Refer to SBC-31,"BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure".
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6.Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7 (Parts system).Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 8 (Power supply, ground system).
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE"
Perform the inspection with "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" of the applicable system.
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Identify the malfunctioning part with "Diagnosis Procedure".Are malfunctioning parts detected?YES >> GO TO 10.NO >> GO TO 9.
8.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Identify the malfunctioning part with "Component Function Check".Are malfunctioning parts detected?YES >> GO TO 10.NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM COMPONENT INSPECTION
Perform the inspection with "Component Inspection".
>> GO TO 10.
10.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
Repair or replace the specified malfunctioning parts.After repairing or replacing, reconnect parts or connector disconnected in "Diagnosis Procedure", and thenerase DTC if necessary. Refer to SBC-9, "CONSULT-III Function".
>> GO TO 11.
11.FINAL CHECK
Perform "CONSULT-lll function" again to check that the repair is performed correctly.
SBC-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
S
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,referring to the symptom inspection result in step 4.Are all malfunctions corrected?YES >> • Before delivering the vehicle to the customer, check that that DTC is erased.
• INSPECTION ENDNO >> DTC is reproduced: GO TO 6.
SBC-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONPRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004672948
System Description INFOID:0000000004673712
• Pre-crash seat belt is adopted to RH/LH seat belts• Pre-crush seat belt retracts shoulder webbing by a motor in pre-tensioner seat belt with control unit built in
motor• Facilitates an emergency operation by restraining change in occupant posture while emergency braking is
being applied, intelligent brake is being activated• Restrains occupant faster and firmly, maximizes the effect of other devices like air bag, and reduces possible
damage if a collision is unavoidable• Provides occupant a sense of ease by pulling occupants body to seat during braking that does not result a
collision• Retracts shoulder webbing and rewinds excessive seat belt slack when occupant is getting in or out of the
vehicle, or fastening or unfastening seat belt
FUNCTION DESCRIPTIONPre-crush seat belt is activated in the conditions as per the following.Emergency braking is applied
OPERATION CONDITIONThe activation and deactivation conditions of pre-crush seat belt are as per the following.
OPERATION PROHIBITION CONDITION• Seat belt is not fastened (Only the seat belt that is not fastened does not operate)• At fail-safe condition
JMHIA0430GB
Activating condition Deactivating condition
When emergency braking is applied• Judges that emergency braking is applied• Vehicle speed is 15 km/h (9 MPH) or more
• When the vehicle accelerates• The vehicle stays stopped
SBC-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004672950
Component Description INFOID:0000000004672951
1. Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) B213
2. Pre-crash seat belt control unit M110 3. Brake pedal stroke sensor E116
4. Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) B13
A. Behind the glove box B. Behind the driver instrument panel (lower)
JMHIA0969ZZ
Component Function
Pre-crash seat belt control unit It controls pre-crash seat belt motor according to input signal.
Pre-crash seat belt motor(Seat belt motor [RH/LH])
It is built into seat belt retractor, and it pulls, returns, and maintains according to the motor rotation.
Brake pedal stroke sensor
• It changes voltage according to brake pedal depressed amount and sends the signal to pre-crash seat belt control unit.
• There are 2 signals (brake pedal stroke sensor 1 and 2) sent from the brake pedal stroke sensor. Pre-crash seat belt control unit will judge the stroke amount and the speed of the brake pedal according to the voltage of the signal sent by each side.
SBC-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Seat belt buckle switchIt is arranged in the seat belt buckle and judges whether the seat belt is fastened or not fastened.
Unified meter and A/C ampIt transmits the vehicle status to pre-crash seat belt control unit using the CAN communication system.
Component Function
SBC-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT)
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT)
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000004672953
Diagnosis for pre-crash seat belt system can be performed using CONSULT-III.
APPLICATION ITEM
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTSCAUTION:When malfunctions are detected in several systems, including the CAN communication [U1000], trou-bleshoot the CAN communication [U1000].
NOTE:Timing display judges the status of self-diagnosis results judged from each input signal.• When malfunction is found in the past and it is normal now, “MEMORY” is displayed.• When malfunction is found at present or found immediately after the self-diagnosis, “CURRENT” is dis-
played.• When malfunction is not found in the past and it is normal now, nothing is displayed.CAUTION:Some malfunctions are displayed at low battery voltage (when keeping 7 to 8 V for 2 seconds) even ifthe system is not malfunctioning. Erase DTC memory and do not replace any parts after making surethat the system is normal especially if the malfunctions are displayed after replacing battery.
DATA MONITOR
Part to be diagnosed Diagnosis Mode Function description
Pre-crash seat belt
Self-diagnosis Results
• Displays data recorded when a malfunction is de-tected.
• Can print out the display.• Erases DTC recorded in memory.
Data MonitorDisplays input data for pre-crash seat belt control unit in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTRMonitors communication status of CAN communi-cation.
ECU PART NUMBERDisplays pre-crash seat belt control unit part num-ber.
Diagnostic item Malfunction judgement criteria Refer to
CAN COMM CIRC [U1000] CAN communication is malfunctioning. SBC-10
Seat belt motor system RH [B2451] Circuit of seat belt motor (RH) is open or shorted. SBC-11
Seat belt motor system LH [B2452] Circuit of seat belt motor (LH) is open or shorted. SBC-13
B-pedal sensor system [B2453] Circuit of brake pedal stroke sensor is open or shorted. SBC-15
Motor power supply circuit system [B2454]
Circuit of motor power supply is open or shorted.CAUTION:Malfunction is judged when 30A (F/L-G) fusible link blows out even if motor power supply circuit is not malfunctioning.
SBC-18
Monitor item [Operation or unit] Display item
B PEDAL SIG1 [V] Brake pedal stroke sensor 1 signal voltage is displayed.
B PEDAL SIG2 [V] Brake pedal stroke sensor 2 signal voltage is displayed.
SB SW RH SIG [ON/OFF] ON/OFF status of RH seat belt switch signal is displayed.
SB SW LH SIG [ON/OFF] ON/OFF status of LH seat belt switch signal is displayed.
Vehicle speed sensor [km/h] Vehicle speed signal is displayed.
SBC-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISU1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004679398
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modernvehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links withother control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connectedwith 2 communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with lesswiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004679399
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004679400
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result”.Is DTC “U1000” displayed?YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
DTCCONSULT-III display
descriptionDTC Detection Condition Possible cause
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITWhen BCM cannot communicate CAN com-munication signal continuously for 2 seconds or more.
CAN communication system
SBC-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2451 SB MOTOR RH CIRC
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
B2451 SB MOTOR RH CIRC
Description INFOID:0000000004672956
• It pulls, returns, and maintains according to the motor rotation.• It is built into the seat belt retractor.• It is installed to back of RH center pillar garnish.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004672957
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT MOTOR RH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.Is DTC detected?YES >> Refer to SBC-11, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> Pre-crash seat belt motor RH system is normal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673944
1.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT MOTOR RH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector and pre-crash seat belt motor RH connector.3. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and pre-crash seat belt
motor RH harness connector.
4. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT MOTOR RH CIRCUIT
1. Replace pre-crash seat belt motor RH.2. Connect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector and pre-crash seat belt motor RH connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.Is DTC detected?YES >> Replace pre-crash seat belt control unit.
DTC No. Self-diagnosis item DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
B2451Seat belt motor system RH
Circuit of seat belt motor (RH) is open or shorted
• Open circuit, short circuit to battery, and short circuit to ground in seat belt motor (RH) harness
• Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Pre-crash seat belt control unit Pre-crash seat belt motor RHContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M1101
B2281
Existed3 2
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
M1101
Not existed3
SBC-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2451 SB MOTOR RH CIRC
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> INSPECTION ENDSBC-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2452 SB MOTOR LH CIRC
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
B2452 SB MOTOR LH CIRC
Description INFOID:0000000004672960
• It pulls, returns, and maintains according to the motor rotation.• It is built into the seat belt retractor.• It is installed to the back of LH center pillar garnish.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004672961
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC REPRODUCTION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT MOTOR LH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.Is DTC detected?YES >> Refer to SBC-13, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> Pre-crash seat belt motor LH system is normal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673945
1.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT MOTOR LH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector and pre-crash seat belt motor LH connector.3. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and pre-crash seat belt
motor LH harness connector.
4. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT MOTOR LH CIRCUIT
1. Replace pre-crash seat belt motor LH.2. Connect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector and pre-crash seat belt motor LH connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.Is DTC detected?YES >> Replace pre-crash seat belt control unit.
DTC No. Self-diagnosis item DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
B2452 Seat belt motor system LHCircuit of seat belt motor (LH) is open or shorted
• Open circuit, short circuit to bat-tery, and short circuit to ground in seat belt motor (LH) harness
• Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Pre-crash seat belt control unit Pre-crash seat belt motor LHContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M1104
B282
Existed6 1
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
M1104
Not existed6
SBC-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2452 SB MOTOR LH CIRC
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> INSPECTION ENDSBC-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2453 BR STROKE SEN CIRC
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
B2453 BR STROKE SEN CIRC
Description INFOID:0000000004673915
• It changes voltage according to brake pedal depressed amount and sends the signal to pre-crash seat beltcontrol unit.
• There are 2 signals (brake pedal stroke sensor 1 and 2) sent from the brake pedal stroke sensor. Pre-crashseat belt control unit judges the stroke amount and the speed of the brake pedal according to the voltage ofthe signal sent by each side.
• It is installed to back of driver instrument panel (lower).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004673916
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.Is DTC detected?YES >> Refer to SBC-15, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673917
1.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “B PEDAL SIG1” and “B PEDAL SIG2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check “B PEDAL SIG1” and “B PEDAL SIG2” indication under the following conditions.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect brake pedal stroke sensor connector.3. Check voltage between brake pedal stroke sensor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 4.
DTC No. Self-diagnosis item DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
B2453BR STROKE SEN
CIRCCircuit of brake pedal stroke sensor output is open or shorted
• Open circuit, short circuit to battery, and short circuit to ground in brake pedal stroke sensor harness
• Pre-crash seat belt control unit• Brake pedal stroke sensor
Monitor item ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
B PEDAL SIG1Brake released → depressed
1 → 4
B PEDAL SIG2 4 → 1
Brake pedal stroke sensor
Ground
Voltage (V)(Approx.)Connector Terminal
E116 2 5
SBC-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2453 BR STROKE SEN CIRC
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector.2. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and brake pedal stroke sen-
sor harness connector.
3. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Refer to SBC-16, "Component Inspection".NO >> Repair or replace harness between pre-crash seat belt control unit and brake pedal stroke sensor.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector.2. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and brake pedal stroke sen-
sor harness connector.
3. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness between pre-crash seat belt control unit and brake pedal stroke sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004673918
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect brake pedal stroke sensor connector.3. Check that continuity between brake pedal stroke sensor when performing the brake operation.
Pre-crash seat belt control unit Brake pedal stroke sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110
16
E116
1
Existed20 3
21 4
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
M110
16
Not existed20
21
Pre-crash seat belt control unit Brake pedal stroke sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 18 E116 2 Existed
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M110 18 Not existed
SBC-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2453 BR STROKE SEN CIRC
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Brake pedal stroke sensor system is normal.NO >> Replace brake pedal stroke sensor. Refer to SBC-36, "Removal and Installation".
Brake pedal stroke sensorCondition
Resistance (KΩ)(Approx.)Terminal
21
Brake released → depressed1.0 → 0.2
3 0.2 → 1.0
SBC-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2454 MOTOR PWR SUP CIRC
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >B2454 MOTOR PWR SUP CIRC
Description INFOID:0000000004673922
• When control unit activates pre-crush seat belt system, it retracts the shoulder belt with the electric motorand reduces seat belt slack.
• Power supply is supplied constantly from battery power supply.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004673923
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.Is DTC detected?YES >> Refer to SBC-18, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673924
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.
2.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector.3. Check voltage between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer toSBC-37, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness between pre-crash seat belt control unit and fusible link.
DTC No. Self-diagnosis item DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
B2454SEAT BLT PWR DR CIRC
Motor power supply circuit is open or shorted
• Open circuit and short circuit to ground in drive circuit power supply harness
• Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse and fusible link No.
2 Battery power supply G
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Ground
Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Connector TerminalBattery voltage
M110 2
SBC-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2455 PSB C/U INT CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
B2455 PSB C/U INT CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004672971
• It controls pre-crash seat belt motor according to input signal.• It consists of pre-crash seat belt control unit.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004673925
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.Is DTC detected?YES >> Refer to SBC-19, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673926
1..INSPECTION START
1. Check “Self-diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III.2. Touch “ERASE”.3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See SBC-19, "DTC Logic".Is DTC B2455 displayed again?YES >> Replace pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer toSBC-37, "Removal and Installation".NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DTC No. Self-diagnosis item DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
B2455 C/U internal circuit system Pre-crash seat belt control unit internal circuit malfunction Pre-crash seat belt control unit
SBC-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004673927
• Performs the control of tension reducer according to the seat belt buckle switch ON/OFF.• Detects whether or not the seat belt is fastened when the ignition switch turns ON. If the seat belt is not fas-
tened, illuminates the seat belt warning lamp on the combination meter.• The seat belt buckle switch is installed in the seat belt buckle.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004673928
1.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-IIIWhen checking “SB SW LH SIG” on DATA MONITOR screen, check that ON/OFF display changes synchro-nized with the insertion operation to the seat belt buckle.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) circuit is normal.NO >> Refer to SBC-20, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673929
1.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
Check that voltage between seat belt buckle switch (driver side) and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) circuit is normal.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector and seat belt buckle switch (driver side) connector.3. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit and seat belt buckle switch (driver side).
4. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
Monitor item Condition
SB SW LH SIGWhen driver side seat belt is not fastened: OFF
When driver side seat belt is fastened: ON
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)
Connector Terminal
B13 1 Ground
When driver side seat belt is not fastened
5
When driver side seat belt is fastened
0
Pre-crash seat belt control unit Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 10 B13 1 Existed
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M110 10 Not existed
SBC-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness between pre-crash seat belt control unit and seat belt buckle switch
(driver side).
3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between seat belt buckle switch (driver side) and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness between seat belt buckle switch and ground.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)
Check seat belt buckle switch (driver side). Refer to SBC-21, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (driver side).
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004673930
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat belt buckle switch connector.3. Check continuity of seat belt buckle (driver side).
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (driver side).
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004673931
• Performs the control of tension reducer according to the seat belt buckle switch ON/OFF.• Detects whether or not the seat belt is fastened when the ignition switch turns ON. If the seat belt switch is
not fastened, illuminates the seat belt warning lamp on the combination meter.• The seat belt buckle switch is installed in the seat belt buckle.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004673932
1.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-IIIWhen checking “SB SW RH SIG” on DATA MONITOR screen, check that ON/OFF display changes are syn-chronized with the insertion operation to the seat belt buckle.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) circuit is normal.
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B13 2 Existed
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)Condition Continuity
Terminal
1 2When driver side seat belt is not fastened Not existed
When driver side seat belt is fastened Existed
Monitor item Condition
SB SW RH SIGWhen driver side seat belt is not fastened: OFF
When driver side seat belt is fastened: ON
SBC-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Refer to SBC-22, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673933
1.CHECK PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
Check that voltage between seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) circuit is normal.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE (PASSENGER SIDE) SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connector and seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) con-
nector.3. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit and seat belt buckle switch (passenger side).
4. Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness between pre-crash seat belt control unit and seat belt buckle switch
(passenger side).
3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness between seat belt buckle switch and ground.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)
Check seat belt buckle switch (passenger side). Refer to SBC-23, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspec-tion".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace pre-crash seat belt control unit. Refer to SBC-37, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (passenger side).
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)
Connector Terminal
B213 1 Ground
When driver side seat belt is not fastened
5
When driver side seat belt is fastened
0
Pre-crash seat belt control unit Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M110 8 B213 1 Existed
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M110 8 Not existed
Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B213 2 Existed
SBC-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004673934
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat belt buckle switch connector.3. Check continuity of seat belt buckle (passenger side).
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (passenger side).
Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)Condition Continuity
Terminal
1 2When driver side seat belt is not fastened Not existed
When driver side seat belt is fastened Existed
SBC-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673939
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Is the fuse blown?YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect pre-crash seat belt control unit connectors.3. Check voltage between harness pre-crash seat belt control unit connector and ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between pre-crash seat belt control unit harness connector and ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair or replace harness.
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse and fusible link No.
13 Battery power supply 1
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Ground
Voltage (V)(Approx.)Connector Terminal
M110 13 Battery voltage
Pre-crash seat belt control unit
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
M1105
Existed26
SBC-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONPRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004673006
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOLCONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
Monitor item ConditionValue/Status
(Approx.)
B PEDAL SIG1B PEDAL SIG2
Brake releasedBrake released
(1 V)(4 V)
B PEDAL SIG1B PEDAL SIG2
Brake released → depressedBrake released → depressed
(1V→4 V)(4V→1 V)
SB SW RH SIGRH seat belt is not fastenedRH seat belt is fastened
OFFON
SB SW LH SIGLH seat belt is not fastenedLH seat belt is fastened
OFFON
JMHIA0181ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue (*1)(Approx.)
+ – Signal nameInput/Output
1(G/R)
Ground RH seat belt motor release signal Output — —
2(W)
Ground Drive circuit power supply (+BAT) Input Seat belt motor non-operational Battery voltage
3(G/Y)
GroundRH seat belt motor forward (retract) sig-nal
Output — —
4(GR/W)
GroundLH seat belt motor forward (retract) sig-nal
Output — —
5(W)
Ground Drive circuit ground — — 0
6(LY)
Ground LH seat belt motor release signal Output — —
7(G)
Ground Indicator (seat belt warning lamp) Output
LH seat belt is not fastened Ground
LH seat belt is fastened Battery voltage
LH seat belt is fastened or malfunction of system
Battery voltage ←→ Ground
8(LG)
Ground RH seat belt buckle switch signal InputRH seat belt is fastened Battery voltage
RH seat belt is not fastened Ground
SBC-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >*1: Perform the measurement while connecting the control unit and the harness.
Fail Safe INFOID:0000000004673003
When a malfunction occurs in the following system, the pre-crash seat belt function is controlled according tothe malfunctioning parts.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004673004
10(SB)
Ground LH seat belt buckle switch signal InputLH seat belt is fastened Battery voltage
LH seat belt is not fastened Ground
13(W)
Ground Control circuit power supply (IGN) InputIGN ON Battery voltage
IGN OFF Ground
16(W)
Ground Brake pedal stroke sensor signal1 InputBrake released → depressed 1 V → 4 V
IGN OFF 1 V → 4 V
18(R)
Ground Brake pedal stroke sensor power circuit OutputIGN ON 1 V → 4 V
IGN OFF 1 V → 4 V
20(G)
GroundBrake pedal stroke sensor signal2
InputBrake released → depressed 1 V → 4 V
IGN OFF 0V
21(B)
Ground Brake pedal stroke sensor ground circuit — — Ground
22(P)
Ground CAN communication signal (CAN L-line)Input/Output
— —
24(L)
Ground CAN communication signal (CAN H-line)Input/Output
— —
25 Ground Shield ground — — Ground
26(B)
Ground Control circuit ground — — Ground
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue (*1)(Approx.)
+ – Signal nameInput/Output
Display contents of CONSULT-III Fail-safe Cancellation
B2451: SB MOTOR RH CIRC Deactivate the RH pre-crash seat belt function Erase DTC
B2452: SB MOTOR LH CIRC Deactivate the LH pre-crash seat belt function Erace DTC
B2453: BR STROK SEN CIRC Deactivate the interlock function during emergency brake operation
Erace DTC
B2454: MOTOR PWR SUP CIRC Deactivate the pre-crash seat belt function Erace DTC
DTCTrouble diagnosis name(CONSULT-III display)
DTC detection condition Reference
— — No malfunction is detected —
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITPre-crash seat belt control unit cannot transmit and receive CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more
SBC-10
B2451 SB MOTOR RH CIRC RH seat belt motor circuit is shorted or open SBC-11
B2452 SB MOTOR LH CIRC LH seat belt motor circuit is shorted or open SBC-13
B2453 BR STROK SEN CIRC Brake pedal stroke sensor circuit is shorted or open SBC-15
B2454 MOTOR PWR SUP CIRC Motor power supply circuit is shorted or open SBC-18
B2455 PSB C/U INT CIRCUIT Internal breakdown in pre-crash seat belt control unit SBC-19
SBC-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
Wiring Diagram - SEAT BELT CONTROL SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004673005
JCHWM0336GB
SBC-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCHWM0337GB
SBC-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCHWM0338GB
SBC-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCHWM0339GB
SBC-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISPRE-CRASH SEAT BELT DOES NOT OPERATEBOTH SIDES
BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673940
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply and ground circuit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673941
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)
Check seat belt buckle switch (driver side). Refer to SBC-20, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004673942
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply and ground circuit. Refer to SBC-24, "Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)
Check seat belt buckle switch (passenger side). Refer to SBC-21, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component FunctionCheck"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
SBC-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >NO >> GO TO 1.SBC-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
S
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004672989
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Seat Belt Service INFOID:0000000004672990
CAUTION:• Before removing the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect the
both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes.• Do not use electrical test equipment for seat belt pre-tensioner connector.• After replacing or reinstalling seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, or reconnecting front seat belt pre-
tensioner connector, check the system function. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".• Do not use disassemble buckle or seat belt assembly.• Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.• Never oil tongue and buckle.• If any component of seat belt assembly is questionable, do not repair. Replace the whole seat belt
assembly.• If webbing is cut, frayed, or damaged, replace seat belt assembly.• When replacing seat belt assembly, use a genuine NISSAN seat belt assembly.
AFTER A COLLISIONWARNING:Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware after any collision.NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the col-lision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do socould result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a colli-sion should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensionershould be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bagsare deployed.Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:
SBC-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >• The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors andbuckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).• The seat belt was damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide).• The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage
or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.• The seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in
which the air bags are deployed.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004672991
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
SBC-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
S
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEPRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSTIC
Description INFOID:0000000004673943
WARNING:• The following tests should be performed in a safe, open place that is free of traffic and obstacles.• The tests should be performed on a dry, paved road. Never attempt to perform the tests on a wet or
unpaved road, open road, or highway. (This may cause an accident or personal injury.)• Driver and passenger should assume seat belt may operate and prepare themselves accordingly.1. Fasten driver and passenger seat belts.2. Drive at approximately 25 km/h (16 MPH).3. Notify passenger of a sudden stop. Driver and passenger prepare themselves for the possibility of system
not operating. Then, driver fully depresses the brake pedal to stop suddenly.4. Check that the shoulder of the seat belt is pulled while braking.
SBC-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >BRAKE PEDAL STROKE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004672992
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004672993
REMOVAL1. Remove the driver instrument panel (lower). Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".2. Disconnect the brake pedal stroke sensor connector (A).3. Remove the screws.4. Remove the brake pedal stroke sensor (1).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1. Brake pedal stroke sensor A. Brake pedal stroke sensor connector
JMHIA0100ZZ
SBC-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
BC
N
O
P
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
S
PRE-CRASH SEAT BELT CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004672994
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004672995
REMOVAL1. Remove the glove box. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".2. Disconnect the pre-crash seat belt control unit connector (A).3. Remove the screws.4. Remove the pre-crash seat belt control unit (1).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1. Pre-crash seat belt control unit A. Pre-crash seat belt control unit con-nector
JMHIA0099ZZ
SBC-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY INTERIOR
C
D
E
SECTION SEA
B
SEAT
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
E
N
O
P
CONTENTS
S
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 7
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ......... 7Work Flow .................................................................7
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ..................... 8
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT-TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL .....................................8
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description ......8ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Re-pair Requirement .......................................................8
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ..........................................................8
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description ..................................8ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .......8
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION ..........................................8SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Description ...................8SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Special Repair Re-quirement ..................................................................8
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 9
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE .................... 9
POWER SEAT FUNCTION .........................................9POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Diagram .........9POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Description ......9POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location ...................................................................10POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Description ..........................................11
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION ..................................11POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Diagram ....11POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Descrip-tion ..........................................................................11
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location ..........................................................14POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Description ..........................................14
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE .........16
POWER SEAT FUNCTION ........................................16POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Diagram .......16POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Description ....16POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location ...................................................................17POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Descrip-tion ...........................................................................18
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION ..................................18POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Diagram ....18POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Descrip-tion ...........................................................................18POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location ..........................................................21POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Description ..........................................21
SIDE SUPPORT UNIT .......................................23System Description ..................................................23Component Parts Location ......................................23Component Description ...........................................23
HEATED SEAT .................................................24System Diagram ......................................................24System Description ..................................................24Component Parts Location ......................................25Component Description ...........................................25
LUMBAR SUPPORT .........................................26System Description ..................................................26Component Parts Location ......................................26Component Description ...........................................26
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT C/U) ....27Diagnosis Description ..............................................27
SE-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CONSULT-III Function ........................................... 27
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 30
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 30Description .............................................................. 30DTC Logic ............................................................... 30Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 30Special Repair Requirement ................................... 30
B2112 SLIDING MOTOR ................................... 31Description .............................................................. 31DTC Logic ............................................................... 31Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 31
B2113 RECLINING MOTOR .............................. 33Description .............................................................. 33DTC Logic ............................................................... 33Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 33
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 35
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT .............................. 35DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 35
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT ..................... 35PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 35
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT ............................. 36HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Pro-cedure ..................................................................... 36
HEATED SEAT SWITCH .......................................... 38HEATED SEAT SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure ... 38
SLIDING SWITCH .............................................. 41
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 41DRIVER SIDE : Description .................................... 41DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........ 41DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 41DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................. 42
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 42PASSENGER SIDE : Description ........................... 42PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check ................................. 42PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 43PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ......... 44
SEATBACK ............................................................... 44SEATBACK : Description ....................................... 44SEATBACK : Component Function Check ............. 44SEATBACK : Diagnosis Procedure ....................... 44SEATBACK : Component Inspection ..................... 46
RECLINING SWITCH ........................................ 47
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 47DRIVER SIDE : Description .................................... 47DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........ 47
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 47DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................. 48
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 48PASSENGER SIDE : Description ........................... 48PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check .................................. 48PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 49PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ......... 50
LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT) .............................. 51
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 51DRIVER SIDE : Description .................................... 51DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........ 51DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 51DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................. 52
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 52PASSENGER SIDE : Description ........................... 52PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check .................................. 52PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 53PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ......... 54
LIFTING SWITCH (REAR) ................................ 55
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 55DRIVER SIDE : Description .................................... 55DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........ 55DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 55DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................. 56
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 56PASSENGER SIDE : Description ........................... 56PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check .................................. 56PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 57PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ......... 58
POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT ... 59
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 59DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 59
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 59PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 59
FORWARD SWITCH ......................................... 61
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 61DRIVER SIDE : Description .................................... 61DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........ 61DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 61DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................. 62
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 62PASSENGER SIDE : Description ........................... 62PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
... 62PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ........... 63PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ......... 64
SE-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
S
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH .........................65
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................65DRIVER SIDE : Description ....................................65DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........65DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................65DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ..................66
PASSENGER SIDE ...................................................66PASSENGER SIDE : Description ...........................66PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....66PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...........67PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection .........68
SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH ....................................69
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................69DRIVER SIDE : Description ....................................69DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........69DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................69DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ..................70
PASSENGER SIDE ...................................................70PASSENGER SIDE : Description ...........................70PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....70PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...........71PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection .........72
POWER WALK-IN SWITCH ...............................73
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................73DRIVER SIDE : Description ....................................73DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........73DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................73DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ..................74
PASSENGER SIDE ...................................................74PASSENGER SIDE : Description ...........................74PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....74PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...........75PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection .........76
DOOR SWITCH ..................................................77Description ..............................................................77Component Function Check ....................................77Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................77
SLIDING SENSOR .............................................79
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................79DRIVER SIDE : Description ....................................79DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........79DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................79
PASSENGER SIDE ...................................................81PASSENGER SIDE : Description ...........................81PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....81PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...........81
SLIDING MOTOR ..............................................84
DRIVER SIDE .............................................................84DRIVER SIDE : Description .....................................84DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........84DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................84DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ...................85
PASSENGER SIDE ....................................................85PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................85PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check ..................................85PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............86PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ..........87
RECLINING MOTOR .........................................88
DRIVER SIDE .............................................................88DRIVER SIDE : Description .....................................88DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........88DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................88DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ...................89
PASSENGER SIDE ....................................................89PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................89PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....89PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............89PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ..........90
LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) ...............................92
DRIVER SIDE .............................................................92DRIVER SIDE : Description .....................................92DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........92DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................92DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ...................93
PASSENGER SIDE ....................................................93PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................93PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....93PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............93PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ..........94
LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) .................................96
DRIVER SIDE .............................................................96DRIVER SIDE : Description .....................................96DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........96DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ....................96DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ...................97
PASSENGER SIDE ....................................................97PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................97PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....97PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............97PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ..........98
HEATED SEAT SWITCH ................................ 100
DRIVER SIDE ...........................................................100
SE-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SIDE : Description ...................................100DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check .......100DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...................100DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................101
PASSENGER SIDE ..................................................101PASSENGER SIDE : Description ..........................101PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check ................................101PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..........102PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ........103
HEATED SEAT RELAY ................................... 104Description .............................................................104Component Function Check ..................................104Diagnosis Procedure .............................................104Component Inspection ...........................................105
HEAT SENSOR ............................................... 106
DRIVER SIDE ...........................................................106DRIVER SIDE : Description ...................................106DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ........106DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...................106DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................107
PASSENGER SIDE ..................................................108PASSENGER SIDE : Description ..........................108PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
..108PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..........108PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ........110
SEAT CUSHION HEATER .............................. 111
DRIVER SIDE ...........................................................111DRIVER SIDE : Description ...................................111DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check .......111DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...................111DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection .................112
PASSENGER SIDE ..................................................112PASSENGER SIDE : Description ..........................112PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check ................................112PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..........112PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ........114
SEATBACK HEATER ...................................... 115
DRIVER SIDE ...........................................................115DRIVER SIDE : Description ...................................115DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check .......115DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ...................115
PASSENGER SIDE ..................................................115PASSENGER SIDE : Description ..........................115PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check ................................115PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..........115
HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR ............ 117
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 117DRIVER SIDE : Description .................................. 117DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ...... 117DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 117
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 117PASSENGER SIDE : Description ......................... 117PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check ................................ 117PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 117
LUMBAR SUPPORT ........................................119Wiring Diagram - LUMBAR SUPPORT - .............. 119
SIDE SUPPORT ...............................................122Wiring Diagram - SIDE SUPPORT - ..................... 122
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............125
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER) ................125
Reference Value ................................................... 125Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT SYSTEM FOR DRIVER SIDE (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER) - .................................................... 127Fail-Safe ................................................................ 133DTC Index ............................................................ 134
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT .............136Reference Value ................................................... 136Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT SYSTEM FOR PASSENGER SIDE - ............................................ 139
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT .....................145Reference Value ................................................... 145Wiring Diagram - HEATED SEAT SYSTEM (WITH M/T) - .................................................................... 146Wiring Diagram - HEATED SEAT SYSTEM (WITH A/T) - ..................................................................... 150
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ...........................154
ALL COMPONENTS OF POWER SEAT DO NOT OPERATE ................................................154
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 154DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 154
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 154PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 154
POWER SEAT SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) DOES NOT OPERATE ANY COMPONENTS ..155
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155
SLIDING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE ..156
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 156DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 156
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 156PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 156
SE-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
S
RECLINING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPER-ATE ................................................................... 158
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 158DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 158
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 158PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 158
LIFTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE .. 160
FRONT ..................................................................... 160FRONT : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 160
REAR ....................................................................... 160REAR : Diagnosis Procedure ................................ 160
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE ......................................................... 162
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 162DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 162
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 163PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 163
HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE .......... 165
BOTH SIDES ........................................................... 165BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure .................... 165
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 165DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 165
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 166PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 166
SEATBACK HEATER ONLY DOES NOT OP-ERATE .............................................................. 167
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 167DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 167
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 167PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 167
CANNOT ADJUST HEATED SEAT TEMPER-ATURE .............................................................. 168
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 168DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 168
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 168PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 168
HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR DOES NOT TURN ON ................................................. 169
DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... 169DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 169
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................. 169PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .......... 169
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG-NOSES ............................................................ 170
Work Flow ..............................................................170Inspection Procedure .............................................172Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................174
PRECAUTION ............................................ 176
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 176Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ...............................................................176Precaution for Battery Service ...............................176Service Notice .......................................................176Precaution for Work ...............................................176
PREPARATION ......................................... 178
PREPARATION ............................................... 178Special Service Tool ..............................................178Commercial Service Tool ......................................178
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 179
FRONT SEAT .................................................. 179Exploded View .......................................................179Removal and Installation .......................................182Disassembly and Assembly ...................................183
REAR SEAT .................................................... 192Exploded View .......................................................192Removal and Installation .......................................192Disassembly and Assembly ...................................193
SEATBACK CONTROL CABLE ..................... 195Exploded View .......................................................195Removal and Installation .......................................195
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT .................... 196Exploded View .......................................................196Removal and Installation .......................................196
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT ........... 197Exploded View .......................................................197Removal and Installation .......................................197
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT ................... 198Exploded View .......................................................198Removal and Installation .......................................198
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CON-TROL UNIT ...................................................... 199
Exploded View .......................................................199Removal and Installation .......................................199
POWER SEAT SWITCH ................................. 200Removal and Installation .......................................200
SLIDING SWITCH ........................................... 201
SEATBACK ..............................................................201SEATBACK : Removal and Installation .................201
SE-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SUPPORT SWITCH ............................... 202Removal and Installation .......................................202
LUMBAR SUPPORT SWITCH ........................ 203Removal and Installation .......................................203
HEATED SEAT SWITCH ..................................204Exploded View ...................................................... 204Removal and Installation ....................................... 204
SE-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
S
BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004250013
DETAILED FLOW
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM
Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc-tion occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings the vehicle in.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPRODUCE THE MALFUNCTION INFORMATION
Check the malfunction on the vehicle that the customer describes.Inspect the relation of the symptoms and the condition when the symptoms occur.
>> GO TO 3.
3.IDENTIFY THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”
Use “Symptom diagnosis” from the symptom inspection result in step 2 and then identify where to start per-forming the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 4.
4.IDENTIFY THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS WITH “COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS”
Perform the diagnosis with “Component diagnosis” of the applicable system.
>> GO TO 5.
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the specified malfunctioning parts.
>> GO TO 6.
6.FINAL CHECK
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,referring to the symptom inspection result in step 2.Are the malfunctions corrected?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 3.
SE-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-scription INFOID:0000000004250014
Initial setting is necessary when battery terminal is removed, driver seat control unit or passenger seat controlunit is replaced.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Spe-cial Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004250015
1.SYSTEM INITIALIZATION
Perform system initialization. Refer to SE-8, "SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Description".
>> Work end.ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : DescriptionINFOID:0000000004250016
Initial setting is necessary when battery terminal is removed, driver seat control unit or passenger seat controlunit is replaced.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-quirement INFOID:0000000004250017
1.SYSTEM INITIALIZATION
Perform system initialization. Refer to SE-8, "SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Description".
>> Work end.SYSTEM INITIALIZATION
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Description INFOID:0000000004250018
Always perform the initialization when the battery terminal is removed, driver seat control unit or passengerseat control unit is replaced. If the initialization is not performed, power walk-in function does not operation.
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004250019
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
1. STEP-1
Slide the seat to the front edge.NOTE:If seat sliding position is already at the front edge, slide the seat backward once it to the front edge again.
>> Work end.
SE-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONPOWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDEPOWER SEAT FUNCTION
POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004543873
POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000004543874
• Power seat is operative regardless of the ignition switch position because power supply is always suppliedto driver seat control unit.
• Driver seat control unit detects each power seat switch operation and operates applicable motor.
SLIDING OPERATIONWhen operating the sliding switch located in power seat switch, sliding motor operates and adjusts the frontand back position of the seat.
RECLINING OPERATIONWhen operating the reclining switch located in power seat switch, reclining motor operates and adjusts the for-ward and backward position of the seatback. However, the reclining function does not operate when the for-ward switch is in the ON position.
LIFTING OPERATIONWhen operating the lifting switch located in power seat switch, lifting motor operates and adjusts the up anddown position of the seat cushion (front and rear).
SLEEP MODE• The driver seat control unit is equipped with the sleep mode to reduce the electric power consumption.• The sleep mode is activated when all of the following conditions are satisfied.1. Ignition switch turns OFF (steering LOCK position).2. When no power seat motors are moving.3. Power walk-in switch turns OFF.
WAKE-UP MODEThe sleep mode is cancelled when any status change is detected in the following items.1. CAN communication.2. Power seat switch.3. Power walk-in switch.
JMJIA2468GB
SE-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004543875
1. BCM M122, M123 2. Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) B13
3. Power walk-in switch B513
4. Reclining switch (power seat switch) B511
5. Sliding, lifting switch (power seat switch) B511
6. Reclining motor B524
7. Driver seat control unit B503, B504 8. Sliding sensor B526 9. Lifting motor (front) B528
10. Sliding motor B525 11. Lifting motor (rear) B530 12. Forward switch B512
13. Sliding limit switch B514 14. Driver side door switch B16 15. Unified meter and A/C amp. M67
A. Dash side lower (passenger side) B. View with seat cushion pad and seat-back pad removed
C. View with back side of seat cushion
D. View with seatback pad removed E. View with seat cushion pad removed F. Behind cluster lid C
JMJIA2469ZZ
SE-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Description INFOID:0000000004543876
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004543877
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000004543878
OUTLINEAutomatically slides the driver seat by operating the power walk-in switch so as to easily allow entry to the rearseat.
Forward OperationSlides the driver seat to the front end position (sliding limit switch: ON) by operating the power walk-in switchwhen the seatback is folded down.The forward operation is stopped by folding the seatback (forward switch: OFF) during the forward operation.
Backward OperationThe seatback is folded up after performing the forward operation of power walk-in function. Slide the driverseat to the backward position before performing the forward operation again by operating the power walk-inswitch.If the sliding operation is performed after performing the forward operation, do not perform the backward oper-ation.
Item Function
Driver seat control unit Operates the specific seat motor with the signal from the power seat switch
Power seat switch Built-in reclining switch, sliding switch, and lifting switch
Reclining motorOperates forward and backward movement of seatback with the power supplied to driver seat con-trol unit.
Sliding motor Operates forward and backward slide of seat with the power supplied to driver seat control unit.
Lifting motor (front/rear)Operates up and down movement of seat cushion with the power supplied to driver seat control unit.
Forward switch Detect folded down or folded up of the seatback.
JMJIA2370GB
SE-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >OPERATION PROCEDURE
Forward Operation
1. Open driver door.2. Pull the walk-in lever on the upper part of seatback, and then the seatback is folded down.3. Press the power walk-in switch.4. Slide the seat to the front end position.
Backward Operation
1. Fold up the seatback after performing the forward operation.2. Press the power walk-in switch.3. Slide the seat to the previous position before the forward operation is performed.
OPERATION CONDITIONPerform the power walk-in function when the following conditions are satisfied.
Forward Operation
Backward Operation
DETAIL FLOW
Forward Operation
Backward Operation
Item Request status
Driver side door Open
Driver side seat belt Not fastened
Power seat switch (sliding) Not operated
Vehicle speed 0 km/h
Seat position (sliding) Other than front end
Seatback Folded down
Item Request status
Initialize Done
Driver side seat belt Not fastened
Power seat switch (sliding) Not operated
Vehicle speed 0 km/h
Seat position (sliding)The seat sliding position does not move after per-
forming the forward operation.
Seatback Folded up
Order Inputs Outputs Control unit condition
1 Forward switch —Driver seat control unit detects that the seatback is folded down by the signal from the forward switch.
2 Power walk-in switch —The operation signal is input to the driver seat con-trol unit when the power walk-in switch is operated.
3 —Sliding motor(forward)
Driver seat control unit operates the seat sliding motor forward when it detects that the power walk-in switch is operated.
4 Sliding limit switch —Driver seat control unit stops the seat sliding motor when it detects that the seat sliding reaches the front end position by the sliding limit switch.
SE-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
SLEEP MODE• The driver seat control unit is equipped with the sleep mode to reduce the electric power consumption.• The sleep mode is activated when all of the following conditions are satisfied.1. Ignition switch turns OFF (steering LOCK position).2. When no power seat motors are moving.3. Power walk-in switch turns OFF.
WAKE-UP MODEThe sleep mode is cancelled when any status change is detected in the following items.1. CAN communication.2. Power seat switch.3. Power walk-in switch.
Order Inputs Outputs Control unit condition
1 Forward switch —Driver seat control unit detects that the seatback is folded up by the signal from the forward switch.
2 Power walk-in switch —The operation signal is input to the driver seat con-trol unit when the power walk-in switch is operated.
3 —Sliding motor(backward)
Driver seat control unit operates the sliding motor backward when it detects that the power walk-in switch is operated.
4 Sliding sensor —
Driver seat control unit stops the seat sliding motor when the seat sliding position reaches the front po-sition before performing the forward operation by the signal from sliding sensor.
SE-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004555012
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Description INFOID:0000000004543880
CONTROL UNITS
1. BCM M122, M123 2. Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) B13
3. Power walk-in switch B513
4. Reclining switch (power seat switch) B511
5. Sliding, lifting switch (power seat switch) B511
6. Reclining motor B524
7. Driver seat control unit B503, B504 8. Sliding sensor B526 9. Lifting motor (front) B528
10. Sliding motor B525 11. Lifting motor (rear) B530 12. Forward switch B512
13. Sliding limit switch B514 14. Driver side door switch B16 15. Unified meter and A/C amp. M67
A. Dash side lower (passenger side) B. View with seat cushion pad and seat-back pad removed
C. View with back side of seat cushion
D. View with seatback pad removed E. View with seat cushion pad removed F. Behind cluster lid C
JMJIA2469ZZ
SE-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR DRIVER SIDE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
INPUT PARTS
Switches
Sensors
OUTPUT PARTS
Item Function
Driver seat control unit• Main units of power walk-in function• It is connected to the CAN.
BCM
Transmits the following statuses to the driver seat control unit via CAN communica-tion.• Driver side door: OPEN/CLOSE• Starter: CRANKING/OTHER
Unified meter and A/C amp.Transmits the vehicle speed signal to the driver seat control unit via CAN commu-nication.
Item Function
Driver side door switch Detects front door (driver side) open/close status.
Power walk-in switch Performs the power walk-in operation by operating the power walk-in switch.
Sliding limit switchDetects the front end position of seat sliding during the power walk-in function for-ward operation.
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) Detects the seat belt (driver side) fastening/releasing condition.
Forward switchDetects the folded up/folded down condition of seatback that is the operation con-dition of power walk-in function.
Item Function
Sliding sensor Detects the forward/backward position of seat.
Item Function
Sliding motor Slides the seat forward/backward.
SE-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDEPOWER SEAT FUNCTION
POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004543881
POWER SEAT FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000004543882
• Power seat is operative regardless of the ignition switch position because power supply is always suppliedto passenger seat control unit.
• Passenger seat control unit detects each power seat switch operation and operates applicable motor.
SLIDING OPERATIONWhen operating the sliding switch located in power seat switch and sliding switch (seatback), sliding motoroperates and adjusts the front and back position of the seat.
RECLINING OPERATIONWhen operating the reclining switch located in power seat switch, reclining motor operates and adjusts the for-ward and backward position of the seatback. However, the reclining function does not operate when the for-ward switch is in the ON position.
LIFTING OPERATIONWhen operating the lifting switch located in power seat switch, lifting motor operates and adjusts the up anddown position of the seat cushion (front and rear).
SLEEP MODE• The passenger seat control unit is equipped with the sleep mode to reduce the electric power consumption.• The sleep mode is activated when all of the following conditions are satisfied.1. When no power seat motors are moving.2. Power walk-in switch turns OFF.
WAKE-UP MODEThe sleep mode is cancelled when any status change is detected in the following items.1. Power seat switch and sliding switch (seatback).2. Power walk-in switch.
JMJIA2371GB
SE-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004543883
*: With 8-way power passenger's seat
1. BCM M118, M119, M123 2. Power walk-in switch B557 3. Sliding, lifting switch (power seat switch) B554
4. Reclining switch (power seat switch) B554
5. Sliding switch (seatback) B561 6. Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) B213
7. Forward switch B556 8. Reclining motor B566 9. Passenger side door switch B216
10. Sliding limit switch B558 11. Lifting motor (rear) B570* 12. Sliding motor B567
13. Lifting motor (front) B569* 14. Sliding sensor B568 15. Passenger seat control unit B552, B553
A. Dash side lower (passenger side) B. View with seatback pad removed C. View with seatback pad removed
D. Back side of seat cushion
JMJIA2470ZZ
SE-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >POWER SEAT FUNCTION : Component Description INFOID:0000000004543884
*: With 8-way power passenger's seat
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Diagram INFOID:0000000004543885
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Description INFOID:0000000004543886
OUTLINEAutomatically slides the passenger seat by operating the power walk-in switch so as to easily allow entry tothe rear seat.
Forward OperationSlides the driver seat to the front end position (sliding limit switch: ON) by operating the power walk-in switchwhen the seatback is folded down.The forward operation is stopped by folding the seatback (forward switch: OFF) during the forward operation.
Backward OperationThe seatback is folded up after performing the forward operation of power walk-in function. Slide the driverseat to the backward position before performing the forward operation again by operating the power walk-inswitch.If the manual operation, memory operation, and Intelligent Key interlock operation are performed after per-forming the forward operation, do not perform the backward operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
Item Function
BCM The power received from battery to passenger seat control unit is supplied at all times.
Passenger seat control unit Operates each motor with the signal from the power seat switch and sliding switch (seatback).
Power seat switchBuilt-in reclining switch, sliding switch, and lifting switch, transmits operation signal to passenger seat control unit.
Sliding switch (seatback) Transmits sliding operation signal to passenger seat control unit.
Reclining motorOperates forward and backward movement of seatback with the power supplied to passenger seat control unit.
Sliding motorOperates forward and backward slide of seat with the power supplied to passenger seat control unit.
Lifting motor (front/rear)*Operates up and down movement of seat cushion with the power supplied to passenger seat con-trol unit.
Forward switch Detect folded down or folded up of the seatback.
JMJIA2609GB
SE-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
Forward Operation
1. Open passenger door.2. Pull the walk-in lever on the upper part of seatback, and then the seatback folds down.3. Press the power walk-in switch.4. Slide the seat to the front end position.
Backward Operation
1. Fold up the seatback after performing the forward operation.2. Press the power walk-in switch.3. Slide the seat to the previous position before the forward operation* is performed.*: If the seat sliding position before starting the forward operation is more than 177.6 mm (6.992 in) from thefront end position, the maximum seat sliding is 177.6 mm (6.992 in).
OPERATION CONDITIONPerform the power walk-in function when the following conditions are satisfied.
Forward Operation
Backward Operation
DETAIL FLOW
Forward Operation
Backward Operation
Item Request status
Passenger side door Open
Passenger side seat belt Not fastened
Power seat switch (sliding) Not operated
Seat position (sliding) Other than front end
Seatback Folded down
Item Request status
Initialize Done
Passenger side seat belt Not fastened
Power seat switch (sliding) Not operated
Seat position (sliding)The seat sliding position does not move after per-
forming the forward operation.
Seatback Folded up
Order Inputs Outputs Control unit condition
1 Forward switch —Passenger seat control unit detects that the seat-back is folded down by the signal from the forward switch.
2 Power walk-in switch —The operation signal is input to the passenger seat control unit when the power walk-in switch is oper-ated.
3 —Sliding motor(forward)
Passenger seat control unit operates the seat slid-ing motor forward when it detects that the power walk-in switch is operated.
4 Sliding limit switch —Passenger seat control unit stops the seat sliding motor when it detects that the seat sliding reaches the front end position by the sliding limit switch.
SE-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >SLEEP MODE• The passenger seat control unit is equipped with the sleep mode to reduce the electric power consumption.• The sleep mode is activated when all of the following conditions are satisfied.1. When no power seat motors are moving.2. Power walk-in switch turns OFF.
WAKE-UP MODEThe sleep mode is cancelled when any status change is detected in the following items.1. Power seat switch.2. Power walk-in switch.
Order Inputs Outputs Control unit condition
1 Forward switch —Passenger seat control unit detects that the seat-back is folded up by the signal from the forward switch.
2 Power walk-in switch —The operation signal is input to the passenger seat control unit when the power walk-in switch is oper-ated.
3 —Sliding motor(backward)
Passenger seat control unit operates the sliding motor backward when it detects that the power walk-in switch is operated.
4 Sliding sensor —
Passenger seat control unit stops the seat sliding motor when the seat sliding position reaches the front position before performing the forward oper-ation by the signal from sliding sensor or when the seat sliding position is 177.6 mm (6.992 in) from the front end position.
SE-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004555013
*: With 8-way power passenger's seat
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : Component Description INFOID:0000000004543888
CONTROL UNITS
1. BCM M118, M119, M123 2. Power walk-in switch B557 3. Sliding, lifting switch (power seat switch) B554
4. Reclining switch (power seat switch) B554
5. Sliding switch (seatback) B561 6. Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) B213
7. Forward switch B556 8. Reclining motor B566 9. Passenger side door switch B216
10. Sliding limit switch B558 11. Lifting motor (rear) B570* 12. Sliding motor B567
13. Lifting motor (front) B569* 14. Sliding sensor B568 15. Passenger seat control unit B552, B553
A. Dash side lower (passenger side) B. View with seatback pad removed C. View with seatback pad removed
D. Back side of seat cushion
JMJIA2470ZZ
SE-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT FOR PASSENGER SIDE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >INPUT PARTS
Switches
Sensors
OUTPUT PARTS
Item Function
Passenger seat control unit Main unit of power walk-in function
Item Function
Passenger side door switch Detects front door (passenger side) open/close status.
Power walk-in switch Performs the power walk-in operation by operating the power walk-in switch.
Sliding limit switchDetects the front end position of seat sliding during the power walk-in function for-ward operation.
Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) Detects the seat belt (passenger side) fastening/releasing condition.
Forward switchDetects the folded up/folded down condition of seatback that is the operation con-dition of power walk-in function.
Item Function
Sliding sensor Detects the forward/backward position of seat.
Item Function
Sliding motor Slides the seat forward/backward.
SE-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SUPPORT UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
SIDE SUPPORT UNIT
System Description INFOID:0000000004250040
• While operating the side support switch, the pump located inside side support unit operates and adjust theair pressure in seat cushion and seatback side support.
• It is possible to soften the side support, by allowing some air to escape, by deflating the solenoid locatedinside side support.
• It is possible to adjust seat cushion and seatback differently while inflating or deflating solenoid located inside support unit.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004250041
Component Description INFOID:0000000004250042
JMJIA0945ZZ
1. Side support (seat cushion)(Side support unit B509)
2. Side support (seat back)(Side support unit B509)
3. Side support unit B509
4. Side support switch (seat back side)B508
5. Side support switch (cushion side)B508
A.View with seat cushion pad and seat back pad are removed.
Item Function
Side support switchWith a built-in cushion side and seat back side, controls the power supplied to pump and to each solenoid.
Side support unit Built-in pump, pump relay and solenoid, operates when pressing ON/OFF on side support switch.
SE-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >HEATED SEAT
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004543889
System Description INFOID:0000000004543890
• Heated seat is activated by heated seat switch while ignition switch is ON, and is equipped with the functionto warm seat cushion and seatback.
• Heated seat is equipped with the 6-stage temperature adjustment function that adjusts temperature by oper-ating heated seat switch to the optimal position.
• Heated seat is equipped with a thermostat in heater unit to prevent heater unit overheating.
OPERATION DESCRIPTION• When operating heated seat switch to any position between 1 and 6 while ignition switch is ON, indicator illu-
minates, heated seat control unit supplies power supply to heater unit, and warms seat cushion and seat-back.
• Heat sensor that is built in seat cushion heater detects seat cushion heater temperature and outputs toheated seat control unit.
• Heated seat control unit monitors the heated seat switch position and heater sensor temperature, and inter-rupts power supply to heater unit when the heat sensor temperature reaches preset temperature.
• Heated seat control unit adjusts temperature to preset temperature by supplying or interrupting power supplyto heater unit.
JMJIA2338GB
SE-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004543891
Component Description INFOID:0000000004543892
1. Heated seat switch• Driver side
A/T M141M/T M175
• Passenger sideA/T M142M/T M176
2. Seatback heater• Driver side B542• Passenger side B582
3. Seat cushion heater• Driver side B517, B541• Passenger side B574, B581
4. Heated seat relay M70 5. Heated seat control unit• Driver side B518• Passenger side B575
A. Behind cluster lid C B. Backside of seat cushion
JMJIA2395ZZ
Item Function
Heated seat switch• Adjusts heated seat temperature and deactivates heated seat• Is equipped to indicator that indicates the operating condition
Seat cushion heater• Warms seat cushion• Contains heater sensor that outputs seat cushion temperature to heated seat control unit
Seatback heater Warms seatback
Heated seat control unitControls heated seat temperature and is independently placed in each seat cushion (driver seat and passenger seat)
SE-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LUMBAR SUPPORT
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >LUMBAR SUPPORT
System Description INFOID:0000000004250046
• Lumbar support can operate regardless of the ignition switch position because battery power is supplied to itat all times.
• While operating the lumbar support switch, lumbar support motor operates which allows forward and back-ward operation of seatback support.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004250047
Component Description INFOID:0000000004250048
1. Lumbar support switch B505 2. Lumbar support motor B506
JMJIA0189ZZ
Item Function
Lumbar support switch Controls the power supplied to lumbar support motor.
Lumbar support motorWith the power supplied to lumbar support switch, operates the forward and backward movement of seatback support device.
SE-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT C/U)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT C/U)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004250049
The power seat system can be checked and diagnosed for component operation with CONSULT-III.
DIAGNOSTIC MODE
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000004250050
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTSRefer to ADP-162, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
Diagnostic mode Description
SELF-DIAG RESULTS Performs self-diagnosis for the auto drive positioner system and displays the results.
DATA MONITORDisplays input signals transmitted from various switches and sensors to driver seat con-trol unit in real time.
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
ACTIVE TEST Drive each output device.
ECU PART NUMBER Displays part numbers of driver seat control unit parts.
Monitor Item UnitMain
Signals
Selection From Menu
Contents
SET SW “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the setting switch signal.
MEMORY SW 1 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the seat memory switch 1 sig-nal.
MEMORY SW 2 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the seat memory switch 2 sig-nal.
SLIDE SW–FR*3 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the sliding switch (forward) sig-nal.
SLIDE SW–RR*3 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the sliding switch (backward) signal.
RECLN SW–FR “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the reclining switch (forward) signal.
RECLN SW–RR “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the reclining switch (backward) signal.
LIFT FR SW–UP “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the lifting switch front (upward) signal.
LIFT FR SW–DN “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the lifting switch front (down-ward) signal.
LIFT RR SW–UP “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the lifting switch rear (upward) signal.
LIFT RR SW–DN “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the lifting switch rear (down-ward) signal.
MIR CON SW–UP “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the mirror switch (upward) sig-nal.
MIR CON SW–DN “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the mirror switch (downward) signal.
MIR CON SW–RH “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the door mirror remote control switch (passenger side) signal.
MIR CON SW–LH “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the door mirror remote control switch (driver side) signal.
SE-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT C/U)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >*1: M/T models display all item except this item.*2: A/T models display all item except this item.
*3: Only this item is displayed for driver seat without automatic drive positioner system.
MIR CHNG SW–R “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the door mirror remote control switch (switching to right) signal.
MIR CHNG SW–L “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the door mirror remote control switch (switching to left) signal.
TILT SW-UP “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the tilt switch (upward) signal.
TILT SW-DOWN “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the tilt switch (downward) sig-nal.
TELESCO SW-FR “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the telescoping switch (for-ward) signal.
TELESCO SW-RR “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the telescoping switch (back-ward) signal.
FORWARD SW*3 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the forward switch signal.
WALK-IN SW*3 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the power walk-in switch sig-nal.
FWD LIMIT SW*3 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the sliding limit switch signal.
SEAT BELT SW*3 “ON/OFF” × × ON/OFF status judged from the seat belt backle switch sig-nal.
DETENT SW*1 “ON/OFF” × × The selector lever position “OFF (P position) / ON (other than P position)” judged from the detention switch signal.
PARK BRAKE SW*2 “ON/OFF” × × The parking brake condition “ON (applied) / OFF (release)” judged from the parking brake switch signal.
STARTER SW “ON/OFF” × × Ignition key switch ON (START, ON) /OFF (ACC, OFF) sta-tus judged from the ignition switch signal.
SLIDE PULSE*3 – – ×Value (32768) when battery connections are standard. If it moves backward, the value increases. If it moves forward, the value decreases.
RECLN PULSE – – ×Value (32768) when battery connections are standard. If it moves backward, the value increases. If it moves forward, the value decreases.
LIFT FR PULSE – – ×Value (32768) when battery connections are standard. If it moves DOWN, the value increases. If it moves UP, the val-ue decreases.
LIFT RR PULSE – – ×Value (32768) when battery connections are standard. If it moves DOWN, the value increases. If it moves UP, the val-ue decreases.
MIR/SEN RH U–D “V” – × Voltage input from door mirror sensor (passenger side) up-ward/downward is displayed.
MIR/SEN RH R–L “V” – × Voltage input from door mirror sensor (passenger side) left-ward/rightward is displayed.
MIR/SEN LH U–D “V” – × Voltage input from door mirror sensor (driver side) upward/downward is displayed.
MIR/SEN LH R–L “V” – × Voltage input from door mirror sensor (driver side) leftward/rightward is displayed.
TILT SEN “V” – × Voltage input from tilt sensor upward/downward is dis-played.
TELESCO SEN “V” – × Voltage input from telescopic sensor forward/backward is displayed.
Monitor Item UnitMain
Signals
Selection From Menu
Contents
SE-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DRIVER SEAT C/U)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
S
ACTIVE TESTCAUTION:When driving vehicle, do not perform active test.
*: Driver seat without automatic driver position system display only “SEAT SLIDE”.
Test item Description
SEAT SLIDE* Activates/deactivates the sliding motor.
SEAT RECLINING Activates/deactivates the reclining motor.
SEAT LIFTER FR Activates/deactivates the lifting motor (front).
SEAT LIFTER RR Activates/deactivates the lifting motor (rear).
TILT MOTOR Activates/deactivates the tilt motor.
TELESCO MOTOR Activates/deactivates the telescopic motor.
MIRROR MOTOR RH Activates/deactivates the mirror motor (passenger side).
MIRROR MOTOR LH Activates/deactivates the mirror motor (driver side).
MEMORY SW INDCTR Turns ON/OFF the memory indicator.
SE-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISU1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004543893
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modernvehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links withother control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connectedwith 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004543894
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.STEP 1
Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 3 seconds or more.
>> GO TO 2.
2.STEP 2
Check “Self Diagnostic Result” using CONSULT-III.Is the DTC detected?YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to SE-30, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543895
Refer to LAN-26, "Interview Sheet".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004543896
Refer to SE-8, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement".
DTCTrouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1000CAN COMM CIR-CUIT
• Driver seat control unit cannot communicate to other control units.
• Driver seat control unit cannot communicate for more than the specified time.
Harness or connectors(CAN communication line is open or shorted)
SE-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2112 SLIDING MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
B2112 SLIDING MOTOR
Description INFOID:0000000004543897
• The sliding motor is installed to the seat cushion frame.• The sliding motor is activated via the driver seat control unit.• Slides the seat forward/rearward by changing the rotation direction of sliding motor.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004543898
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.STEP 1
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self diagnostic result” using CONSULT-III.Is the DTC detected? YES >> Refer to SE-31, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543899
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self diagnostic result” using CONSULT-III.3. Erase the DTC.4. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SE-31, "DTC Logic".Is the DTC displayed again?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR CIRCUIT (POWER SHORT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding motor connector and driver seat control unit connector.3. Check voltage between sliding motor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
B2112 SEAT SLIDEThe driver seat control unit detects the output of sliding motor output terminal for 0.1 seconds or more even if the sliding switch is not input
• Driver seat control unit• Slide motor harness is shorted
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Sliding motor
Connector Terminal
B52535
Ground 042
SE-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2112 SLIDING MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation"
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Driver seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B50435
Ground 042
SE-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2113 RECLINING MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
B2113 RECLINING MOTOR
Description INFOID:0000000004543900
• The seat reclining motor is installed to the seatback frame.• The seat reclining motor is activated with the driver seat control unit.• Tilts the seatback frontward/rearward by changing the rotation direction of reclining motor.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004543901
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PEFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self diagnostic result” using CONSULT-III.Is the DTC detected? YES >> Refer to SE-33, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543902
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check “Self diagnostic result” using CONSULT-III.3. Erase the DTC.4. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to SE-33, "DTC Logic".Is the DTC displayed again?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
2.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR CIRCUIT (POWER SHORT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect reclining motor and driver seat control unit connector.3. Check voltage between reclining motor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B2113 SEAT RECLININGThe driver seat control unit detects the output of re-clining motor output terminal for 0.1 seconds or more even if the reclining switch is not input.
• Driver seat control unit• Reclining motor harness is pow-
er shorted
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Reclining motor
Connector Terminal
B52436
Ground 044
SE-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
B2113 RECLINING MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Driver seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B50436
Ground 044
SE-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITDRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543904
NOTE:Do not disconnect the battery negative terminal and the driver seat control unit connector until DTC is con-firmed using CONSULT-III.
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Replace the blown fuse and fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if fuse and fusible link
are blown.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.3. Check voltage between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO-1 >> Repair or replace harness.NO-2 >> Check circuit breaker, and replace if NG.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair or replace harness.
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543905
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse and fusible link No.
33Battery power supply
K (40 A)
40 10 (10 A)
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Driver seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B50433
Ground Battery voltage40
Driver seat control unit
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
B503 32Existed
B504 48
SE-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector.3. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO-1 >> Repair or replace harness.NO-2 >> Check circuit breaker, and replace if NG.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair or replace harness.
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543906
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No.
40 Battery power supply 10 (10 A)
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B55333
Ground Battery voltage40
Passenger seat control unit
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
B552 32Existed
B553 48
Signal name Fuse No.
Battery power supply 35 (15 A)
SE-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat relay.3. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and heated seat relay terminal con-
nector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Repair or replace harness between heated seat relay and fuse holder.NO >> Repair or replace harness between heated seat control unit and heated seat relay.
4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY 2
Check voltage between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 7.NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and heated seat switch harness
connector.
(+)
(−)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat control unit
Connector Terminal
Driver side B51860 Ground Battery voltage
Passenger side B575
Heated seat control unit Heated seat relayContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Driver side B51860 M70 3 Existed
Passenger side B575
Heated seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
Driver side B51860 Not existed
Passenger side B575
(+)
(−) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat control unit
Connector Terminal
Driver side B518
66 GroundHeated seat
switch
ON Battery voltage
OFF 0
Passenger side B575ON Battery voltage
OFF 0
SE-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >4. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Check heated seat switch. • Driver side: Refer to SE-101, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".• Passenger side: Refer to SE-103, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 8.NO >> Replace heated seat switch. Refer to SE-204, "Removal and Installation".
7.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair or replace harness.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION ENDHEATED SEAT SWITCH
HEATED SEAT SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543907
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not fusing.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.
Heated seat control unit Heated seat switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Driver side B518
66
A/T models: M141M/T models: M175
1 Existed
Passenger side B575A/T models: M142M/T models: M176
Heated seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
Driver side B51866 Not existed
Passenger side B575
Heated seat control unit
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
Driver side B51859 Existed
Passenger side B575
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse No.
5 Ignition power supply 3 (10 A)
SE-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between heated seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK FUSE BLOCK (J/B)
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check voltage between fuse block (J/B) connector (fuse block side) and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace fuse block (J/B).
(+)
(−)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat switch
Connector Terminal
Driver sideA/T models: M141M/T models: M175
5 Ground Battery voltage
Passenger sideA/T models: M142M/T models: M176
Heated seat switch Fuse block (J/B)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
Driver sideA/T models: M141M/T models: M175
5 M1 2A Existed
Passenger sideA/T models: M142M/T models: M176
Heated seat switch
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
Driver sideA/T models: M141M/T models: M175
5 Not existed
Passenger sideA/T models: M142M/T models: M176
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Fuse block (J/B)
Connector Terminal
M1 2A Ground Battery voltage
SE-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident"
>> INSPECTION END
SE-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
SLIDING SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543908
• Sliding switch is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the driver seat control unit when the sliding switch is operated.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543909
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “SLIDE SW-FR”, “SLIDE SW-RR” in the “Data monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check sliding switch signal under the following conditions.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Sliding switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-41, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543910
1.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check voltage between power seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and power seat switch harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Monitor item Condition Status
SLIDE SW-FR Sliding switch (forward)Operate ON
Release OFF
SLIDE SW-RR Sliding switch (backward)Operate ON
Release OFF
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Power seat switch
Connector Terminal
B51111
Ground Battery voltage26
Driver seat control unit Power seat switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B50311
B51111
Existed26 26
SE-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH
Check sliding switch.Refer to SE-42, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543911
1.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543912
• Sliding switch is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the passenger seat control unit when the sliding switch is operated.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543913
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check seat sliding operation with sliding switch.Is the indication normal?YES >> Sliding switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-43, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Driver seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B50311
Not existed26
Power seat switch Condition Continuity
Terminal
32
11
Sliding switch
Backward Existed
Other than above Not existed
26Forward Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543914
1.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Sliding switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Disconnect power seat switch connector.2. Check voltage between power seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect sliding switch (seatback) connector.2. Check continuity between sliding switch (seatback) harness connector and power seat switch harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between sliding switch (seatback) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH
Check sliding switch.Refer to SE-44, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552
11
Ground Sliding switch
Backward 0
Other than above Battery voltage
26Forward 0
Other than above Battery voltage
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Power seat switch
Connector Terminal
B55422
Ground Battery voltage23
Sliding switch (seatback) Power seat switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B56122
B55422
Existed23 23
Sliding switch (seatback)
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B56122
Not existed23
SE-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".5.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH (SEATBACK)
Check sliding switch (seatback).Refer to SE-46, "SEATBACK : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace sliding switch (seatback). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543915
1.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
SEATBACK
SEATBACK : Description INFOID:0000000004543916
• Sliding switch is equipped on the seatback.• The operation signal input to passenger seat control unit when sliding switch (seatback) is operated.
SEATBACK : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543917
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check seat sliding operation with sliding switch (seatback).Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Sliding switch (seatback) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-44, "SEATBACK : Diagnosis Procedure".
SEATBACK : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543918
1.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH (SEATBACK) SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Power seat switch Condition Continuity
Terminal
32
22
Sliding switch
Forward Existed
Other than above Not existed
23Backward Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Sliding switch (seatback) circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH (SEATBACK) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and sliding switch (seatback) connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and sliding switch (seatback)
harness connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH (SEATBACK) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between sliding switch (seatback) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH (SEATBACK)
Check sliding switch (seatback).Refer to SE-46, "SEATBACK : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace sliding switch (seatback). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552
11
GroundSliding switch(seatback)
Backward 0
Other than above Battery voltage
26Forward 0
Other than above Battery voltage
Passenger seat control unit Sliding switch (seatback)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55211
B56111
Existed26 26
Passenger seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B55211
Not existed26
Sliding switch (seatback)
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B561 32 Existed
SE-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
SEATBACK : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543919
1.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding switch (seatback) connector.3. Check continuity between sliding switch (seatback) terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace sliding switch (seatback). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B55211
Ground Battery voltage26
Sliding switch (seatback)Condition Continuity
Terminal
32
11
Sliding switch (seatback)
Backward Existed
Other than above Not existed
26Forward Existed
Other than above Not existed
11 23Backward Not existed
Other than above Existed
26 22Forward Not existed
Other than above Existed
SE-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
RECLINING SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543920
• Reclining switch is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the driver seat control unit when the reclining switch is operated.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543921
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “RECLN SW-FR”, “RECLN SW-RR” in the “Data monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check reclining switch signal under the following conditions.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Reclining switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-47, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543922
1.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check voltage between power seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and power seat switch harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Monitor item Condition Status
RECLINE SW-FR Reclining switch (forward)Operate ON
Release OFF
RECLINE SW-RR Reclining switch (backward)Operate ON
Release OFF
(+)
(–)Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Power seat switch
Connector Terminal
B51112
Ground Battery voltage27
Driver seat control unit Power seat switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B50312
B51112
Existed27 27
SE-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH
Check reclining switch.Refer to SE-48, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543923
1.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543924
• Reclining switch is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the passenger seat control unit when the reclining switch is operated.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543925
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check seat reclining operation with reclining switch.Is the indication normal?YES >> Reclining switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-49, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Driver seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B50312
Not existed27
Power seat switch Condition Continuity
Terminal
32
12
Reclining switch
Backward Existed
Other than above Not existed
27Forward Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543926
1.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Reclining switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and power seat switch connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and power seat switch harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH
Check reclining switch.Refer to SE-50, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552
12
Ground Reclining switch
Backward 0
Other than above Battery voltage
27Forward 0
Other than above Battery voltage
Passenger seat control unit Power seat switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55212
B55412
Existed27 27
Passenger seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B55212
Not existed27
(+)
(–)Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B55212
Ground Battery voltage27
SE-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer toGI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543927
1.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
Power seat switch Condition Continuity
Terminal
32
12
Reclining switch
Backward Existed
Other than above Not existed
27Forward Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543928
• Lifting switch (front) is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the driver seat control unit when the lifting switch (front) is operated.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543929
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “LIFT FR SW-UP”, “LIFT FR SW-DN” in the “Data monitor” mode using CONSULT-III.3. Check lifting switch (front) signal under the following conditions.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Lifting switch (front) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-51, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543930
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT) SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check voltage between power seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and power seat switch harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Monitor item Condition Status
LIFT FR SW-UP Lifting switch front (up)Operate ON
Release OFF
LIFT FR SW-DN Lifting switch front (down)Operate ON
Release OFF
(+)
(–)Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Power seat switch
Connector Terminal
B51113
Ground Battery voltage28
Driver seat control unit Power seat switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B50313
B51113
Existed28 28
SE-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
Check lifting switch (front).Refer to SE-52, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543931
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543932
• Lifting switch (front) is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the passenger seat control unit when the lifting switch (front) is operated.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543933
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check seat lifting (front) operation with lifting switch (front).Is the indication normal?YES >> Lifting switch (front) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-53, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Driver seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B50313
Not existed28
Power seat switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
32
13
Lifting switch (front)
Down Existed
Other than above Not existed
28Up Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543934
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT) SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Lifting switch (front) circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and power seat switch connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and power seat switch harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
Check lifting switch (front).Refer to SE-54, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552
13
Ground Lifting switch (front)
Down 0
Other than above Battery voltage
28UP 0
Other than above Battery voltage
Passenger seat control unit Power seat switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55213
B55413
Existed28 28
Passenger seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B55213
Not existed28
(+)
(–)Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B55213
Ground Battery voltage28
SE-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543935
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
Power seat switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
32
13
Lifting switch (front)
Down Existed
Other than above Not existed
28Up Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543936
• Lifting switch (rear) is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the driver seat control unit when the lifting switch (rear) is operated.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543937
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “LIFT RR SW-UP”, “LIFT RR SW-DN” in the “Data monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check lifting switch (rear) signal under the following conditions.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Lifting switch (rear) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-55, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543938
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR) SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check voltage between power seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and power seat switch harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Monitor item Condition Status
LIFT RR SW-UP Lifting switch rear (up)Operate ON
Release OFF
LIFT RR SW-DN Lifting switch rear (down)Operate ON
Release OFF
(+)
(–)Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Power seat switch
Connector Terminal
B51114
Ground Battery voltage29
Driver seat control unit Power sear switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B50314
B51114
Existed29 29
SE-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
Check lifting switch (rear).Refer to SE-56, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543939
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543940
• Lifting switch (rear) is equipped to the power seat switch on the seat cushion side surface.• The operation signal is input to the passenger seat control unit when the lifting switch (rear) is operated.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543941
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check seat lifting (rear) operation with lifting switch (rear).Is the indication normal?YES >> Lifting switch (rear) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-57, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Driver seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B50314
Not existed29
Power seat switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
32
14
Lifting switch (rear)
Down Existed
Other than above Not existed
29Up Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543942
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR) SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> LIfting switch (front) circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and power seat switch connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and power seat switch harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
Check lifting switch (rear).Refer to SE-58, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V) (Ap-
prox.)Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552
14
Ground Lifting switch (front)
Down 0
Other than above Battery voltage
29Up 0
Other than above Battery voltage
Passenger seat control unit Power sear switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B55214
B55414
Existed29 29
Passenger seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B55214
Not existed29
(+)
(–)Voltage (V) (Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B55214
Ground Battery voltage29
SE-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543943
1.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
Power seat switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
32
14
Lifting switch (rear)
Down Existed
Other than above Not existed
29Up Existed
Other than above Not existed
SE-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUITDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543944
1.CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH INTERNAL CIRCUIT
Check lifting switch (rear).Refer to SE-56, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION ENDPASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543945
1.CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between power seat switch connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES-1:When power seat switch does not operate any components.>>GO TO 2.YES-2:When all power seat components do not operate.>>GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
2.CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH INTERNAL CIRCUIT
Check sliding switch.Refer to SE-44, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace power seat switch. Refer to SE-200, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Power seat switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B511 32 Existed
Power seat switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B554 32 Existed
SE-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".>> INSPECTION END
SE-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FORWARD SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
FORWARD SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543946
• Forward switch is installed on the seatback frame.• Forward switch detects condition of seatback.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543947
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “FORWARD SW” in the “Data Monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check the forward switch signal under the following condition.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Forward switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-61, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543948
1.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect forward switch connector.3. Check voltage between forward switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and forward switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation"NO >> Repair or replace harness.
Test item Condition Status
FORWARD SW Driver side seatbackFolded up ON
Folded down OFF
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Forward switch
Connector Terminal
B512 41 Ground Not in the sleep mode 5
Driver seat control unit Forward switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B504 41 B512 41 Existed
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B504 41 Not existed
SE-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FORWARD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >3.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between forward switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
Check forward switch.Refer to SE-62, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace forward switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543949
1.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect forward switch connector.3. Check continuity between forward switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace forward switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543950
• Forward switch is installed on seatback frame.• Forward switch detects condition of seatback.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543951
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that power walk-in function does not activate when seatback is folded up.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Forward switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-63, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Forward switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B512 32 Existed
Forward switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
41 32 Driver side seatbackFolded up Not existed
Folded down Existed
SE-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FORWARD SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543952
1.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Forward switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and forward switch connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and forward switch harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.FORWARD SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between forward switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
Check forward switch.Refer to SE-64, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace forward switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B553 41 Ground
Seatback is folded up and not in the sleep mode
5
Other than above 0
Passenger seat control unit Forward switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B553 41 B556 41 Existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B553 41 Not existed
Forward switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B556 32 Existed
SE-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FORWARD SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543953
1.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect forward switch connector.3. Check continuity between forward switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace forward switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B553 41 Ground Not in the sleep mode 5
Forward switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
32 41 Passenger side seatbackFolded up Not existed
Folded down Existed
SE-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543954
• Seat belt buckle switch is installed in seat belt buckle.• Seat belt buckle switch detects condition of seat belt.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543955
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “SEAT BELT SW” in the “Data Monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check the forward switch signal under the following condition.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Seat belt buckle switch (driver side) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-65, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543956
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat belt buckle switch (driver side) connector.3. Check voltage between seat belt buckle switch (driver side) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and seat belt buckle switch (driver
side) harness connector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
Test item Condition Status
SEAT BELT SW Driver side seat beltFastened ON
Released OFF
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)
Connector Terminal
B13 1 Ground Not in the sleep mode 5
Driver seat control unit Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B503 5 B13 1 Existed
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B503 5 Not existed
SE-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between seat belt buckle switch (driver side) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
Check seat belt buckle switch (driver side).Refer to SE-66, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (driver side). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543957
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (DRIVER SIDE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat belt buckle switch (driver side) connector.3. Check continuity between seat belt buckle switch (driver side) terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (driver side). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543958
• Seat belt buckle switch is installed in seat belt buckle.• Seat belt buckle switch detects condition of seat belt.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543959
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that power walk-in function does not activate when seat belt is fastened.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-67, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B13 2 Existed
Seat belt buckle switch (driver side)Condition Continuity
Terminal
1 2 Driver side seat beltFastened Not existed
Released Existed
SE-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543960
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and seat belt buckle switch
(passenger side) harness connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)
Check seat belt buckle switch.Refer to SE-68, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (passenger side). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 5 Ground
Passenger side seat belt is fastened, and not in the sleep mode
5
Other than above 0
Passenger seat control unit Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B552 5 B213 1 Existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B552 5 Not existed
Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B213 2 Existed
SE-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543961
1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) connector.3. Check continuity between seat belt buckle switch (passenger side) terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat belt buckle switch (passenger side). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 5 Ground Not in the sleep mode 5
Seat belt buckle switch (passenger side)Condition Continuity
Terminal
1 2 Passenger side seat beltFastened Not existed
Released Existed
SE-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
SLIDING LIMIT SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543962
• Sliding limit switch is installed on seat cushion frame.• Sliding limit switch detects condition of seat sliding.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543963
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “FWD LIMIT SW” in the “Data Monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check the sliding limit switch signal under the following condition.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Sliding limit switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-69, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543964
1.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding limit switch connector.3. Check voltage between sliding limit switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and sliding limit switch harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
Test item Condition Status
FWD LIMIT SW Seat slidingFront edge ON
Other than above OFF
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Sliding limit switch
Connector Terminal
B514 4 Ground Not in the sleep mode 5
Driver seat control unit Sliding limit switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B503 4 B514 4 Existed
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B503 4 Not existed
SE-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >3.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between sliding limit switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
Check sliding limit switch.Refer to SE-70, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace sliding limit switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543965
1.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding limit switch connector.3. Check continuity between sliding limit switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace sliding limit switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543966
• Sliding limit switch is installed on seat cushion frame.• Sliding limit switch detects condition of seat sliding.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543967
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check whether or not power walk-in function activates normally when power walk-in switch is pressed.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Sliding limit switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-71, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Sliding limit switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B514 32 Existed
Sliding limit switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
4 32 Seat slidingFront edge Not existed
Other than above Existed
SE-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543968
1.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Sliding switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and sliding limit switch connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and sliding limit switch harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between sliding limit switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
Check sliding limit switch.Refer to SE-72, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace sliding limit switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 4 Ground
Sliding position is front edge and not in the sleep mode
5
Other than above 0
Passenger seat control unit Sliding limit switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B552 4 B558 4 Existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B552 4 Not existed
Sliding limit switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B558 32 Existed
SE-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543969
1.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding limit switch connector.3. Check continuity between sliding limit switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace sliding limit switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 4 Ground Not in the sleep mode 5
Sliding limit switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
4 32 Seat slidingFront edge Not existed
Other than above Existed
SE-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
POWER WALK-IN SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543970
• Power walk-in switch is installed on seatback.• The operation signal is input to driver seat control unit when power walk-in switch is operated.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543971
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “WALK-IN SW” in the “Data Monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check the power walk-in switch signal under the following condition.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Power walk-in switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-73, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543972
1.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power walk-in switch connector.3. Check voltage between power walk-in switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and power walk-in switch harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
Test item Condition Status
WALK-IN SW Power walk-in switchPressed ON
Released OFF
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Power walk-in switch
Connector Terminal
B513 30 Ground Battery voltage
Driver seat control unit Power walk-in switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B503 30 B513 30 Existed
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B503 30 Not existed
SE-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >3.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between power walk-in switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
Check power walk-in switch.Refer to SE-74, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace power walk-in switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543973
1.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power walk-in switch connector.3. Check continuity between power walk-in switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power walk-in switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543974
• Power walk-in switch is installed on seatback.• The operation signal is input to passenger seat control unit when power walk-in switch is operated.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543975
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check whether or not power walk-in function activates normally when power walk-in switch is pressed.Is the indication normal?YES >> Power walk-in switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-75, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
Power walk-in switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B513 32 Existed
Power walk-in switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
30 32 Power walk-in switchPressed Existed
Released Not existed
SE-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543976
1.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Power walk-in switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and power walk-in switch connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and power walk-in switch har-
ness connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between power walk-in switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
Check power walk-in switch.Refer to SE-76, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace power walk-in switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT OUTPUT
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 30 Ground Power walk-in switchPressed 0
Released Battery voltage
Passenger seat control unit Power walk-in switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B552 30 B557 30 Existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B552 30 Not existed
Power walk-in switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B557 32 Existed
SE-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543977
1.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power walk-in switch connector.3. Check continuity between power walk-in switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace power walk-in switch. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 30 Ground Battery voltage
Power walk-in switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
30 32 Power walk-in switchPressed Existed
Released Not existed
SE-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
DOOR SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000004543978
Detects passenger side doors open or closed condition.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543979
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that passenger side power walk-in function operates.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Door switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-77, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543980
1.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR SWITCH
Check passenger side door switch.Refer to SE-77, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check signal between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Passenger side door switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector, passenger seat control unit connector and passenger side door switch con-nector.
2. Check continuity between passenger side door switch harness connector and passenger seat control unitharness connector.
3. Check continuity between passenger side door switch harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionSignal
(Reference value)Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 8 Ground Passenger side door switchPressed
Released 0 V
PKIB4960J
Passenger side door switch Passenger seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B216 2 B552 8 Existed
SE-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Passenger side door switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B216 2 Not existed
SE-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SENSOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
SLIDING SENSORDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543981
• The sliding sensor is installed on the seat slide cushion frame.• The pulse signal is transmitted to the driver seat control unit when sliding is operated.• The driver seat control unit counts the pulse and calculates the sliding amount of the seat.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543982
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “SLIDE PULSE” in the “Data Monitor” mode using CONSULT-III. 3. Check sliding sensor signal under the following conditions.
*1: The value at the seat position attained when the battery is connected is considered to be 32768.
Is the indication normal?YES >> Sliding sensor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-79, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543983
1.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check signal between sliding sensor harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector and sliding sensor connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and sliding sensor harness connec-
tor.
Test item Condition Status
SLIDE PULSE Seat sliding
Operate (forward) Change (increase)*1
Operate (backward) Change (decrease)*1
Release No change*1
(+)
(–) ConditionSignal
(Reference value)Sliding sensor
Connector Terminal
B526 24 Ground Seat sliding
Operate
Other than above
0 V or 5 V
JMJIA0119ZZ
SE-79Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Check voltage between sliding sensor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector and sliding sensor connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and sliding sensor harness connec-
tor.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector and sliding sensor connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and sliding sensor harness connec-
tor.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Driver seat control unit Sliding sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B503 24 B526 24 Existed
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B503 24 Not existed
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Sliding sensor
Connector Terminal
B526 16 Ground Battery voltage
Driver seat control unit Sliding sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B503 16 B526 16 Existed
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B503 16 Not existed
Driver seat control unit Sliding sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B503 31 B526 31 Existed
SE-80Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SENSOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR GROUND
1. Connect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace sliding sensor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".NO >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543984
• The sliding sensor is installed on the seat slide cushion frame.• The pulse signal is transmitted to the passenger seat control unit when sliding is operated.• The passenger seat control unit counts the pulse and calculates the sliding amount of the seat.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543985
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check whether or not power walk-in function activates normally when power walk-in switch is pressed.Is the indication normal?YES >> Sliding sensor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-81, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543986
1.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check signal between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Sliding sensor function is OK.
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B503 31 No existed
Driver seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B503 31 Existed
(+)
(–) ConditionSignal
(Reference value)Passenger seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B552 24 Ground Seat sliding
Operate
Other than above
0 V or 5 V
JMJIA0119ZZ
SE-81Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> GO TO 2.2.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector and sliding sensor connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and sliding sensor harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check voltage between sliding sensor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and sliding sensor harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and sliding sensor harness con-
nector.
Passenger seat control unit Sliding sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B552 24 B568 24 Existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B552 24 Not existed
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Sliding sensor
Connector Terminal
B568 16 Ground Battery voltage
Passenger seat control unit Sliding sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B552 16 B568 16 Existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B552 16 Not existed
SE-82Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SENSOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR GROUND
1. Connect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace sliding sensor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".
Passenger seat control unit Sliding sensorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B552 31 B568 31 Existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B552 31 Not existed
Passenger seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B552 31 Existed
SE-83Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >SLIDING MOTORDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543987
• The seat sliding motor is installed to the seat cushion frame.• The seat sliding motor is activated with the driver seat control unit.• The seat is slid forward/backward by changing the rotation direction of sliding motor.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543988
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “SEAT SLIDE” in the “Active Test” mode using CONSULT-III.3. Check sliding motor operation.
Is the operation of relevant parts normal?YES >> Sliding motor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-84, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543989
1.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding motor connector.3. Check voltage between sliding motor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between sliding motor harness connector and driver seat control unit harness connector.
3. Check continuity between driver seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Test item Description
SEAT SLIDE
OFF
Seat sliding
Stop
FR Forward
RR Backward
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Sliding motor
Connector Terminal
B525
35
Ground Slide switch
Forward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
42Backward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Sliding motor Driver seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B52535
B50435
Existed42 42
SE-84Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR
Check sliding motor.Refer to SE-85, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace sliding motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543990
1.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR-1
Visually check the sliding motor for foreign objects, and check that the sliding motor is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seat cushion frame (sliding motor).
2.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding motor connector.3. Supply sliding motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace sliding motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543991
• The seat sliding motor is installed to the seat cushion frame.• The seat sliding motor is activated with the passenger seat control unit.• The seat is slid forward/backward by changing the rotation direction of sliding motor.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543992
1.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR CIRCUIT
Check sliding operation with power seat switch.Is the inspection result normal?
Driver seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B50435
Not existed42
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Sliding motor35 42 Forward
42 35 Backward
SE-85Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >YES >> Sliding motor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-86, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543993
1.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding motor connector.3. Check voltage between sliding motor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between sliding motor harness connector and passenger seat control unit harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between passenger seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR
Check sliding motor.Refer to SE-87, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace sliding motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Sliding motor
Connector Terminal
B567
35
Ground Slide switch
Forward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
42Backward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Sliding motor Passenger seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B56735
B55335
Existed42 42
Passenger seat control unit
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B55335
Not existed42
SE-86Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543994
1.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR-1
Visually check the sliding motor for foreign objects, and check that the sliding motor is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seat cushion frame (sliding motor).
2.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sliding motor connector.3. Supply sliding motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace sliding motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Sliding motor35 42 Forward
42 35 Backward
SE-87Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >RECLINING MOTORDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543995
• The seat reclining motor is installed to the seatback frame. • The seat reclining motor is activated with the driver seat control unit. • The seatback is reclined forward/backward by changing the rotation direction of reclining motor.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004543996
1.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR FUNCTION
Check reclining operation with power seat switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Reclining motor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-88, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004543997
1.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect reclining motor connector.3. Check voltage between reclining motor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between reclining motor harness connector and driver seat control unit harness connec-
tor.
3. Check continuity between reclining motor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Reclining motor
Connector Terminal
B524
36
Ground Reclining switch
Forward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
44Backward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Reclining motor Driver seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B52436
B50436
Existed44 44
Reclining motor
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B52436
Not existed44
SE-88Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
3.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR
Check reclining motor.Refer to SE-89, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace reclining motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004543998
1.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR-1
Visually check the sliding motor for foreign objects, and check that the reclining motor is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seatback frame (reclining motor).
2.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR-2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect reclining motor connector.3. Supply reclining motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace reclining motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004543999
• The seat reclining motor is installed to the seatback frame. • The seat reclining motor is activated with the passenger seat control unit. • The seatback is reclined forward/backward by changing the rotation direction of reclining motor.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544000
1.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR FUNCTION
Check reclining operation with power seat switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Reclining motor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-89, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544001
1.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect reclining motor connector.3. Check voltage between reclining motor harness connector and ground.
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Reclining motor36 44 Forward
44 36 Backward
SE-89Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between reclining motor harness connector and passenger seat control unit harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between reclining motor harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR
Check reclining motor.Refer to SE-90, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace reclining motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544002
1.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR-1
Visually check the sliding motor for foreign objects, and check that the reclining motor is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seatback frame (reclining motor).
2.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR-2
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Reclining motor
Connector Terminal
B566
36
Ground Reclining switch
Forward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
44Backward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Reclining motor Passenger seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B56636
B55336
Existed44 44
Reclining motor
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B56636
Not existed44
SE-90Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect reclining motor connector.3. Supply reclining motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace reclining motor. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Reclining motor36 44 Forward
44 36 Backward
SE-91Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544003
• The lifting motor (front) is installed to the seat slide cushion frame. • The lifting motor (front) is activated with the driver seat control unit.• The lifter (front) is moved upward/downward by changing the rotation direction of lifting motor (front).
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544004
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) FUNCTION
Check lifting operation with power seat switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Lifting motor (front) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-92, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544005
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (front) connector.3. Check voltage between lifting motor (front) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between lifting motor (front) harness connector and driver seat control unit harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between lifting motor (front) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Lifting motor (front)
Connector Terminal
B528
37
Ground Lifting switch (front)
Downward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
45Upward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Lifting motor (front) Driver seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B52837
B50437
Existed45 45
Lifting motor (front)
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B52837
Not existed45
SE-92Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
3.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)
Check lifting motor (front).Refer to SE-93, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace lifting motor (front). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544006
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) -1
Visually check the lifting motor (front) for foreign objects, and check that the lifting motor (front) is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seat cushion frame (lifting motor).
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) -2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (front) connector.3. Supply lifting motor (front) terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace lifting motor (front). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544007
• The lifting motor (front) is installed to the seat slide cushion frame. • The lifting motor (front) is activated with the passenger seat control unit.• The lifter (front) is moved upward/downward by changing the rotation direction of lifting motor (front).
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544008
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) FUNCTION
Check lifting operation with power seat switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Lifting motor (front) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-93, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544009
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (front) connector.3. Check voltage between lifting motor (front) harness connector and ground.
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Lifting motor (front) 37 45 Downward
45 37 Upward
SE-93Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between lifting motor (front) harness connector and passenger seat control unit harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between lifting motor (front) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)
Check lifting motor (front).Refer to SE-94, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace lifting motor (front). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544010
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) -1
Visually check the lifting motor (front) for foreign objects, and check that the lifting motor (front) is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seat cushion frame (lifting motor).
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT) -2
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Lifting motor (front)
Connector Terminal
B569
37
Ground Lifting switch (front)
Downward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
45Upward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Lifting motor (front) Passenger seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B56937
B55337
Existed45 45
Lifting motor (front)
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B56937
Not existed45
SE-94Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (front) connector.3. Supply lifting motor (front) terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace lifting motor (front). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Lifting motor (front) 37 45 Downward
45 37 Upward
SE-95Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544011
• The lifting motor (rear) is installed to the seat slide cushion frame.• The lifting motor (rear) is activated with the driver seat control unit.• The seat lifter (rear) is moved upward/downward by changing the rotation direction of lifting motor (rear).
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544012
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) FUNCTION
Check lifting operation with power seat switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Lifting motor (rear) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-96, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544013
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (rear) connector.3. Check voltage between lifting motor (rear) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect driver seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between lifting motor (rear) harness connector and driver seat control unit harness con-
nector.
3. Check continuity between lifting motor (rear) harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Lifting motor (rear)
Connector Terminal
B530
38
Ground Lifting switch (rear)
Upward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
39Downward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Lifting motor (rear) Driver seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B53038
B50438
Existed39 39
Lifting motor (rear)
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B53038
Not existed39
SE-96Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
3.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)
Check lifting motor (rear).Refer to SE-97, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace lifting motor (rear). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544014
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) -1
Visually check the lifting motor (rear) for foreign objects, and check that the lifting motor (rear) is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seat cushion frame (lifting motor).
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) -2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (rear) connector.3. Supply lifting motor (rear) terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace lifting motor (rear).
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544015
• The lifting motor (rear) is installed to the seat slide cushion frame.• The lifting motor (rear) is activated with the passenger seat control unit.• The seat lifter (rear) is moved upward/downward by changing the rotation direction of lifting motor (rear).
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544016
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) FUNCTION
Check lifting operation with power seat switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Lifting motor (rear) function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-97, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544017
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (rear) connector.3. Check voltage between lifting motor (rear) harness connector and ground.
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Lifting motor (rear)38 39 Upward
39 38 Downward
SE-97Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect passenger seat control unit connector.2. Check continuity between lifting motor (rear) harness connector and passenger seat control unit harness
connector.
3. Check continuity between lifting motor (rear) unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)
Check lifting motor (rear).Refer to SE-98, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace lifting motor (rear). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544018
1.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) -1
Visually check the lifting motor (rear) for foreign objects, and check that the lifting motor (rear) is not broken.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace seat cushion frame (lifting motor).
2.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR) -2
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Lifting motor (rear)
Connector Terminal
B570
38
Ground Lifting switch (rear)
Upward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
39Downward Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Lifting motor (rear) Passenger seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B57038
B55338
Existed39 39
Lifting motor (rear)
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
B57038
Not existed39
SE-98Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect lifting motor (rear) connector.3. Supply lifting motor (rear) terminals with battery voltage and check operation.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace lifting motor (rear). Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
ItemTerminal
Operation(+) (–)
Lifting motor (rear) 38 39 Up
39 38 Down
SE-99Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >HEATED SEAT SWITCHDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544030
Adjusts heated seat temperature and deactivates heated seat.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544031
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-100, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544032
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and heated seat control unit harness
connector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B518 67 GroundHeated seat switch position
OFF 0
1 (Min. temperature) 12.24
2 12.33
3 12.49
4 12.63
5 12.76
6 (Max. temperature) 12.90
Heated seat switch Heated seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
A/T models: M141M/T models: M175
2 B518 67 Existed
SE-100Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Check heated seat switch. Refer to SE-101, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace heated seat switch. Refer to SE-204, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544033
1.CHECK FRONT HEATED SEAT SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check resistance between heated seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace heated seat switch. Refer to SE-204, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544034
Adjusts heated seat temperature and deactivates heated seat.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544035
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.
Heated seat switch
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
A/T models: M141M/T models: M175
2 Not existed
Heated seat switchCondition
Resistance(KΩ)
(Approx.)Connector Terminal
A/T models: M141M/T models: M175
5
1
Heated seat switch position
ON 0
OFF ∞
2
1 (Min. temperature) 2.400
2 1.800
3 1.200
4 0.910
5 0.620
6 (Max. temperature) 0.348
SE-101Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat switch function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-102, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544036
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat switch circuit is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and heated seat control unit harness
connector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Check heated seat switch. Refer to SE-103, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace heated seat switch. Refer to SE-204, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B575 67 GroundHeated seat switch position
OFF 0
1 (Min. temperature) 12.24
2 12.33
3 12.49
4 12.63
5 12.76
6 (Max. temperature) 12.90
Heated seat switch Heated seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
A/T models: M142M/T models: M176
2 B575 67 Existed
Heated seat switch
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
A/T models: M142M/T models: M176
2 Not existed
SE-102Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544037
1.CHECK FRONT HEATED SEAT SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check resistance between heated seat switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace heated seat switch. Refer to SE-204, "Removal and Installation".
Heated seat switchCondition
Resistance(KΩ)
(Approx.)Connector Terminal
A/T models: M142M/T models: M176
5
1
Heated seat switch position
ON 0
OFF ∞
2
1 (Min. temperature) 2.400
2 1.800
3 1.200
4 0.910
5 0.620
6 (Max. tempera-ture)
0.348
SE-103Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >HEATED SEAT RELAY
Description INFOID:0000000004544038
Power is supplied to the heated seat using ignition power supply control.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544039
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat relay function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-104, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544040
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat relay.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between heated seat relay terminal connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEATED SEAT RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat relay terminal connector and fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat relay terminal connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HEATED SEAT RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between heated seat relay terminal connector and ground.
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat relay
Connector Terminal
M70 2 Ground Battery voltage
Heated seat relay Fuse block (J/B)Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M70 2 M1 2A Existed
Heated seat relay
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M70 2 Not existed
SE-104Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT RELAY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK HEATED SEAT RELAY
Check heated seat relay.Refer to SE-105, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat relay circuit is OK.NO >> Replace heated seat relay.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident"
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544041
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat relay.3. Check continuity between heated seat relay terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace heated seat relay.
Heated seat relay
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M70 1 Existed
heated seat relayCondition Continuity
Terminal
3 5
12 V direct current supply between termi-nals 1 and 2.
Existed
No current supply Not existed
SEF497Y
SE-105Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >HEAT SENSORDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544042
Detects seat cushion heater temperature and outputs to heated seat control unit.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544043
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heat sensor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-106, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure"
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544044
1.CHECK HEAT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check voltage between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
NOTE:Voltage is repeated within the value shown as per the following list depending on heater unit temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> heat sensor is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEAT SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector and seat cushion heater connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and seat cushion heater harness
connector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B518 69 Ground Heated seat switch position
OFF 0
1 (Min. temperature) 10.87 – 11.02
2 10.93 – 11.07
3 11.04 – 11.17
4 11.13 – 11.26
5 11.22 – 11.34
6 (Max. temperature) 11.31 – 11.43
Heated seat control unit Seat cushion heaterContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B518 69 B517 69 Existed
Heated seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B518 69 Not existed
SE-106Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEAT SENSOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HEAT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Turn heated seat switch ON.3. Check voltage between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEAT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and seat cushion heater harness
connector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK HEAT SENSOR
Check heat sensor. Refer to SE-107, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident"
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544045
1.CHECK HEAT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat cushion heater connector.3. Check resistance between seat cushion heater terminals.
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Seat cushion heater
Connector Terminal
B517 66 Ground Battery voltage
Heated seat control unit Seat cushion heaterContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B518 66 B517 66 Existed
Heated seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B518 66 Not existed
SE-107Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NOTE:Resistance value changes according to temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544046
Detects seat cushion heater temperature and outputs to heated seat control unit.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544047
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heat sensor function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-108, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure"
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544048
1.CHECK HEAT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check voltage between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
NOTE:Voltage is repeated within the value shown as per the following list depending on heater unit temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> heat sensor is OK.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HEAT SENSOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector and seat cushion heater connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and seat cushion heater harness
connector.
Seat cushion heaterCondition
Resistance(KΩ)
(Approx.)Terminal
66 69 When heat sensor temperature is 25°C (77°F) 9.9 – 10.1
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Heated seat control unit
Connector Terminal
B575 69 Ground Heated seat switch position
OFF 0
1 (Min. temperature) 10.87 – 11.02
2 10.93 – 11.07
3 11.04 – 11.17
4 11.13 – 11.26
5 11.22 – 11.34
6 (Max. temperature) 11.31 – 11.43
SE-108Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEAT SENSOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
4. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HEAT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Turn heated seat switch ON.3. Check voltage between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEAT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and seat cushion heater harness
connector.
4. Check continuity between heated seat control unit harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK HEAT SENSOR
Check heat sensor. Refer to SE-110, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident"
Heated seat control unit Seat cushion heaterContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B575 69 B574 69 Existed
Heated seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B575 69 Not existed
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Seat cushion heater
Connector Terminal
B574 66 Ground Battery voltage
Heated seat control unit Seat cushion heaterContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B575 66 B574 66 Existed
Heated seat control unit
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B575 66 Not existed
SE-109Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEAT SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544049
1.CHECK HEAT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat cushion heater connector.3. Check resistance between seat cushion heater terminals.
NOTE:Resistance value changes according to temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
Seat cushion heaterCondition
Resistance(KΩ)
(Approx.)Terminal
66 69 When heat sensor temperature is 25°C (77°F) 9.9 – 10.1
SE-110Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT CUSHION HEATER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
SEAT CUSHION HEATERDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544050
Warms the seat cushion.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544051
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat cushion heater function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-111, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544052
1.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat cushion heater connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
NOTE:Voltage is repeated within the value shown as per the following list depending on heater unit temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector.3. Check continuity between seat cushion heater harness connector and heated seat control unit harness
connector.
4. Check continuity between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace heated seat control unit. Refer to SE-198, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Seat cushion heater
Connector Terminal
B517 68 Ground Heated seatOperates 0 – Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Seat cushion heater Heated seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B517 68 B518 68 Existed
Seat cushion heater
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B517 68 Not existed
SE-111Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT CUSHION HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Check seat cushion heater.Refer to SE-112, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".4.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident"
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544053
1.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat cushion heater connector and seatback heater connector.3. Check resistance between seat cushion heater terminals.
NOTE:Resistance value changes according to temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544054
Warms the seat cushion.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544055
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seat cushion heater function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-112, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544056
1.CHECK FRONT SEAT CUSHION HEATER INPUT SIGNAL
Seat cushion heater
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B517 59 Existed
Seat cushion heaterCondition
Resistance(Ω)
(Approx.)Terminal
59 68 When heat sensor temperature is 20°C (68°F) 2.6 – 3.0
SE-112Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT CUSHION HEATER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat cushion heater connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
NOTE:Voltage is repeated within the value shown as per the following list depending on heater unit temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector.3. Check continuity between seat cushion heater harness connector and heated seat control unit harness
connector.
4. Check continuity between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace heated seat control unit. Refer to SE-198, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER
Check seat cushion heater.Refer to SE-114, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
4.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between seat cushion heater harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Seat cushion heater
Connector Terminal
B574 68 Ground Heated seatOperates 0 – Battery voltage
Other than above 0
Seat cushion heater Heated seat control unitContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B574 68 B575 68 Existed
Seat cushion heater
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B574 68 Not existed
Seat cushion heater
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
B574 59 Existed
SE-113Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEAT CUSHION HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident">> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004544057
1.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seat cushion heater connector and seatback heater connector.3. Check resistance between seat cushion heater terminals.
NOTE:Resistance value changes according to temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
Seat cushion heaterCondition
Resistance(Ω)
(Approx.)Terminal
59 68 When heat sensor temperature is 20°C (68°F) 2.6 – 3.0
SE-114Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEATBACK HEATER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
SEATBACK HEATERDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544058
Warms the seat cushion.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544059
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seatback heater function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-115, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544060
1.CHECK SEATBACK HEATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seatback heater connector.3. Check resistance between seatback heater terminals.
NOTE:Resistance value changes according to temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".NO >> Replace seatback heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544061
Warms the seat cushion.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544062
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that heated seat warms to preset temperature when operating heated seat switch to the optimal posi-tion.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Seatback heater function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-115, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544063
1.CHECK SEATBACK HEATER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect seatback heater connector.3. Check resistance between seatback heater terminals.
Seatback heaterCondition
Resistance(Ω)
(Approx.)Connector Terminal
B542 1 2 When heat sensor temperature is 20°C (68°F) 4.0 – 4.7
SE-115Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEATBACK HEATER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NOTE:Resistance value changes according to temperature.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace seat cushion heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".NO >> Replace seatback heater. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
Seatback heaterCondition
Resistance(Ω)
(Approx.)Connector Terminal
B582 1 2 When heat sensor temperature is 20°C (68°F) 4.0 – 4.7
SE-116Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATORDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544064
Illuminates the indicator that indicates the operating status of heated seat.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544065
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that the related indicator lamp illuminates when heated seat switch is set to ON. Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat switch indicator function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-117, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544066
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace heated seat switch. Refer to SE-204, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004544067
Illuminates the indicator that indicates the operating status of heated seat.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004544068
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check that the related indicator lamp illuminates when heated seat switch is set to ON. Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Heated seat switch indicator function is OK.NO >> Refer to SE-117, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544069
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF2. Disconnect heated seat switch connector.3. Check continuity between heated seat switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?
Heated seat switch
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
A/T models: M141M/T models: M175
6 Existed
Heated seat switch
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
A/T models: M142M/T models: M176
6 Existed
SE-117Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >YES >> Replace heated seat switch. Refer to SE-204, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.SE-118Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LUMBAR SUPPORT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
LUMBAR SUPPORT
Wiring Diagram - LUMBAR SUPPORT - INFOID:0000000004544070
JCJWM0656GB
SE-119Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LUMBAR SUPPORT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCJWM0657GB
SE-120Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LUMBAR SUPPORT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
JCJWM0658GB
SE-121Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SUPPORT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >SIDE SUPPORT
Wiring Diagram - SIDE SUPPORT - INFOID:0000000004544072
JCJWM0653GB
SE-122Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SUPPORT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
S
JCJWM0654GB
SE-123Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SUPPORT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >JCJWM0655GB
SE-124Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONDRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSI-TIONER)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004544197
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
*1: A/T model*2: M/T model*3: The value at the position attained when the battery is connected is regarded as 32768.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
SLIDE SW–FR Sliding switch (front)Operate ON
Release OFF
SLIDE SW–RR Sliding switch (rear)Operate ON
Release OFF
FORWARD SW Seat backFolded down ON
Other than above OFF
WALK-IN SW Power walk-in switchPressed ON
Other than above OFF
FWD LIMIT SW Seat slidingFront edge ON
Other than above OFF
SEAT BELT SW Seat beltFront edge ON
Other than above OFF
DETENT SW*1 A/T selector leverP position OFF
Other than above ON
PARK BRAKE SW*2 Parking brakeApplied ON
Release OFF
SLIDE PULSE Seat sliding
Forward The numeral value decreases *3
Backward The numeral value increases *3
Other than above No change to numeral value*3
JMJIA2587ZZ
SE-125Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal nameInput/Out-put
3(R/Y)
— CAN-H — — —
4(O/B)
GroundSliding limit switch signal
InputSeat sliding front edge 0
Other than above* 5
5(L)
GroundSeat belt buckle switch signal (driver side)
Input
Ignition switch OFF and seat belt fas-tened*
5
Ignition switch ON and seat belt released Battery voltage
Other than above 0
11(BR)
GroundSliding switch back-ward signal
Input Sliding switch
Operate(backward)
0
Release Battery voltage
12(SB)
GroundReclining switch backward signal
Input Reclining switch
Operate(backward)
0
Release Battery voltage
13(LG/R)
GroundLifting switch (front) downward signal
InputLifting switch (front)
Operate(downward)
0
Release Battery voltage
14(G/B)
GroundLifting switch (rear) downward signal
Input Lifting switch (rear)
Operate(downward)
0
Release Battery voltage
16(O)
Ground Sensor power supplyOut-put
— Battery voltage
19(V)
— CAN-L — — —
24(R)
Ground Sliding sensor signal Input Seat slidingOperate
Stop 0 or 5
26(Y)
GroundSliding switch for-ward signal
Input Sliding switch
Operate (forward)
0
Release Battery voltage
27(R/G)
GroundReclining switch for-ward signal
Input Reclining switch
Operate (forward)
0
Release Battery voltage
28(W/B)
GroundLifting switch (front) upward signal
InputSeat lifting switch (front)
Operate (upward)
0
Release Battery voltage
29(R/L)
GroundLifting switch (rear) upward signal
InputSeat lifting switch (rear)
Operate (upward)
0
Release Battery voltage
JMJIA0119ZZ
SE-126Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
*: Not in the sleep mode.
Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT SYSTEM FOR DRIVER SIDE (WITHOUT AUTO-
30(P)
GroundPower walk-in switch signal
InputPower walk-in switch
Pressed 0
Other than above Battery voltage
31(GR)
Ground Sensor ground — — 0
32(B/W)
Ground Ground (signal) — — 0
33(R)
Ground Power source (C/B) Input — Battery voltage
35(W/R)
GroundSliding motor forward output
Out-put
Seat sliding
Operate (forward)
Battery voltage
Release 0
36(G/Y)
GroundReclining motor for-ward output signal
Out-put
Seat reclining
Operate (forward)
Battery voltage
Release 0
37(G/W)
GroundLifting motor (front) downward output
Out-put
Seat lifting (front)
Operate(downward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
38(L/Y)
GroundLifting motor (rear) upward output
Out-put
Seat lifting (rear)
Operate(upward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
39(R/B)
GroundLifting motor (rear) downward output
Out-put
Seat lifting (rear)
Operate(downward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
40(R/W)
Ground Power source (Fuse) Input — Battery voltage
41(Y/G)
GroundForward switch sig-nal
InputSeatback is folded down 0
Other than above* 5
42(W)
GroundSliding motor back-ward output
Out-put
Seat sliding
Operate(backward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
44(P)
GroundReclining motor backward output
Out-put
Seat reclining
Operate(backward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
45(L/R)
GroundLifting motor (front) upward output
Out-put
Seat lifting (front)
Operate(upward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
48(B)
Ground Ground (power) — — 0
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal nameInput/Out-put
SE-127Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >MATIC DRIVE POSITIONER) - INFOID:0000000004544198
JCJWM0641GB
SE-128Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0642GB
SE-129Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCJWM0643GB
SE-130Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0644GB
SE-131Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCJWM0645GB
SE-132Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000004544200
The fail-safe mode may be activated if the following symptoms are observed.
JCJWM0646GB
SE-133Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >*1: Driver seat without automatic driver positioner system display.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004544201
*1:
Operating infail-safe mode
Malfunction ItemRelated
DTCDiagnosis
Only manual functions operate normally.
CAN communication*1 U1000
With ADP: ADP-48, "DTC
Logic"
Without ADP: ADP-48, "DTC
Logic"
Tilt sensor B2118ADP-53, "DTC
Logic"
Telescopic sensor B2119ADP-56, "DTC
Logic"
Detent switch B2126ADP-59, "DTC
Logic"
Parking brake switch B2127ADP-61, "DTC
Logic"
Only manual functions, except door mirror, operate normally. UART communication B2128ADP-63, "DTC
Logic"
Only manual functions, except seat sliding, operate normally. Seat sliding output*1 B2112ADP-49, "DTC
Logic"
Only manual functions, except seat reclining, operate normally. Seat reclining output*1 B2113ADP-51, "DTC
Logic"
CONSULT-IIIdisplay
Timing*1
Item Reference pageCurrent mal-function
Previous mal-function
CAN COMM CIRCUIT*2
[U1000]0 1-39 CAN communication
With ADP: ADP-48, "DTC
Logic"
Without ADP: ADP-48, "DTC
Logic"
SEAT SLIDE*2
[B2112]0 1-39 Seat slide motor output
With ADP: ADP-49, "DTC
Logic"
Without ADP: ADP-49, "DTC
Logic"
SEAT RECLINING*2
[B2113]0 1-39 Seat reclining motor output
ADP-51, "DTC Logic"
TILT SENSOR[B2118]
0 1-39 Tilt sensor inputADP-53, "DTC
Logic"
TELESCO SENSOR[B2119]
0 1-39 Telescopic sensor inputADP-56, "DTC
Logic"
DETENT SW[B2126]
0 1-39 Detention switch conditionADP-59, "DTC
Logic"
PARKING BRAKE[B2127]
0 1-39 Parking brake switch conditionADP-61, "DTC
Logic"
UART COMM[B2128]
0 1-39 UART communicationADP-63, "DTC
Logic"
SE-134Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT (WITHOUT AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
• 0: Current malfunction is present
• 1-39: Displayed if any previous malfunction is present when current condition is normal. The numeral value increases by one at eachIGN ON to OFF cycle from 1 to 39. The counter remains at 39 even if the number of cycles exceeds it. However, the counter is resetto 1 if any malfunction is detected again, the normal operation is resumed and the ignition switch is turned from OFF to ON.
*2: Driver seat without automatic driver positioner system display.
SE-135Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004544202
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JMJIA2588ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal nameInput/Output
4(O/B)
GroundSliding limit switch signal
InputSeat sliding front edge 0
Other than above* 5
5(L)
GroundSeat belt buckle switch signal (pas-senger side)
Input
Ignition switch OFF and seat belt fas-tened*
5
Ignition switch ON and seat belt re-leased
Battery voltage
Other than above 0
8(LG)
GroundPassenger side door switch signal
Input Passenger door
Open 0
Closed
11(BR)
GroundSliding switch back-ward signal
Input Sliding switch
Operate(backward)
0
Release Battery voltage
12(SB)
GroundReclining switch backward signal
Input Reclining switch
Operate(backward)
0
Release Battery voltage
13(LG/R)
GroundLifting switch (front) downward signal
InputLifting switch (front)
Operate(downward)
0
Release Battery voltage
14(G/B)
GroundLifting switch (rear) downward signal
InputLifting switch (rear)
Operate(downward)
0
Release Battery voltage
16(O)
Ground Sensor power supply Output — Battery voltage
PKIB4960J
SE-136Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
24(R)
Ground Sliding sensor signal Input Seat slidingOperate
Stop 0 or 5
26(Y)
GroundSliding switch for-ward signal
Input Sliding switch
Operate (forward)
0
Release Battery voltage
27(R/G)
GroundReclining switch for-ward signal
Input Reclining switch
Operate (forward)
0
Release Battery voltage
28(W/B)
GroundLifting switch (front) upward signal
InputSeat lifting switch (front)
Operate (upward)
0
Release Battery voltage
29(P/L)
GroundLifting switch (rear) upward signal
InputSeat lifting switch (rear)
Operate (upward)
0
Release Battery voltage
30(P)
GroundPower walk-in switch signal
InputPower walk-in switch
Pressed 0
Other than above Battery voltage
31(GR)
Ground Sensor ground — — 0
32(B/W)
Ground Ground (signal) — — 0
33(R)
Ground Power source (C/B) Input — Battery voltage
35(W/R)
GroundSliding motor for-ward output
Output Seat sliding
Operate (forward)
Battery voltage
Release 0
36(G/Y)
GroundReclining motor for-ward output signal
Output Seat reclining
Operate (forward)
Battery voltage
Release 0
37(G/W)
GroundLifting motor (front) downward output
Output Seat lifting (front)
Operate(downward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
38(L/Y)
GroundLifting motor (rear) upward output
Output Seat lifting (rear)
Operate(upward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
39(R/B)
GroundLifting motor (rear) downward output
Output Seat lifting (rear)
Operate(downward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
40(R/W)
Ground Power source (Fuse) Input — Battery voltage
41(Y/G)
GroundForward switch sig-nal
InputSeatback is folded down 0
Other than above* 5
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal nameInput/Output
JMJIA0119ZZ
SE-137Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >*: Not in the sleep mode.
42(W)
GroundSliding motor back-ward output
Output Seat sliding
Operate(backward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
44(P)
GroundReclining motor backward output
Output Seat reclining
Operate(backward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
45(L/R)
GroundLifting motor (front) upward output
Output Seat lifting (front)
Operate(upward)
Battery voltage
Stop 0
48(B)
Ground Ground (power) — — 0
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal nameInput/Output
SE-138Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
Wiring Diagram - POWER SEAT SYSTEM FOR PASSENGER SIDE - INFOID:0000000004544203
JCJWM0647GB
SE-139Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCJWM0648GB
SE-140Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0649GB
SE-141Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCJWM0650GB
SE-142Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0651GB
SE-143Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCJWM0652GB
SE-144Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004544205
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
*: Voltage is repeated within the value shown as per the following list depending on heater unit temperature.
JMJIA2339ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
(+) (–) Signal nameInput/Output
59(B)
Ground Ground – Ignition switch ON 0
60(Y)
Ground IGN power supply Input Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0
ON Battery voltage
66(B)
GroundHeated seat operation sig-nal
Input Heated seatOperate Battery voltage
Other than above 0
67(W)
Ground Heated seat switch signal InputHeated seat switch
OFF 0
1 (Min. temperature) 12.24
2 12.33
3 12.49
4 12.63
5 12.76
6 (Max. temperature) 12.90
68(R/W)
GroundSeat cushion heater pow-er supply
Output Heated seatOperate 0 – Battery voltage*
Other than above 0
69(R)
Ground Heat sensor signal InputHeated seat switch
OFF 0
1 (Min. temperature) 10.87 – 11.02*
2 10.93 – 11.07*
3 11.04 – 11.17*
4 11.13 – 11.26*
5 11.22 – 11.34*
6 (Max. temperature) 11.31 – 11.43*
SE-145Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Wiring Diagram - HEATED SEAT SYSTEM (WITH M/T) - INFOID:0000000004544206
JCJWM0659GB
SE-146Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0660GB
SE-147Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCJWM0661GB
SE-148Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0662GB
SE-149Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Wiring Diagram - HEATED SEAT SYSTEM (WITH A/T) - INFOID:0000000004544207
JCJWM0663GB
SE-150Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0664GB
SE-151Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCJWM0665GB
SE-152Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
S
JCJWM0666GB
SE-153Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ALL COMPONENTS OF POWER SEAT DO NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISALL COMPONENTS OF POWER SEAT DO NOT OPERATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544414
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply circuit and ground circuit.Refer to SE-35, "DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power seat switch ground circuit.Refer to SE-59, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544415
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply and ground circuit.Refer to SE-35, "PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power seat switch ground circuit.Refer to SE-59, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-154Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) DOES NOT OPERATE ANY COM-PONENTS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
POWER SEAT SWITCH (PASSENGER SIDE) DOES NOT OPERATE ANYCOMPONENTS
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544416
1.CHECK POWER SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power seat switch ground circuit.Refer to SE-59, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-155Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SLIDING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544417
1.CHECK SLIDING MECHANISM
Check for the following.• Mechanism deformation or pinched foreign materials.• Interference with other parts because of poor installation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH
Check sliding switch.Refer to SE-41, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR
Check sliding motor.Refer to SE-84, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544418
1.CHECK SLIDING OPERATION
Check sliding operation.Which sliding switch is malfunctioning?Both sides>>GO TO 2.Seatback side>>GO TO 4.Power seat switch side>>GO TO 5.
2.CHECK SLIDING MECHANISM
Check for the following.• Mechanism deformation or pinched foreign materials.• Interference with other parts because of poor installation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK SLIDING MOTOR
Check sliding motor.Refer to SE-85, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?
SE-156Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH (SEATBACK)
Check sliding switch (seatback).Refer to SE-44, "SEATBACK : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK SLIDING SWITCH
Check sliding switch.Refer to SE-42, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-157Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >RECLINING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544419
1.CHECK RECLINING MECHANISM
Check for the following.• Mechanism deformation or pinched foreign materials.• Interference with other parts because of poor installation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH
Check reclining switch.Refer to SE-47, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
Check forward switch.Refer to SE-61, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR
Check reclining motor.Refer to SE-88, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544420
1.CHECK RECLINING MECHANISM
Check for the following.• Mechanism deformation or pinched foreign materials.• Interference with other parts because of poor installation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK RECLINING SWITCH
Check reclining switch.Refer to SE-48, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?
SE-158Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RECLINING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
Check forward switch.Refer to SE-62, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK RECLINING MOTOR
Check reclining motor.Refer to SE-89, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-159Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >LIFTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEFRONT
FRONT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544421
1.CHECK LIFTING MECHANISM
Check for the following.• Mechanism deformation or pinched foreign materials.• Interference with other parts because of poor installation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (FRONT)
Check lifting switch (front).• Driver side: Refer to SE-51, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".• Passenger side: Refer to SE-52, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (FRONT)
Check lifting motor (front).• Driver side: Refer to SE-92, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".• Passenger side: Refer to SE-93, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
REAR
REAR : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544422
1.CHECK LIFTING MECHANISM
Check for the following.• Mechanism deformation or pinched foreign materials.• Interference with other parts because of poor installation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK LIFTING SWITCH (REAR)
Check lifting switch (rear).• Driver side: Refer to SE-55, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".• Passenger side: Refer to SE-56, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK LIFTING MOTOR (REAR)
Check lifting motor (rear).
SE-160Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LIFTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
• Driver side: Refer to SE-96, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".• Passenger side: Refer to SE-97, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-161Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544423
1.CHECK SEAT SLIDING OPERATION
Check seat sliding operation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Refer to SE-156, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
2.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
1. Perform initialization procedure.Refer to SE-8, "SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Check power walk-in function.Refer to SE-11, "POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Power walk-in function is normal.NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
Check power walk-in switch.Refer to SE-73, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
Check seat belt buckle switch.Refer to SE-65, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
Check forward switch.Refer to SE-61, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
Check sliding limit switch.Refer to SE-69, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 7.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
7.CHECK DRIVER SIDE DOOR SWITCH
Check driver side door switch.Refer to SE-77, "Component Function Check"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 8.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
8.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR
SE-162Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
Check sliding sensor.Refer to SE-79, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 9.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
9.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Refer to SE-11, "POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Description".Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> Replace driver seat control unit. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544424
1.CHECK SEAT SLIDING OPERATION
Check seat sliding operation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Refer to SE-156, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
2.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
1. Perform initialization procedure.Refer to SE-8, "SYSTEM INITIALIZATION : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Check power walk-in function.Refer to SE-11, "POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Description".
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Power walk-in function is normal.NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER WALK-IN SWITCH
Check power walk-in switch.Refer to SE-74, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH
Check seat belt buckle switch.Refer to SE-66, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.CHECK FORWARD SWITCH
Check forward switch.Refer to SE-62, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK SLIDING LIMIT SWITCH
Check sliding limit switch.Refer to SE-70, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?
SE-163Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >YES >> GO TO 7.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.7.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE DOOR SWITCH
Check passenger side door switch.Refer to SE-77, "Component Function Check"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 8.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
8.CHECK SLIDING SENSOR
Check sliding sensor.Refer to SE-79, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 9.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
9.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Check the operation again.Refer to SE-11, "POWER WALK-IN FUNCTION : System Description".Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> Replace passenger seat control unit. Refer to SE-197, "Removal and Installation".
SE-164Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATEBOTH SIDES
BOTH SIDES : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544428
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
Check heated seat switch power supply.Refer to SE-38, "HEATED SEAT SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK HEATED SEAT RELAY
Check heated seat relay.Refer to SE-104, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check heated seat switch power supply and ground circuit.Refer to SE-36, "HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
DRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544429
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
Check heated seat switch power supply.Refer to SE-38, "HEATED SEAT SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check heated seat switch power supply and ground circuit.Refer to SE-36, "HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Check heated seat switch.Refer to SE-100, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
SE-165Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >4.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER
Check seat cushion heater.Refer to SE-111, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544430
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
Check heated seat switch power supply.Refer to SE-38, "HEATED SEAT SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check heated seat switch power supply and ground circuit.Refer to SE-36, "HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Check heated seat switch.Refer to SE-101, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CHECK SEAT CUSHION HEATER
Check seat cushion heater.Refer to SE-112, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
5.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-166Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEATBACK HEATER ONLY DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
SEATBACK HEATER ONLY DOES NOT OPERATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544431
1.CHECK SEATBACK HEATER
Check seatback heater.Refer to SE-115, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544432
1.CHECK SEATBACK HEATER
Check seatback heater.Refer to SE-115, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-167Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CANNOT ADJUST HEATED SEAT TEMPERATURE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >CANNOT ADJUST HEATED SEAT TEMPERATUREDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544433
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Check heated seat switch.Refer to SE-100, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK HEAT SENSOR
Check heat sensor.Refer to SE-106, "DRIVER SIDE : Description".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> Replace heated seat control unit. Refer to SE-198, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544434
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Check heated seat switch.Refer to SE-101, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK HEAT SENSOR
Check heat sensor.Refer to SE-108, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> Replace heated seat control unit. Refer to SE-198, "Removal and Installation".
SE-168Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR DOES NOT TURN ON
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR DOES NOT TURN ONDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544435
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR
Check heated seat switch indicator.Refer to SE-117, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004544436
1.CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH INDICATOR
Check heated seat switch indicator.Refer to SE-117, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
SE-169Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004684669
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWInterview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diag-nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any ofcustomer's comments; refer to SE-174, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate theconditions that exist when the noise occurs.• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, perform a diagnosis and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by performing a cruise test on the vehicle with the customer.• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language whendefining the noise.
• Squeak – (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
• Creak – (Like walking on an old wooden floor)Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen-dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle – (Like shaking a baby rattle)Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missingclip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock – (Like a knock on a door)Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
• Tick – (Like a clock second hand)Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driveraction or road conditions.
• Thump – (Heavy, muffled knock noise)Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz – (Like a bumblebee)Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending up on the person. A noise that a technicianmay judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEIf possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information onthe Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used toduplicate the same conditions when the repair is reconfirmed.
SBT842
SE-170Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to dupli-cate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:1) Close a door.2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.3) Rev the engine.4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T models, drive position on A/T models).6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSAfter verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) relatedto that concern or symptom.If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE1. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis ear: J-39570, Engine ear and mechanics stethoscope).2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:• Removing the components in the area that is are suspected to be the cause of the noise.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fastener can be brokenor lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that is are suspected to be the cause of the noise.Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only tem-porarily.
• Feeling for a vibration by hand by touching the component(s) that is are suspected to be the cause of thenoise.
• Placing a piece of paper between components that are suspected to be the cause of the noise.• Looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to SE-172, "Inspection Procedure".
REPAIR THE CAUSE• If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.• If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:- Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.- Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or ure-
thane tape. A Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through the authorized Nissan PartsDepartment.
CAUTION:Never use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.NOTE:Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.The following materials are contained in the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can beordered separately as needed.URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]Insulates connectors, harness, etc.76268-9E005: 100 × 135 mm (3.94 × 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 × 85 mm (2.36 × 3.35 in)/76884-71L02:15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in)INSULATOR (Foam blocks)Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)INSULATOR (Light foam block)80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 × 50 mm (1.18 × 1.97in)FELT CLOTHTAPEUsed to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.68370-4B000: 15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape rollThe following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
SE-171Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.SILICONE GREASEUsed in place of UHMW tape that is be visible or does not fit. Will only last a few months.SILICONE SPRAYUsed when grease cannot be applied.DUCT TAPEUsed to eliminate movement.CONFIRM THE REPAIRConfirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the sameconditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000004684670
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANELMost incidents are caused by contact and movement between:1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish4. Instrument panel to windshield5. Instrument panel mounting pins6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or bypressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired byapplying felt cloth tape or silicon spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulatewiring harness.CAUTION:Never use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If the area is saturated with silicone, therecheck of repair becomes impossible.
CENTER CONSOLEComponents to pay attention to include:1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unitThe instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORSPay attention to the following:1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher3. Wiring harnesses tapping4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stopsTapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolatemany of these incidents. The areas can usually be insulated with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks fromthe Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNKTrunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the customer.In addition look for the following:1. Trunk lid dumpers out of adjustment2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together4. A loose license plate or bracket
SE-172Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) caus-ing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLININGNoises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise2. Sunvisor shaft shaking in the holder3. Front or rear windshield touching headlining and squeakingAgain, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of theseincidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
SEATSWhen isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seats in and the load placed on the seat whenthe noise occurs. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise.Cause of seat noise include:1. Headrest rods and holder2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame3. The rear seatback lock and bracketThese noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the con-ditions under which the noise occurs.Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the componentor applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOODSome interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is thentransmitted into the passenger compartment.Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:1. Any component mounted to the engine wall2. Components that pass through the engine wall3. Engine wall mounts and connectors4. Loose radiator mounting pins5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment6. Hood striker out of adjustmentThese noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The bestmethod is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPMor load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, orinsulating the component causing the noise.
SE-173Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000004250190
PIIB8741E
SE-174Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
S
PIIB8742E
SE-175Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004250191
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004684672
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Service Notice INFOID:0000000004250192
• When removing or installing various parts, place a cloth or padding onto the vehicle body to preventscratches.
• Handle trim, molding, instruments, grille, etc. carefully during removing or installing. Be careful not to oil ordamage them.
• Apply sealing compound where necessary when installing parts.• When applying sealing compound, be careful that the sealing compound does not protrude from parts.• When replacing any metal parts (for example body outer panel, members, etc.), be sure to take rust preven-
tion measures.
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000004250193
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a componentmay be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the componentwith a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and keep them.• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with new one.
SE-176Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
S
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.• After re-installation is completed, be sure to check that each part works normally.• Follow the steps below to clean components.- Water soluble foul: Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, and wring the water out of the cloth to wipe the
fouled area.Then rub with a soft and dry cloth.
- Oily foul: Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%), and wipethe fouled area.Then dip a cloth into fresh water, and wring the water out of the cloth to wipe the detergent off. Then rub witha soft and dry cloth.
• Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol, and gasoline.• For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner.
SE-177Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000004250194
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000004250195
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool nameDescription
(J39570)Chassis ear
Locates the noise
(J43980)NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit
Repairs the cause of noise
SIIA0993E
SIIA0994E
Tool name Description
Engine ear Locates the noise
Remover tool Removes the clips, pawls and metal clips
Hook and pick tool Removes the snap pins
SIIA0995E
JMKIA3050ZZ
JMJIA0490ZZ
SE-178Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONFRONT SEAT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004250196
DRIVER'S SEAT
JMJIA1021GB
SE-179Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >PASSENGER'S SEAT
1. Headrest 2. Front outer slide cover 3. Front inner slide cover
4. Rear outer slide cover 5. Rear inner slide cover 6. Seat cushion outer finisher
7. Seat slide and lifter switch knob 8. Seat reclining switch knob 9. Seat control switch
10. Lumbar support switch 11. Side support switch 12. Seat cushion outer finisher inside (front)
13. Seat cushion outer finisher inside (rear)
14. Seat cushion inner finisher 15. Seat cushion inner finisher inside (front)
16. Seat cushion inner finisher inside (rear)
17. Snap ring 18. Lumbar support lever knob
19. Walk-in lever cap 20. Walk-in lever upper escutcheon 21. Headrest holder (free)
22. Headrest holder (locked) 23. Seatback lower panel 24. Side air bag module
25. Seatback trim 26. Seatback pad 27. Seatback silencer
28. Seatback side support bag and unit 29. Reclining device outer cover (out-side)
30. Reclining device outer cover (inside)
31. Reclining device inner cover (out-side)
32. Reclining device inner cover (inside) 33. Push nut
34. Walk-in lever 35. Reclining device wire 36. Reclining and slide relay
37. Seatback frame 38. Seat cushion front finisher 39. Seat belt buckle
40. Seat cushion pad (front) 41. Seat cushion trim 42. Seat cushion pad
43. Seat slide outer finisher (outside) 44. Seat slide outer finisher (inside) 45. Seat slide inner finisher
46. Seat control unit 47. Seat cushion side support bag 48. Seat harness
49. Seat cushion frame
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
SE-180Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
1. Headrest 2. Front outer slide cover 3. Front inner slide cover
4. Rear outer slide cover 5. Rear inner slide cover 6. Seat cushion outer finisher
7. Seat slide and lifter switch knob 8. Seat reclining switch knob 9. Seat control switch
10. Seat cushion outer finisher inside (front)
11. Seat cushion outer finisher inside (rear)
12. Seat cushion inner finisher
13. Seat cushion inner finisher inside (front)
14. Seat cushion inner finisher inside (rear)
15. Slide switch escutcheon
16. Walk-in lever cap 17. Walk-in lever upper escutcheon 18. Headrest holder (free)
19. Headrest holder (locked) 20. Seatback lower panel 21. Side air bag module
22. Seatback trim 23. Seatback pad 24. Seatback silencer
JMJIA1022GB
SE-181Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004250197
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.1. Remove the headrest.2. Remove the front slide cover.a. Front outer slide cover
• Slide the seat to the rearmost position.• Pull up the front edge of the front slide cover to release the
pawls.• Slide the front slide cover forward to release the pawls.
b. Front inner slide cover• Slide the seat to the rearmost position.• Pull up the front edge of the front slide cover to release the
pawls.• Slide the front slide cover forward to release the pawls.
3. Remove the mounting bolts on the front side of the front seat.4. Remove the rear slide cover.a. Rear outer slide cover
• Slide the seat to the foremost position.• Pull up the rear edge of the rear outer slide cover to release
the pawls.• Open the front end of the rear outer slide cover to release the
pawls.
25. Reclining device outer cover (out-side)
26. Reclining device outer cover (inside) 27. Reclining device inner cover (out-side)
28. Reclining device inner cover (inside) 29. Push nut 30. Walk-in lever
31. Reclining device wire 32. Slide switch (seatback) 33. Reclining and slide relay
34. Seatback frame 35. Seat cushion front finisher 36. Seat belt buckle
37. Seat cushion pad (front) 38. Seat slide outer finisher (outside) 39. Seat slide outer finisher (inside)
40. Seat slide inner finisher 41. Seat control unit 42. Seat harness
43. Seat cushion assembly
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
: Pawl
JMJIA0929ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0927ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0005ZZ
SE-182Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
b. Rear inner slide cover• Slide the seat to the foremost position.• Pull up the rear edge of the rear inner slide cover to release
the pawls.• Slide the rear inner slide cover rearward to release the pawls.
5. Remove the mounting bolts on the rear side of the front seat.6. Set seatback in a standing position.7. Disconnect harness connector under the seat and remove harness securing clips.
CAUTION:Before removal, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and then wait for atleast 3 minutes.
8. Remove seat from the vehicle.CAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:• Before installation, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and then wait for
at least 3 minutes.• Clamp the harness in position.NOTE:After installing the front seat, perform additional service when removing battery negative terminal.(With auto-matic drive positioner model) Refer to ADP-9, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGA-TIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Requirement". (Without automatic drive positioner model) Refer to SE-8,"ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Repair Require-ment".
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000004250198
SEATBACK
Disassembly
1. Remove the seat cushion outer finisher.• Remove the metal clips, clips and pawls, and then pull out seat
cushion outer finisher.
• Disconnect the seat control switch, lumbar support switch andside support switch harness connector.
• Remove the seat cushion outer finisher inside (front, rear).
: Pawl
JMJIA0928ZZ
: Clip
: Metal clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0937ZZ
SE-183Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >2. Remove the seat cushion inner finisher.• Remove the seat cushion inner finisher inside (front, rear) byreleasing the metal clip and pull it up together with the cover.
• Remove the seat cushion inner finisher inside (front, rear) fromthe seat cushion inner finisher by releasing the pawls.
3. Remove the lumbar support lever knob.(Manual lumbar support model only.)Pull snap ring (1) upward, and remove lumbar support leverknob (2) from seatback frame.Using a hook and pick tool.
4. Remove the seatback trim and seatback pad.• Remove the pawls, and then pull out slide switch escutcheon
(1).
• Remove the walk-in lever cap.• Remove the screw (A) and pawls, and then walk-in lever
upper escutcheon (2).
: Metal clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0938ZZ
JMJIA0252ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0930ZZ
: Pawl
JMJIA0931ZZ
SE-184Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
• Remove the screw (B), and then pull the seatback trim fromthe walk-in lever (3) and walk-in lever lower escutcheon.
• Remove the seatback retainer, and then open the fastener.• Remove the headrest holder.
CAUTION:Before installing headrest holder check its orientation.(front/rear and right/left)
• Remove the seatback lower panel.• Remove the side air bag module.• Remove the side support hose joint (4) located backside the
seat cushion.(Side support model only.)• Disconnect the seatback heater unit harness connector (5).
• Remove the seatback trim and seatback pad from the seatback frame.• Remove the hog rings, and separate the seatback trim and seatback pad.
5. Remove the seatback silencer.6. Disconnect the harness connectors.
• Disconnect the side support unit harness connector (1) andremove the harness clamp.(Side support model only.)
• Disconnect the reclining and slide relay harness connector (2)and remove the harness clamp.
• Disconnect the power walk-in switch harness connector (3).• Disconnect the forward switch harness connector (4).• Disconnect the lumbar support motor harness connector (5)
and remove the harness clamp.(Power lumbar support modelonly.)
• Disconnect the reclining motor harness connector (6) andremove the harness clamp.
• Disconnect the slide switch (seatback) harness connector.(Passenger's seat only)
7. Remove the side support bag and unit.(Side support model only.)
JMJIA0932ZZ
PIIB4084J
JMJIA0933ZZ
JMJIA0934ZZ
SE-185Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >• Remove the pawls, and then remove side support bag (1).• Remove the side support unit.
8. Remove the seatback frame.Remove the seatback frame mounting bolt (A).
9. Remove the reclining device outer cover (front, rear).10. Remove the reclining device inner cover (front, rear).11. Remove the reclining device wire.
• Remove the push nut (1).• Remove the reclining device wire (2) from the seatback frame
and walk-in lever.
12. Remove the walk-in lever.
AssemblyAssemble in the reverse order of disassembly.CAUTION:Install the hog rings of seatback trim in position, and then securely connect the trim or trim cord withthe pad side wire.
SEAT CUSHION
DisassemblyCAUTION:• Never disassemble front passenger seat cushion assembly.• Always replace as an assembly.• For front passenger seat service parts, refer to the service part catalogue.1. Remove the seat cushion outer finisher.
: Pawl
JMJIA0935ZZ
JMJIA0936ZZ
JMJIA1023ZZ
SE-186Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
• Remove the metal clips, clips and pawls, and then pull out seatcushion outer finisher.
• Disconnect the seat control switch, lumbar support switch and side support switch harness connector.• Remove the seat cushion outer finisher inside (front, rear).
2. Remove the seat cushion inner finisher.• Remove the seat cushion inner finisher inside (front, rear) by
releasing the metal clip and pull it up together with the cover.• Remove the seat cushion inner finisher inside (front, rear) from
the seat cushion inner finisher by releasing the pawls.
3. Remove the seat cushion front finisher.Remove the metal clips, and then pull out seat cushion front fin-isher (1).
4. Remove the seatback assembly.• Remove the seatback lower panel.• Disconnect the side support unit harness connector (1) and
remove the harness clamp.(Side support model only.)• Disconnect the reclining and slide relay harness connector (2)
and remove the harness clamp.• Disconnect the power walk-in switch harness connector (3).• Disconnect the forward switch harness connector (4).• Disconnect the lumbar support motor harness connector (5)
and remove the harness clamp.(Power lumbar support modelonly.)
• Disconnect the reclining motor harness connector (6) andremove the harness clamp.
• Disconnect the slide switch (seatback) harness connector.(Passenger's seat only)
• Remove the side support hose joint located backside the seat cushion.(Side support model only.)• Remove the seat cushion retainer, and then side air bag harness clamp and seatback heater unit har-
ness connector.
: Clip
: Metal clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0937ZZ
: Metal clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0938ZZ
: Metal clip
: Pawl
JMJIA0017ZZ
JMJIA0934ZZ
SE-187Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >• Remove the seatback mounting bolts (A), and then removethe seatback assembly.
5. Remove the seat cushion pad (front). (Thigh extension model only.)• Remove the retainer.• Remove the seat cushion pad (front).
6. Remove the seat cushion trim and seat cushion pad.• Remove the seat cushion trim wire (1) from the hook (2).
• Remove the clips (A).(Thigh extension model only.)
• Remove the seat cushion retainer.• Disconnect the seat cushion heater unit harness connector.• Remove the hog rings, and separate the seat cushion trim and seat cushion pad.
7. Remove the side support bag.(Side support model only.)• Remove the hose clamp.
JMJIA0018ZZ
JMJIA0019ZZ
JMJIA0939ZZ
JMJIA0021ZZ
SE-188Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
• Remove the pawls, and then remove side support bag (1).
8. Remove the seat slide outer finisher.• Remove the metal clip and pawls, and then pull out seat slide outer finisher (outside).• Remove the metal clip, and then pull out seat slide outer finisher (inside).
9. Remove the seat slide inner finisher.Remove the metal clip, and then pull out seat slide inner finisher.
Assembly
1. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.CAUTION:Install the hog rings of seat cushion trim in position, and then securely connect the trim or trimcord with the pad side wire.
2. Front seat switch harness layout.a. Normal seat without lumbar support switch
Fix seat control harness (2) to seat cushion outer finisher (1) boss using a self locking band (5) as shownin the figure.
: Pawl
JMJIA0940ZZ
: Metal clip
JMJIA0023ZZ
: Metal clip
JMJIA0024ZZ
JMJIA2125ZZ
SE-189Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >b. Normal seat with lumbar support switchLocate lumbar support switch harness (3) in the forehand position, cross seat control harness (2), and fixto seat cushion outer finisher (1) boss using a self locking band (5) as shown in the figure.
c. Sport seat without lumbar support switch
Locate side support switch harness (4) in the upper position of seat control harness (2) and fix to seatcushion outer finisher (1) boss using a self locking band (5) as shown in the figure.
d. Sport seat with lumbar support switch
Locate side support switch harness (4) in the upper position of seat control harness (2). Locate lumbarsupport switch harness (3) crossing in the forehand position, and fix to seat cushion outer finisher (1) bossusing a self locking band (5) as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:• Adjust and fix that the ejected length (a) of harness is 10 mm
(0.39 in) or less from the backside of connector for the seatcontrol harness (2) switch side.
• Fix lumbar support switch harness (3) and side supportswitch harness (4) without slack.
JMJIA2126ZZ
JMJIA2127ZZ
JMJIA2128ZZ
JMJIA2129ZZ
SE-190Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
• Locate lumbar support switch harness crossing in the upperposition, fix seat control harness connector (B), lumbar sup-port switch harness connector (C), and side support harnessconnector (D) as shown in the figure.
JMJIA2130ZZ
SE-191Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >REAR SEAT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004250199
REAR SEAT
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004250200
REMOVALCAUTION:
1. Seatback board 2. Seatback trim 3. Seatback pad
4. Seatback lock assembly 5. Seatback lock cable 6. Seatback frame
7. Center tray 8. Cup holder 9. Seat cushion trim
10. Seat cushion pad 11. Seatback side bracket 12. Seat cushion hook
13. Seat striker cover 14. Seat striker 15. Seat control lever escutcheon
16. Seatback control cable
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JMJIA0925GB
SE-192Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.1. Remove the seat cushion.
• Pull the seat cushion up, and then remove the seat cushionfrom the seat cushion hook.
• Remove the seat cushion from the vehicle.
2. Remove the seatback.• Remove the seatback control cable. Refer to SE-195, "Removal and Installation".• Remove the seatback mounting bolt.• Remove the seatback frame the vehicle.
3. Remove the seatback side bracket.• Remove the seatback side bracket mounting nuts.• Remove the seatback side bracket from the vehicle.
4. Remove the seat striker.• Remove the seat striker cover.• Remove the seat striker mounting bolt.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000004250201
SEATBACK
Disassembly
1. Remove the seatback board.Remove the clips.
2. Remove the seatback trim and seatback pad.• Remove the hog rings, and remove the seatback retainer.• Remove the hog rings to separate the seatback trim and seatback pad.
3. Remove the seatback lock cable.• Remove the mounting bolt and cable clamp.• Remove the seatback lock cable from the seatback frame.
4. Remove the seatback lock assembly.• Remove the seatback lock assembly mounting bolt.• Remove the seatback lock assembly from the seatback frame.
AssemblyAssemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
PIIB8352J
: Clip
JMJIA0941ZZ
SE-193Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >CAUTION:Install the hog rings of seatback trim in position, and then securely connect the trim or trim cord withthe seatback frame.SEAT CUSHION
Disassembly
1. Remove the center tray.• Remove the clips (A) from the seat cushion backside, and
then remove pawls when pulling the center tray (1).
• Remove the center tray from the seat cushion assembly.2. Remove the seat cushion trim and seat cushion pad.
Remove the hog rings to separate the seat cushion trim and seat cushion pad.
AssemblyAssemble in the reverse order of disassembly.CAUTION:Install the hog rings of seat cushion trim in position, and then securely connect the trim or trim cordwith the seat cushion pad wire.
JMJIA0944ZZ
SE-194Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SEATBACK CONTROL CABLE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
SEATBACK CONTROL CABLE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004250202
Refer to SE-192, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004250203
REMOVAL1. Remove the trunk front finisher upper. Refer to INT-27, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove the seatback control cable.
• Fold the seatback before.• Remove the clips (A), and then pull up the seatback lower
part.
• Remove the seatback control cable (1) from the seatbackframe.
• Remove the seatback control cable mounting nut (A).• Remove the seatback control cable (1) from the vehicle.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
JMJIA0942ZZ
JMJIA0943ZZ
JMJIA0926ZZ
SE-195Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >DRIVER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004544437
Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544438
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.1. Remove driver seat (1). Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installa-
tion".2. Remove mounting bolts (A).3. Remove driver seat control unit (2).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
JMJIA0230ZZ
SE-196Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004544439
Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544440
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.NOTE:The same procedure is performed for driver side. Refer to SE-196, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
SE-197Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >HEATED SEAT CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004544441
Refer to SE-179, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544442
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.1. Remove the front seat. 2. Disconnect heated seat control unit connector.3. Remove the heated seat control unit from the heated seat control unit stay. Refer to SE-179, "Exploded
View".
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
SE-198Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004544443
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544444
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.1. Remove the battery negative terminal.2. Remove the instrument driver lower panel. Refer to IP-12,
"Removal and Installation".3. Remove the screws (A).4. Remove automatic drive positioner control unit (1).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
JMJIA0198ZZ
SE-199Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SEAT SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >POWER SEAT SWITCH
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544445
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.NOTE:The same procedure is performed for driver side and passenger side.
1. Remove the seat cushion outer finisher (1). Refer to SE-182,"Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the screws (A).3. Remove the power seat switch (2) from the seat cushion outer
finisher.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
JMJIA0194ZZ
SE-200Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SLIDING SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
SLIDING SWITCHSEATBACK
SEATBACK : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544446
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.
1. Remove seatback pad. Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installa-tion".
2. Remove screws (A).3. Disconnect seat sliding switch (seatback) connector.4. Remove seat sliding switch (seatback) (2) from seatback frame
(1).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
JMJIA1099ZZ
SE-201Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SIDE SUPPORT SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >SIDE SUPPORT SWITCH
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544447
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.1. Remove seat cushion outer finisher (1). Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove screws (A).3. Remove side support switch (2) from seat cushion outer finisher.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
JMJIA0192ZZ
SE-202Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LUMBAR SUPPORT SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
A
B
E
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
LUMBAR SUPPORT SWITCH
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544448
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage.1. Remove seat cushion outer finisher (1). Refer to SE-182,
"Removal and Installation"2. Remove lumbar support switch (2).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:Always clamp the harness to the right place.
: Pawl
JMJIA0193ZZ
SE-203Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
HEATED SEAT SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >HEATED SEAT SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004544449
Refer to IP-23, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004544450
REMOVALCAUTION:When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect from damage.1. Remove the console body assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation"2. Remove heated seat switch (1) from switch bracket (2) with flat-
bladed screwdriver (A).
NOTE:The same procedure is performed for passenger side.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
: Pawl
JMJIA1577ZZ
SE-204Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL
C
D
E
BSECTION PCS
A
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
CS
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
O
P
N
CONTENTS
P
IPDM E/R
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 3
RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM .............................. 3System Diagram ........................................................3System Description ...................................................3Component Parts Location ........................................4
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM ............................. 5System Diagram ........................................................5System Description ...................................................5
SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM ................................ 6System Diagram ........................................................6System Description ...................................................6
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYS-TEM ..................................................................... 7
System Diagram ........................................................7System Description ...................................................7Component Parts Location ........................................8
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R) ...................... 9Diagnosis Description ...............................................9CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) .........................11
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .........................14
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .............................14Description ..............................................................14DTC Logic ...............................................................14Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................14
B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK ...............15Description ..............................................................15DTC Logic ...............................................................15Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................15
B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK ..............16Description ..............................................................16DTC Logic ...............................................................16
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................16
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ....17Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................17
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ..............18
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRI-BUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) ................18
Reference Value ......................................................18Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R - ..................................25Fail-safe ...................................................................28DTC Index ...............................................................30
PRECAUTION ..............................................31
PRECAUTIONS .................................................31Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" .................................................................31Precaution for Battery Service .................................31Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover ....31
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............32
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRI-BUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) ................32
Exploded View .........................................................32Removal and Installation .........................................32
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
BASIC INSPECTION ...................................34
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW .......34Work Flow ................................................................34
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................37
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ...................37System Description ..................................................37Component Parts Location ......................................39Component Description ..........................................40
PCS-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................ 41
COMMON ITEM ........................................................ 41COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) .................................................... 41
INTELLIGENT KEY ................................................... 42INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) ................................... 42
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 46
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 46Description .............................................................. 46DTC Logic ............................................................... 46Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 46
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 47DTC Logic ............................................................... 47Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 47Special Repair Requirement ................................... 47
B2553 IGNITION RELAY ................................... 48Description .............................................................. 48DTC Logic ............................................................... 48Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 48
B260A IGNITION RELAY .................................. 50Description .............................................................. 50DTC Logic ............................................................... 50Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50
B2614 ACC RELAY CIRCUIT ........................... 52Description .............................................................. 52DTC Logic ............................................................... 52Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52Component Inspection ............................................ 53
B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT ................... 54Description .............................................................. 54DTC Logic ............................................................... 54Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54Component Inspection ............................................ 55
B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT ................... 56Description .............................................................. 56DTC Logic ............................................................... 56Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56Component Inspection ............................................ 57
B2618 BCM ........................................................ 58Description .............................................................. 58DTC Logic ............................................................... 58Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ..... 59Description .............................................................. 59DTC Logic ............................................................... 59Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..... 61
BCM ........................................................................... 61BCM : Diagnosis Procedure .................................... 61
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ................. 62Description .............................................................. 62Component Function Check .................................. 62Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 62Component Inspection ............................................ 63
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSI-TION INDICATOR .............................................. 64
Description .............................................................. 64Component Function Check .................................. 64Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 64
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM ................... 66Wiring Diagram - PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) - .............................................................. 66
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 72
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .................. 72Reference Value ..................................................... 72Wiring Diagram - BCM - .......................................... 95Fail-safe ................................................................ 100DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 102DTC Index ............................................................ 104
PRECAUTION ...........................................107
PRECAUTIONS ................................................107Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ............................................................... 107Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota-tion after Battery Disconnect ................................. 107
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ...........................109
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE ................................................109
Description ............................................................ 109Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSI-TION INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMINATE ..110
Description ............................................................ 110Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............111
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .................111Exploded View ...................................................... 111Removal and Installation ....................................... 111
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH ................112Exploded View ...................................................... 112Removal and Installation ....................................... 112
PCS-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONRELAY CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004247985
System Description INFOID:0000000004247986
IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the relay ON-OFF control according to the input sig-nals from various sensors and the request signals received from control units via CAN communication.CAUTION:IPDM E/R integrated relays cannot be removed.
JPMIA1564GB
PCS-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]RELAY CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
NOTE:
BCM controls the starter relay.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004247987
Control relay Input/output Transmit unit Control partReference
page
• Headlamp low relay• Headlamp high relay
• Low beam request signal• High beam request signal
BCM (CAN)• Headlamp low• Headlamp high
EXL-8
Front fog lamp relay Front fog light request signal BCM (CAN) Front fog lamp EXL-22
Tail lamp relay Position light request signal BCM (CAN)
• Parking lamp• Side marker lamp• License plate lamp• Tail lamp
EXL-26
Illuminations INL-12
• Front wiper relay• Front wiper high relay
Front wiper request signal BCM (CAN)Front wiper WW-5
Front wiper stop position signal Front wiper motor
• Horn relay 1• Horn relay 2
• Theft warning horn request signal• Horn reminder signal
BCM (CAN)• Horn (low)• Horn (high)
SEC-23
• Starter relayNOTE
• Starter control relay
Starter control relay signal BCM (CAN)
Starter motorSEC-113,SEC-111
Steering lock unit condition signal Steering lock unit
Starter relay control signalTCM
Clutch interlock switch
Steering lock relay
Steering lock relay signal BCM (CAN)
Steering lock unit SEC-104Steering lock unit condition signal Steering lock unit
A/T shift selector (Detention switch) signal
A/T shift selector(Detention switch)
A/C relay A/C compressor request signal ECM (CAN)A/C compressor(magnet clutch)
HAC-38
Ignition relay
Ignition switch ON signal BCM (CAN)
Ignition relay PCS-15Vehicle speed signalUnified meter and A/C amp. (CAN)
Push-button ignition switch signal Push-button ignition switch
1. IPDM E/R
A. Engine room dash panel (RH)
JPMIA0505ZZ
PCS-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004247988
System Description INFOID:0000000004247989
COOLING FAN CONTROLIPDM E/R outputs pulse duty signal (PWM signal) to the cooling fan control module according to the status ofthe cooling fan speed request signal received from ECM via CAN communication. Refer to EC-74, "SystemDiagram".
ALTERNATOR CONTROLIPDM E/R outputs power generation command signal (PWM signal) to the alternator according to the status ofthe power generation command value signal received from ECM via CAN communication. Refer to CHG-8,"System Diagram".
JSMIA0004GB
PCS-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SIGNAL BUFFER SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004247991
System Description INFOID:0000000004247992
• IPDM E/R reads the status of the oil pressure switch and transmits the oil pressure switch signal to BCM viaCAN communication. Refer to MWI-23, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR LAMPS : System Diagram".
• IPDM E/R reads the status of the hood switch and transmits the hood switch signal to BCM via CAN commu-nication. Refer to SEC-125, "Description".
• IPDM E/R receives the rear window defogger control signal from BCM via CAN communication and trans-mits it to ECM and AV control unit via CAN communication. Refer to DEF-4, "System Diagram".
JSMIA0005GB
PCS-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004684058
System Description INFOID:0000000004247995
OUTLINE• IPDM E/R incorporates a power consumption control function that reduces the power consumption accord-
ing to the vehicle status. • IPDM E/R changes its status (control mode) with the sleep wake up signal received from BCM via CAN com-
munication.
Normal mode (wake-up)- CAN communication is normally performed with other control units.- Individual unit control by IPDM E/R is normally performed.
Low power consumption mode (sleep)- Low power consumption control is active.- CAN transmission is stopped.
SLEEP MODE ACTIVATION• IPDM E/R judges that the sleep-ready conditions are fulfilled when the ignition switch is OFF and none of the
conditions below are present. Then it transmits a sleep-ready signal (ready) to BCM via CAN communica-tion.
- Outputting signals to actuators- Switches or relays operating- Hood switch status is kept 50 ms or less.- Output requests are being received from control units via CAN communication.• IPDM E/R stops CAN communication and enters the low power consumption mode when it receives a sleep
wake up signal (sleep) from BCM and the sleep-ready conditions are fulfilled.
WAKE-UP OPERATION• IPDM E/R changes from the low power consumption mode to the normal mode when it receives a sleep
wake-up signal (wake up) from BCM or any of the following conditions is fulfilled. In addition, it transmits asleep-ready signal (not-ready) to BCM via CAN communication to report the CAN communication start.
- Ignition switch ON- The hood switch status changes.- An output request is received from a control unit via CAN communication.
JPMIA0069GB
PCS-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004684059
1. BCM 2. IPDM E/R 3. Unified meter and A/C amp.
4. Driver seat control unit
A. Dash side lower (passenger side) B. Engine room dash panel (RH) C. Behind Cluster lid C
D. Backside of the seat cushion (driver seat)
JPMIA0623ZZ
PCS-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000004247997
AUTO ACTIVE TEST
DescriptionIn auto active test mode, the IPDM E/R sends a drive signal to the following systems to check their operation.• Oil pressure warning lamp• Front wiper (LO, HI)• Parking lamps• License plate lamps• Side maker lamps• Tail lamps• Front fog lamps• Headlamps (LO, HI)• A/C compressor (magnet clutch)• Cooling fan (cooling fan control module)
Operation Procedure
1. Close the hood and lift the wiper arms from the windshield. (Prevent windshield damage due to wiperoperation)NOTE:When auto active test is performed with hood opened, sprinkle water on windshield beforehand.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.3. Turn the ignition switch ON, and within 20 seconds, press the front door switch (driver side) 10 times.
Then turn the ignition switch OFF.CAUTION:Close passenger door.
4. Turn the ignition switch ON within 10 seconds. After that the horn sounds once and the auto active teststarts.
5. The oil pressure warning lamp starts blinking when the auto active test starts.6. After a series of the following operations is repeated 3 times, auto active test is completed.NOTE:When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway through test, turn the ignition switch OFF.CAUTION:• If auto active test mode cannot be actuated, check door switch system. Refer to DLK-62,
"Component Function Check".• Do not start the engine.
Inspection in Auto Active Test ModeWhen auto active test mode is actuated, the following 6 steps are repeated 3 times.
*: Outputs duty ratio of 50% for 5 seconds → duty ratio of 100% for 5 seconds on the cooling fan control module.
Operation sequence
Inspection location Operation
1 Oil pressure warning lamp Blinks continuously during operation of auto active test
2 Front wiper LO for 5 seconds → HI for 5 seconds
3
• Parking lamps• License plate lamps• Side maker lamps• Tail lamps• Front fog lamps
10 seconds
4 Headlamps LO ⇔ HI 5 times
5 A/C compressor (magnet clutch) ON ⇔ OFF 5 times
6* Cooling fan MID for 5 seconds → HI for 5 seconds
PCS-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Concept of auto active test
• IPDM E/R starts the auto active test with the door switch signals transmitted by BCM via CAN communica-tion. Therefore, the CAN communication line between IPDM E/R and BCM is considered normal if the autoactive test starts successfully.
• The auto active test facilitates troubleshooting if any systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated.
Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode
JPMIA0009GB
Symptom Inspection contents Possible cause
Any of the following components do not operate• Parking lamps• License plate lamps• Side maker lamps• Tail lamps• Front fog lamps• Headlamp (HI, LO)• Front wiper (HI, LO)
Perform auto active test.Does the applicable system operate?
YES BCM signal input circuit
NO
• Lamp or motor• Lamp or motor ground cir-
cuit• Harness or connector be-
tween IPDM E/R and appli-cable system
• IPDM E/R
A/C compressor does not operatePerform auto active test.Does the magnet clutch oper-ate?
YES
• Unified meter and A/C amp. signal input circuit
• CAN communication signal between unified meter and A/C amp. and ECM
• CAN communication signal between ECM and IPDM E/R
NO
• Magnet clutch• Harness or connector be-
tween IPDM E/R and mag-net clutch
• IPDM E/R
Oil pressure warning lamp does not operatePerform auto active test.Does the oil pressure warning lamp blink?
YES
• Harness or connector be-tween IPDM E/R and oil pressure switch
• Oil pressure switch• IPDM E/R
NO
• CAN communication signal between IPDM E/R and BCM
• CAN communication signal between BCM and unified meter and A/C amp.
• Combination meter
PCS-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000004247998
APPLICATION ITEMCONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with IPDM E/R.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTRefer to PCS-30, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITORMonitor item
Cooling fan does not operatePerform auto active test.Does the cooling fan operate?
YES
• ECM signal input circuit• CAN communication signal
between ECM and IPDM E/R
NO
• Cooling fan• Harness or connector be-
tween cooling fan and cool-ing fan control module
• Cooling fan control module• Harness or connector be-
tween IPDM E/R and cool-ing fan control module
• Cooling fan relay• Harness or connector be-
tween IPDM E/R and cool-ing fan relay
• IPDM E/R
Symptom Inspection contents Possible cause
Diagnosis mode Description
Ecu Identification Allows confirmation of IPDM E/R part number.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by IPDM E/R.
Data Monitor Displays the real-time input/output data from IPDM E/R input/output data.
Active Test IPDM E/R can provide a drive signal to electronic components to check their operations.
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
Monitor Item[Unit]
MAIN SIG-NALS
Description
RAD FAN REQ[%]
× Displays the value of the cooling fan speed signal received from ECM via CAN communication.
AC COMP REQ[Off/On]
× Displays the status of the A/C compressor request signal received from ECM via CAN communication.
TAIL&CLR REQ[Off/On]
× Displays the status of the position light request signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
HL LO REQ[Off/On]
× Displays the status of the low beam request signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
HL HI REQ[Off/On]
× Displays the status of the high beam request signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
FR FOG REQ[Off/On]
× Displays the status of the front fog light request signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
FR WIP REQ[Stop/1LOW/Low/Hi]
× Displays the status of the front wiper request signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
WIP AUTO STOP[STOP P/ACT P]
× Displays the status of the front wiper auto stop signal judged by IPDM E/R.
WIP PROT[Off/BLOCK]
× Displays the status of the front wiper fail-safe operation judged by IPDM E/R.
PCS-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
ACTIVE TESTTest item
IGN RLY1 -REQ[Off/On]
Displays the status of the ignition switch ON signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
IGN RLY[Off/On]
× Displays the status of the ignition relay judged by IPDM E/R.
PUSH SW[Off/On]
Displays the status of the push-button ignition switch judged by IPDM E/R.
INTER/NP SW[Off/On]
Displays the status of the clutch interlock switch (M/T models) or shift position (A/T models) judged by IPDM E/R.
ST RLY CONT[Off/On]
Displays the status of the starter relay status signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
IHBT RLY -REQ[Off/On]
Displays the status of the starter control relay signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
ST/INHI RLY[Off/ ST ON/INHI ON/UNKWN]
Displays the status of the starter relay and starter control relay judged by IPDM E/R.
DETENT SW[Off/On]
Displays the status of the A/T shift selector (detention switch) judged by IPDM E/R.
S/L RLY -REQ[Off/On]
Displays the status of the steering lock relay request received from BCM via CAN communication.
S/L STATE[LOCK/UNLOCK/UNKWN]
Displays the status of the steering lock judged by IPDM E/R.
DTRL REQ[Off/On]
NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
OIL P SW[Open/Close]
Displays the status of the oil pressure switch judged by IPDM E/R.
HOOD SW[Off/On]
Displays the status of the hood switch judged by IPDM E/R.
HL WASHER REQ[Off/On]
NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
THFT HRN REQ[Off/On]
Displays the status of the theft warning horn request signal received from BCM via CAN communication.
HORN CHIRP[Off/On]
Displays the status of the horn reminder signal received from BCM via CAN com-munication.
CRNRNG LMP REQ[Off/On]
NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Monitor Item[Unit]
MAIN SIG-NALS
Description
Test item Operation Description
CORNERING LAMP
OffNOTE:The item is indicated, but cannot be tested.
LH
RH
HORN On Operates horn relay 1 and horn relay 2 for 20 ms.
FRONT WIPER
Off OFF
Lo Operates the front wiper relay.
Hi Operates the front wiper relay and front wiper high relay.
MOTOR FAN
1 OFF
2 Outputs 50% pulse duty signal (PWM signal) to the cooling fan control module.
3 Outputs 80% pulse duty signal (PWM signal) to the cooling fan control module.
4 Outputs 100% pulse duty signal (PWM signal) to the cooling fan control module.
PCS-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (IPDM E/R)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
HEAD LAMP WASHER OnNOTE:The item is indicated, but cannot be tested.
EXTERNAL LAMPS
Off OFF
TAIL Operates the tail lamp relay.
Lo Operates the headlamp low relay.
HiOperates the headlamp low relay and ON/OFF the headlamp high relay at 1 sec-ond intervals.
Fog Operates the front fog lamp relay.
Test item Operation Description
PCS-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISU1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004247999
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modernvehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links withother control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connectedwith 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with lesswiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248000
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004248001
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC
1. Turn the ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” of IPDM E/R.Is DTC “U1000” displayed?YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
DTCCONSULT-III display
descriptionDTC Detection Condition Possible cause
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUITWhen IPDM E/R cannot communicate CAN communication signal continuously for 2 seconds or more
In CAN communication system, any item (or items) of the following listed below is malfunctioning.• Transmission• Receiving (ECM)• Receiving (BCM)• Receiving (Unified meter and A/C amp.)
PCS-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2098 IGNITION RELAY ON STUCK
Description INFOID:0000000004248002
• IPDM E/R operates the ignition relay when it receives an ignition switch ON signal from BCM via CAN com-munication.
• Turn the ignition relay OFF by pressing the push-button ignition switch once when the vehicle speed is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or less.
• Turn the ignition relay OFF with the following operation when the vehicle speed is more than 4 km/h (2.5MPH) or when an abnormal condition occurs in CAN communication from the unified meter and A/Camp.(Emergency OFF)
- Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.- Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times within 1.5 seconds.NOTE:The ignition relay does not turn ON for 3 seconds after emergency OFF even if the push-button ignition switchis pressed.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248003
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004248004
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSIS
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result” of IPDM E/R.3. Turn the ignition switch OFF, and wait for 1 second or more. 4. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” again.Is DTC “B2098” displayed?YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
DTCCONSULT-III dis-play description
DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
B2098 IGN RELAY ONThe ignition relay ON is detected for 1 second at ignition switch OFF(CPU monitors the status at the contact and excitation coil circuits of the ignition relay inside it)
Ignition relay malfunction
PCS-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2099 IGNITION RELAY OFF STUCK
Description INFOID:0000000004468230
• IPDM E/R operates the ignition relay when it receives an ignition switch ON signal from BCM via CAN com-munication.
• Turn the ignition relay OFF by pressing the push-button ignition switch once when the vehicle speed is 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or less.
• Turn the ignition relay OFF with the following operation when the vehicle speed is more than 4 km/h (2.5MPH) or when an abnormal condition occurs in CAN communication from the unified meter and A/Camp.(Emergency OFF)
- Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.- Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times within 1.5 seconds.NOTE:The ignition relay does not turn ON for 3 seconds after emergency OFF even if the push-button ignition switchis pressed.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248006
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
When IPDM E/R power supply voltage is low (Approx. 7 - 8 V for about 1 second), the “DTC: B2099” may be detected.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004248007
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSIS
1. Turn the ignition switch ON.2. Erase “Self Diagnostic Result”.3. Turn the ignition switch OFF.4. Turn the ignition switch ON. Check “Self Diagnostic Result” again.Is DTC “B2099” displayed?YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
DTCCONSULT-III dis-play description
DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
B2099 IGN RELAY OFFThe ignition relay OFF is detected for 1 second at ignition switch ON(CPU monitors the status at the contact and excitation coil circuits of the ignition relay inside it)
Ignition relay malfunction
PCS-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004248008
1.CHECK FUSES AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following IPDM E/R fuses or fusible links are not blown.
Is the fuse fusing?YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and the ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connectors and the ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair the harness or connector.
Signal name Fuses and fusible link No.
Battery power supply
C
50
51
Terminals
Voltage(Approx.)
(+)(−)
IPDM E/R
Connector TerminalGround
E4 1 Battery voltage
IPDM E/R
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
E5 12Existed
E6 41
PCS-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONIPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINEROOM)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004248009
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
RAD FAN REQ Engine idle speed
Changes depending on engine coolant temperature, air conditioner operation status, vehicle speed, etc.
0 - 100 %
AC COMP REQ Engine running
A/C switch OFF Off
A/C switch ON(Compressor is operating)
On
TAIL&CLR REQLighting switch OFF Off
Lighting switch 1ST, 2ND, HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) On
HL LO REQLighting switch OFF Off
Lighting switch 2ND HI or AUTO (Light is illuminated) On
HL HI REQLighting switch OFF Off
Lighting switch HI On
FR FOG REQLighting switch 2ND orAUTO (Light is illuminated)
Front fog lamp switch OFF Off
• Front fog lamp switch ON• Daytime running light activated
(Only for Canada)On
FR WIP REQ Ignition switch ON
Front wiper switch OFF Stop
Front wiper switch INT 1LOW
Front wiper switch LO Low
Front wiper switch HI Hi
WIP AUTO STOP Ignition switch ON
Front wiper stop position STOP P
Any position other than front wiper stop position
ACT P
WIP PROT Ignition switch ON
Front wiper operates normally Off
Front wiper stops at fail-safe opera-tion
BLOCK
IGN RLY1 -REQIgnition switch OFF or ACC Off
Ignition switch ON On
IGN RLYIgnition switch OFF or ACC Off
Ignition switch ON On
PUSH SWRelease the push-button ignition switch Off
Press the push-button ignition switch On
INTER/NP SW
Ignition switch ON
Selector lever in any position other than P or N (A/T models) Off
Release clutch pedal (M/T models)
Ignition switch ON
Selector lever in P or N position (A/T models) On
Depress clutch pedal (M/T models)
PCS-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ST RLY CONTIgnition switch ON Off
At engine cranking On
IHBT RLY -REQIgnition switch ON Off
At engine cranking On
ST/INHI RLY
Ignition switch ON Off
At engine cranking INHI ON → ST ON
The status of starter relay or starter control relay cannot be recognized by the battery voltage malfunction, etc. when the starter relay is ON and the starter control relay is OFF
UNKWN
DETENT SW
Ignition switch ON
• Press the selector button with se-lector lever in P position
• Selector lever in any position oth-er than P
Off
Release the selector button with selector lever in P positionNOTE: Fixed On for M/T models
On
S/L RLY -REQ
None of the conditions below are present Off
• Open the driver door after the ignition switch is turned OFF (for a few seconds)
• Press the push-button ignition switch when the steering lock is activat-ed
• Depress the clutch pedal when the steering lock is activated
On
S/L STATE
Steering lock is activated LOCK
Steering lock is deactivated UNLOCK
[DTC: B210A] is detected UNKWN
DTRL REQNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
OIL P SWIgnition switch OFF, ACC or engine running Open
Ignition switch ON Close
HOOD SWClose the hood Off
Open the hood On
HL WASHER REQNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
THFT HRN REQ
Not operation Off
• Panic alarm is activated• Horn is activated with VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYS-
TEMOn
HORN CHIRPNot operating Off
Door locking with Intelligent Key (horn chirp mode) On
CRNRNG LMP REQNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PCS-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSMIA0001ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
1(W)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
2(L)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
4(V)
Ground Front wiper LO OutputIgnition switch ON
Front wiper switch OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch LO Battery voltage
5(L)
Ground Front wiper HI OutputIgnition switch ON
Front wiper switch OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch HI Battery voltage
7(R)
GroundTail, license plate lamps & illuminations
OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST Battery voltage
11(BR)
GroundSteering lock unit power supply
Output
Ignition switch OFF
A few seconds after open-ing the driver door
Battery voltage
Ignition switch LOCK
Press the push-button ig-nition switch
Battery voltage
Ignition switch ACC or ON 0 V
12(B/W)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
PCS-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
13(Y)
Ground Fuel pump power supply Output
Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON
0 V
• Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON
• Engine runningBattery voltage
16(LG)
Ground Front wiper auto stop InputIgnition switch ON
Front wiper stop position 0 V
Any position other than front wiper stop position
Battery voltage
19(W)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
25(G)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
26*1
(R)Ground Ignition relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
27(O)
Ground Ignition relay monitor InputIgnition switch OFF or ACC Battery voltage
Ignition switch ON 0 V
28(L)
GroundPush-button ignition switch
InputPress the push-button ignition switch 0 V
Release the push-button ignition switch Battery voltage
30(GR)
Ground Starter relay control Input
A/T mod-els
Selector lever in any posi-tion other than P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
0 V
Selector lever P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
Battery voltage
M/T mod-els
Release the clutch pedal 0 V
Depress the clutch pedal Battery voltage
32(V)
GroundSteering lock unit condi-tion-1
InputSteering lock is activated 0 V
Steering lock is deactivated Battery voltage
33(P)
GroundSteering lock unit condi-tion-2
InputSteering lock is activated Battery voltage
Steering lock is deactivated 0 V
36(G)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
39(P)
— CAN-LInput/ Output
— —
40(L)
— CAN-HInput/ Output
— —
41(B/W)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
42(Y)
Ground Cooling fan relay control InputIgnition switch OFF or ACC 0 V
Ignition switch ON 0.7 V
43*2
(SB)Ground
A/T shift selector(Detention switch)
InputIgnition switch ON
Press the selector button (selector lever P)
Battery voltage
• Selector lever in any po-sition other than P
• Release the selector button (selector lever P)
0 V
44(W)
Ground Horn relay control InputThe horn is deactivated Battery voltage
The horn is activated 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
PCS-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
45(G)
Ground Anti theft horn relay control InputThe horn is deactivated Battery voltage
The horn is activated 0 V
46
(W)*2
(P)*3Ground Starter relay control Input
A/T mod-els
Selector lever in any posi-tion other than P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
0 V
Selector lever P or N (Igni-tion switch ON)
Battery voltage
M/T mod-els
Release the clutch pedal 0 V
Depress the clutch pedal Battery voltage
48(BR)
Ground A/C relay power supply OutputEngine running
A/C switch OFF 0 V
A/C switch ON(A/C compressor is oper-ating)
Battery voltage
49(O)
Ground ECM relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0 V
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
Battery voltage
51(Y)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
53(W)
Ground ECM relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0 V
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
Battery voltage
54(P)
GroundThrottle control motor re-lay power supply
Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
0 V
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
Battery voltage
55(SB)
Ground ECM power supply Output Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
56(LG)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
57(G)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
58*2
(L)Ground Ignition relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
69(BR)
Ground ECM relay control Output
Ignition switch OFF(More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF)
Battery voltage
• Ignition switch ON• Ignition switch OFF
(For a few seconds after turning igni-tion switch OFF)
0 - 1.5 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
PCS-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
70(O)
GroundThrottle control motor re-lay control
OutputIgnition switch ON → OFF
0 -1.0 V ↓
Battery voltage↓
0 V
Ignition switch ON 0 - 1.0 V
73*3
(P)Ground Ignition relay power supply Output
Ignition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
74(G)
Ground Ignition relay power supply OutputIgnition switch OFF 0 V
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
75(SB)
Ground Oil pressure switch InputIgnition switch ON
Engine stopped 0 V
Engine running Battery voltage
76(Y)
GroundPower generation com-mand signal
Output
Ignition switch ON
6.3 V
40% is set on “ACTIVE TEST”, “AL-TERNATOR DUTY” of “ENGINE”
3.8 V
80% is set on “ACTIVE TEST”, “AL-TERNATOR DUTY” of “ENGINE”
1.4 V
77(R)
Ground Fuel pump relay control Output
• Approximately 1 second after turning the ignition switch ON
• Engine running0 - 1.0 V
Approximately 1 second or more after turning the ignition switch ON
Battery voltage
80(W)
Ground Starter motor Output At engine cranking Battery voltage
83(R)
Ground Headlamp LO (RH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 2ND Battery voltage
84(P)
Ground Headlamp LO (LH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 2ND Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
JPMIA0001GB
JPMIA0002GB
JPMIA0003GB
PCS-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
*1: Only for the models with ICC system
*2: A/T models only
*3: M/T models only
86(W)
Ground Front fog lamp (RH) OutputLighting switch 2ND
Front fog lamp switch OFF 0 V
• Front fog lamp switch ON
• Daytime running light activated (Only for Can-ada)
Battery voltage
87(L)
Ground Front fog lamp (LH) OutputLighting switch 2ND
Front fog lamp switch OFF 0 V
• Front fog lamp switch ON
• Daytime running light activated (Only for Can-ada)
Battery voltage
88(G)
GroundWasher pump power sup-ply
Output Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
89(BR)
Ground Headlamp HI (RH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
• Lighting switch HI• Lighting switch PASS
Battery voltage
90(LG)
Ground Headlamp HI (LH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
• Lighting switch HI• Lighting switch PASS
Battery voltage
91(P)
Ground Parking lamp (RH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST Battery voltage
92(O)
Ground Parking lamp (LH) OutputIgnition switch ON
Lighting switch OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST Battery voltage
97(V)
Ground Cooling fan control Output Engine idling 0 - 5 V
104(LG)
Ground Hood switch InputClose the hood Battery voltage
Open the hood 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ −
PCS-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - IPDM E/R - INFOID:0000000004248010
JCMWM3058GB
PCS-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCMWM3059GB
PCS-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCMWM3060GB
PCS-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004468118
CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROLWhen CAN communication with ECM and BCM is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CANcommunication recovers normally, it also returns to normal control.
If No CAN Communication Is Available With ECM
JCMWM3061GB
PCS-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
If No CAN Communication Is Available With BCM
IGNITION RELAY MALFUNCTION DETECTION FUNCTION• IPDM E/R monitors the voltage at the contact circuit and excitation coil circuit of the ignition relay inside it. • IPDM E/R judges the ignition relay error if the voltage differs between the contact circuit and the excitation
coil circuit.• If the ignition relay cannot turn OFF due to contact seizure, it activates the tail lamp relay for 10 minutes to
alert the user to the ignition relay malfunction when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
FRONT WIPER CONTROLIPDM E/R detects front wiper stop position by a front wiper stop position signal.When a front wiper stop position signal is in the conditions listed below, IPDM E/R stops power supply to wiperafter repeating a front wiper 10 seconds activation and 20 seconds stop five times.
Control part Fail-safe operation
Cooling fan• Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 100% when the ignition switch is turned
ON• Outputs the pulse duty signal (PWM signal) 0% when the ignition switch is turned OFF
A/C compressor A/C relay OFF
Alternator Outputs the power generation command signal (PWM signal) 0%
Control part Fail-safe operation
Headlamp• Turns ON the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned ON• Turns OFF the headlamp low relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF• Headlamp high relay OFF
• Parking lamps• Side maker lamp• License plate lamps• Illuminations• Tail lamps
• Turns ON the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned ON• Turns OFF the tail lamp relay when the ignition switch is turned OFF
Front wiper
• The status just before activation of fail-safe control is maintained until the ignition switch is turned OFF while the front wiper is operating at LO or HI speed.
• The wiper is operated at LO speed until the ignition switch is turned OFF if the fail-safe control is activated while the front wiper is set in the INT mode and the front wiper motor is operating.
Horn Horn relay OFF
Ignition relay The status just before activation of fail-safe is maintained.
Starter motor Starter control relay OFF
Steering lock unit Steering lock relay OFF
Voltage judgment
IPDM E/R judgment OperationIgnition relay contact side
Ignition relay excitation coil side
ON ON Ignition relay ON normal —
OFF OFF Ignition relay OFF normal —
ON OFF Ignition relay ON stuck• Detects DTC “B2098: IGN RELAY ON”• Turns ON the tail lamp relay for 10 min-
utes
OFF ON Ignition relay OFF stuck Detects DTC “B2099: IGN RELAY OFF”
Ignition switch Front wiper switch Front wiper stop position signal
ON
OFFThe front wiper stop position signal (stop position) cannot be input for 10 seconds.
ONThe front wiper stop position signal does not change for 10 seconds.
PCS-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >NOTE:This operation status can be confirmed on the IPDM E/R “Data Monitor” that displays “BLOCK” for the item“WIP PROT” while the wiper is stopped.
STARTER MOTOR PROTECTION FUNCTIONIPDM E/R turns OFF the starter control relay to protect the starter motor when the starter control relay remainsactive for 90 seconds.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004248012
NOTE:• The details of time display are as follows.- CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.- PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.• IGN counter is displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame data).- The number is 0 when is detected now.- The number increases like 1 → 2 ··· 38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever IGN OFF →
ON.- The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
×: Applicable
CONSULT display Fail-safe Refer to
No DTC is detected.further testingmay be required.
— —
U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT × PCS-14
B2098: IGN RELAY ON × PCS-15
B2099: IGN RELAY OFF — PCS-16
B2108: STRG LCK RELAY ON — SEC-104
B2109: STRG LCK RELAY OFF — SEC-106
B210A: STRG LCK STATE SW — SEC-107
B210B: START CONT RLY ON — SEC-111
B210C: START CONT RLY OFF — SEC-112
B210D: STARTER RELAY ON — SEC-113
B210E: STARTER RELAY OFF — SEC-114
B210F: INTRLCK/PNP SW ON — SEC-116
B2110: INTRLCK/PNP SW OFF — SEC-118
PCS-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
PRECAUTIONS[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004684060
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004684061
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000004684062
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, coverthe lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J
PCS-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[IPDM E/R]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONIPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINEROOM)
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004248015
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004248016
CAUTION:IPDM E/R integrated relays are not serviceable parts, and must not be removed from the unit.
REMOVAL1. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.2. Remove the cowl top cover (RH). Refer to EXT-21, "Exploded
View".3. Pull up the IPDM E/R assembly while pressing the pawls (A) on
the back of the IPDM E/R cover B (1).
1. IPDM E/R cover A 2. IPDM E/R 3. IPDM E/R cover B
4. Bracket
JPMIA0058ZZ
JPMIA0059ZZ
PCS-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)[IPDM E/R]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >4. Remove the IPDM E/R cover A (1). While pressing the pawls (A)
at the lower end of the IPDM E/R cover A5. Disconnect the harness connector and remove the IPDM E/R
(2).
6. Remove the bolts (A) and remove the bracket (1) from the vehi-cle.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
JPMIA0060ZZ
JPMIA1240ZZ
PCS-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004248017
OVERALL SEQUENCE
DETAILED FLOW
JMKIA3449GB
PCS-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment whenthe incident/malfunction occurred).
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC for BCM and IPDM E/R.2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.- Record DTC and freeze frame data (Print them out with CONSULT-III.)- Erase DTC.- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.3. Check related service bulletins for information.Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?Symptom is described, DTC is displayed>>GO TO 3.Symptom is described, DTC is not displayed>>GO TO 4.Symptom is not described, DTC is displayed>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Confirm the symptom described by the customer.Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR” mode and check real time diagnosis results.Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Confirm the symptom described by the customer.Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle in “DATA MONITOR ” mode and check real time diagnosis results.Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected again.At this time, always connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle, and check diagnostic results in real time.If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to SEC-183, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart", and determine troublediagnosis order.NOTE:Perform Component Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included in Service Manual. Thissimplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check.If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC ConfirmationProcedure.Is DTC detected?YES >> GO TO 7.NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Detect malfunctioning system according to PCS-109, "Description" based on the confirmed symptom in step4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.NOTE:The Diagnostic Procedure described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is alsorequired for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure.
PCS-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >Is malfunctioning part detected?YES >> GO TO 8.NO >> Check voltage of related BCM terminals using CONSULT-III.
8.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
>> GO TO 9.
9.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Checkagain, and then check that the malfunction has been repaired securely.When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check thatthe symptom is not detected.Does the symptom reappear?YES (DTC is detected)>>GO TO 7.YES (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.NO >> INSPECTION END
PCS-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONPOWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000004248018
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION• PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) is the system that BCM controls with the operation of the push-
button ignition switch and performs the power distribution to each power circuit. This system is used insteadof the mechanical power supply changing mechanism with the operation of the conventional key cylinder.
• The push-button ignition switch can be operated when Intelligent Key is in the following condition. Refer toEngine Start Function for details.
- Intelligent Key is in the detection area of the interior antenna- Insert Intelligent Key in to the key slot• The push-button ignition switch operation is input to BCM as a signal. BCM changes the power supply posi-
tion according to the status and operates the following relays to supply power to each power circuit.- Ignition relay (inside IPDM E/R)- Ignition relay (inside fuse block)- ACC relay- Blower fan relay
NOTE:The engine switch operation changes due to the conditions of brake pedal, selector lever and vehicle speed.
• The power supply position can be confirmed with the lighting of the indicators near the push-button ignitionswitch.
BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes, the battery saver system will cut off the power supplyto prevent battery discharge.• The ignition switch is in the ACC position• All doors are closed• Selector lever is in the P position
Reset Condition of Battery Saver SystemA/T modelsIn order to prevent the battery from discharging, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply when alldoors are closed, the selector lever is on P position and the ignition switch is left on ACC position for 1 hour. Ifany of the following conditions are met the battery saver system is released and the steering will change auto-matically to lock position from OFF position.• Opening any door• Operating with request switch on door lock• Operating with Intelligent Key on door lockPress push-button ignition switch and ignition switch will change to ACC position from OFF position.M/T modelsIf any of the conditions above is met the battery saver system is released but the steering will not lock.In this case, the steering operation OFF to LOCK is prohibited.
STEERING LOCK OPERATIONSteering is locked by steering lock unit when ignition switch is in the OFF position, selector lever is in the Pposition and any of the following conditions are met.• Opening door• Closing door• Door is locked with request switch• Door is locked with Intelligent Key
POWER SUPPLY POSITION CHANGE TABLE BY PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERA-TIONThe power supply position changing operation can be performed with the following operations.NOTE:• When an Intelligent Key is within the detection area of inside key antenna and when it is inserted to the key
slot, it is equivalent to the operations below.• When starting the engine, the BCM monitors under the engine start conditions,
A/T models
PCS-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >- Brake pedal operating condition- A/T selector lever position- Vehicle speed
M/T models- Clutch pedal operating condition- Vehicle speed
Vehicle speed: less than 4km/h (2.5 MPH).
Vehicle speed: 4km/h (2.5 MPH) or more.
Emergency stop operation
• Press and hold the push-button ignition switch for 2 seconds or more.
• Press the push-button ignition switch 3 times or more within 1.5 seconds.
Power supply position
Engine start/stop conditionPush-button ignition switch operation fre-
quency
A/T models M/T models
Selector lever positionBrake pedal operation
conditionClutch pedal operation
condition
LOCK → ACC — Not depressed Not depressed 1
LOCK → ACC → ON — Not depressed Not depressed 2
LOCK → ACC → ON → OFF
— Not depressed Not depressed 3
LOCK → STARTACC → STARTON → START
P or N position Depressed Depressed 1
Engine is running → OFF — — — 1
Power supply position
Engine start/stop conditionPush-button ignition switch operation fre-
quency
A/T models M/T models
Selector lever positionBrake pedal operation
conditionClutch pedal operation
condition
Engine is running → ACC — — —Emergency stop oper-
ation
Engine stall return operation while driving
N position Not depressed Depressed 1
PCS-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004248019
1. BCM M118, M119, M121, M122, M123
2. IPDM E/R E5, E6, E7 3. Unified meter and A/C AMP. M66, M67
4. Push button ignition switch M50 5. TCM F157 6. Combination meter (Key warning lamp) M53
7. Ignition relay 8. Accessory relay 9. Blower relay
JMMIA0004ZZ
PCS-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Component Description INFOID:0000000004248020
10. Clutch interlock switch E111 11. Stop lamp switch E110 12. ICC brake hold relay
A. Dash side lower (Passenger side). B. Engine room dash panel (RH). C. Behind cluster lid C.
D. Inside of A/T (built into A/T). E. View with dash side LH removed. F View with instrument driver lower cover removed.
G. View with instrument driver lower cover removed.
H. Left view of engine room
BCM Reference
IPDM E/R PCS-3
Ignition relay (Built-in IPDM E/R) PCS-16
Ignition relay (Built-in fuse block) PCS-48
Accessory relay PCS-52
Blower relay PCS-54
Stop lamp switch SEC-59
Transmission range switch (A/T models) SEC-73
Clutch inter lock switch (M/T models) SEC-116
Push-button ignition switch SEC-61
PCS-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000004679451
APPLICATION ITEMCONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
SYSTEM APPLICATIONBCM can perform the following functions for each system.NOTE:It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but is not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays onCONSULT-III.
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support MonitorMonitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
Configuration This function is not used even though it is displayed.
System Sub system selection itemDiagnosis mode
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
— AIR CONDITONER*
• Intelligent Key system• Engine start system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
IVIS - NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Trunk lid open TRUNK × ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
RAP system RETAINED PWR* ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
TPMS TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR) × × ×
PCS-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
INTELLIGENT KEY
INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY) INFOID:0000000004679450
WORK SUPPORT
CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description
Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Vehicle Condition
SLEEP>LOCK
Power position status of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
SLEEP>OFFWhile turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
RUN>ACCWhile turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
CRANK>RUNWhile turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN” (From cranking up the engine to run it)
RUN>URGENTWhile turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
ON>CRANK While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
OFF>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCKPower supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-ing is locked.)
OFFPower supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
ONPower supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine stopped)
ENGINE RUNPower supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
IGN Counter 0 - 39
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.• The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
Monitor item Description
CONFIRM KEY FOB ID It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode.
AUTO LOCK SET
Auto door lock time can be changed in this mode.• MODE 1: 1 minute• MODE 2: 5 minutes• MODE 3: 30 seconds• MODE 4: 2 minutes
PCS-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
SELF-DIAG RESULTRefer to DLK-161, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEYDoor lock/unlock function by door request switch (driver side and passenger side) mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) in this mode.
ENGINE START BY I-KEYEngine start function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPENBuzzer reminder function mode by trunk opener request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
PANIC ALARM SET
Panic alarm button pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the following with this mode. • MODE 1: 0.5 sec.• MODE 2: Non-operation• MODE 3: 1.5 sec.
PW DOWN SET
Unlock button pressing time on Intelligent Key button can be selected from the following with this mode. • MODE 1: 3 sec.• MODE 2: Non-operation• MODE 3: 5 sec.
TRUNK OPEN DELAY
Trunk button pressing on Intelligent Key button can be selected as per the following in this mode. • MODE 1: Press and hold• MODE 2: Press twice• MODE 3: Press and hold, or press twice
LO- BATT OF KEY FOB WARNIntelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTIKey reminder function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
HAZARD ANSWER BACK
Hazard reminder function mode can be selected from the following with this mode.• LOCK ONLY: Door lock operation only• UNLOCK ONLY: Door unlock operation only• LOCK/UNLOCK: Lock/unlock operation• OFF: Non-operation
ANS BACK I-KEY LOCK
Buzzer reminder function (lock operation) mode by door request switch (driver side and pas-senger side) can be selected from the following with this mode. • Horn chirp: Sound horn• Buzzer: Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer• OFF: Non-operation
ANS BACK I-KEY UNLOCKBuzzer reminder function (unlock operation) mode by door request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
SHORT CRANKING OUTPUT
Starter motor can operate during the times below.• 70 msec• 100 msec• 200 msec
INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS This function allows inside key antenna self-diagnosis.
HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCKHorn reminder function mode by Intelligent Key button can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode.
Monitor item Description
Monitor Item Condition
REQ SW -DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (driver side).
REQ SW -AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door request switch (passenger side).
REQ SW -BD/TR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener request switch.
PUSH SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch.
IGN RLY2 -F/B Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition relay 2.
PCS-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
*1: It is displayed but does not operate on M/T models.
*2: OFF is displayed when brake pedal is depressed while brake switch power supply is OFF.
ACTIVE TEST
ACC RLY-FBNOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
CLUTCH SW*1 Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of clutch switch.
BRAKE SW 1 Indicates [ON/OFF]*2 condition of brake switch power supply.
BRAKE SW 2 Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of brake switch.
DETE/CANCL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P position.
SFT PN/N SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P or N position.
S/L -LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK).
S/L -UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK).
S/L RELAY -F/B Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock relay.
UNLK SEN -DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver door UNLOCK status.
PUSH SW -IPDM Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of push-button ignition switch.
IGN RLY1 -F/B Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition relay 1.
DETE SW -IPDM Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P position.
SFT PN -IPDM Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P or N position.
SFT P -MET Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P position.
SFT N -MET Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of N position.
ENGINE STATE Indicates [STOP/STALL/CRANK/RUN] condition of engine states.
S/L LOCK-IPDM Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (LOCK).
S/L UNLK-IPDM Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock unit (UNLOCK).
S/L RELAY-REQ Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering lock relay.
VEH SPEED 1 Display the vehicle speed signal received from combination meter by numerical value [Km/h].
VEH SPEED 2 Display the vehicle speed signal received from ABS or VDC or TCM by numerical value [Km/h].
DOOR STAT-DR Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLOCK] condition of driver side door status.
DOOR STAT-AS Indicates [LOCK/READY/UNLOCK] condition of passenger side door status.
ID OK FLAG Indicates [SET/RESET] condition of key ID.
PRMT ENG STRT Indicates [SET/RESET] condition of engine start possibility.
PRMT RKE STRTNOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
KEY SW -SLOT Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key slot.
TRNK/HAT MNTR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk lid.
RKE-LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of UNLOCK signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-TR/BD Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of TRUNK OPEN signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-PANIC Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of PANIC button of Intelligent Key.
RKE-P/W OPEN Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of P/W DOWN signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE-MODE CHG Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of MODE CHANGE signal from Intelligent Key.
RKE OPE COUN1When remote keyless entry receiver receives the signal transmitted while operating on Intelli-gent Key, the numerical value start changing.
RKE OPE COUN2NOTE:This item is displayed, but cannot be monitored.
Monitor Item Condition
PCS-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
Test item Description
BATTERY SAVERThis test is able to check interior room lamp operation.The interior room lamp is activated after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
PW REMOTO DOWN SETThis test is able to check power window down operation.The power window down is activated after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
OUTSIDE BUZZERThis test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer operation.The Intelligent Key warning buzzer is activated after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
INSIDE BUZZER
This test is able to check warning chime in combination meter operation.• Take away warning chime sounds when “TAKE OUT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• Key warning chime sounds when “KEY” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• OFF position warning chime sounds when “KNOB” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
INDICATORThis test is able to check warning lamp operation.• “KEY” Warning lamp illuminates when “KEY ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• “KEY” Warning lamp blinks when “KEY IND” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
INT LAMPThis test is able to check interior room lamp operation.The interior room lamp is activated after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
LCD
This test is able to check meter display information• Engine start information displays when “BP N” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• Engine start information displays when “BP I” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• Key ID warning displays when “ID NG” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• Steering lock information displays when “ROTAT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• P position warning displays when “SFT P” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• Intelligent Key insert information displays when “INSRT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• Intelligent Key low battery warning displays when “BATT” on CONSULT-III screen is
touched.• Take away through window warning displays when “NO KY” on CONSULT-III screen is
touched.• Take away warning display when “OUTKEY” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.• OFF position warning display when “LK WN” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
TRUNK/GLASS HATCHThis test is able to check trunk lid opener actuator open operation.This actuator opens when “OPEN” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
FLASHERThis test is able to check security hazard lamp operation.The hazard lamps are activated after “LH/RH/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
HORNThis test is able to check horn operation.The horn is activated after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
P RANGEThis test is able to check A/T shift selector power supplyA/T shift selector power is supplied when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
ENGINE SW ILLUMIThis test is able to check push-ignition switch illumination operation.Push-ignition switch illumination illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
LOCK INDICATORThis test is able to check LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch operation.LOCK indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
ACC INDICATORThis test is able to check ACC indicator in push-ignition switch operation.ACC indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
IGNITION ON INDThis test is able to check on indicator in push-ignition switch operation.ON indicator in push-ignition switch illuminates when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
KEY SLOT ILLUMIThis test is able to check key slot illumination operation.Key slot illumination blinks when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
TRUNK/BACK DOORThis test is able to check trunk lid opener actuator open operation.This actuator opens when “OPEN” on CONSULT-III screen is touched.
PCS-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISU1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004679452
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modernvehicle is equipped with many electronic control unit, and each control unit shares information and links withother control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connectedwith 2 communication lines (CAN H-line, CAN L-line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with lesswiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-27, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004679453
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004679454
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.2. Check “Self Diagnostic Result”.Is DTC “U1000” displayed?YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
DTCCONSULT-III display
descriptionDTC Detection Condition Possible cause
U1000 CAN COMMWhen BCM cannot communicate CAN com-munication signal continuously for 2 seconds or more.
CAN communication system
PCS-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248026
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004248027
1.REPLACE BCM
When DTC “U1010” is detected, replace BCM.
>> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004248028
1.REQUIRED WORK WHEN REPLACING BCM
Initialize control unit. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS.
>> Work end.
DTCCONSULT-III display de-
scriptionDTC Detection Condition Possible cause
U1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) BCM detected internal CAN communication circuit malfunction. BCM
PCS-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]B2553 IGNITION RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2553 IGNITION RELAY
Description INFOID:0000000004248029
BCM turns ON the following relays to ignition power supply to each ECU when the ignition switch is turnedON.• Ignition relay (inside fuse box)• Ignition relay (inside IPDM E/R)• Blower relayBCM checks any ignition relay ON request for consistency with the actual ignition relay operation status.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248030
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions (start the engine), and wait for at least 2 seconds.
A/T models- A/T selector lever is in the P or N position- Do not depress brake pedal
M/T models- Do not depress clutch pedal2. Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected?YES >> Go to PCS-48, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674464
1.CHECK DTC WITH IPDM E/R
Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Refer to PCS-30, "DTC Index".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK IGNITION RELAY FEEDBACK INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B2553 IGNITION RELAY
BCM detects a difference of signal for 2 seconds or more between the following information. • Ignition relay (fuse block) ON/OFF operation• Ignition relay (fuse block) feedback.
• Harness or connectors(ignition relay feedback circuit is open or short)
• IPDM E/R
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M123 123 Ground Ignition switchOFF 0
ON Battery voltage
PCS-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
B2553 IGNITION RELAY[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION RELAY FEEDBACK CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
BCM IPDM E/RContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123 123 E5 19 Existed
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M123 123 Not existed
PCS-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]B260A IGNITION RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B260A IGNITION RELAY
Description INFOID:0000000004248032
BCM turns ON the following relays to ignition power supply to each ECU when the ignition switch is turnedON.• Ignition relay (inserted into fuse block)• Ignition relay (built into IPDM E/R)• Blower fan motor relayBCM checks any ignition relay ON request for consistency with the actual ignition relay operation status.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248033
DTC DETECTION LOGICNOTE:• If DTC B260A is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
PCS-46, "DTC Logic".• If DTC B260A is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
PCS-47, "DTC Logic".• If DTC B260A is displayed with DTC B261A, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC B261A. Refer to
PCS-59, "DTC Logic".
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions, and wait for at least 2 seconds.
A/T models- A/T selector lever is in the P or N position- Do not depress brake pedal
M/T models- Do not depress clutch pedal2. Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected?YES >> Go to PCS-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674465
1.CHECK DTC WITH IPDM E/R
Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Refer to PCS-30, "DTC Index".Is DTC detected?YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IGNITION RELAY INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B260A IGNITION RELAY
BCM detects a difference of signal for 2 second or more between the following information.• Ignition relay (IPDM E/R) operation request• Ignition relay feedback from IPDM E/R (CAN).
• Harness or connectors(Ignition relay operation circuit is open or shorted.)
• BCM• IPDM E/R
PCS-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
B260A IGNITION RELAY[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION RELAY (IPDM E/R) CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and BCM harness connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M121 47 Ground Battery voltage
IPDM E/R BCMContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 27 M121 47 Existed
IPDM E/R
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
E5 27 Not existed
PCS-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]B2614 ACC RELAY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2614 ACC RELAY CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004248038
BCM controls the various electrical components and simultaneously supplies power according to the powersupply position.BCM checks the power supply position internally.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248039
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn the power supply position to ACC under the following conditions, and wait for at least 1 second.
A/T models- A/T selector lever is in the P or N position- Do not depress brake pedal
M/T models- Do not depress clutch pedal2. Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected?YES >> Go to PCS-52, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674466
1.CHECK ACCESSORY RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect accessory relay.3. Check voltage between accessory relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ACCESSORY RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check continuity between accessory relay harness connector and BCM harness connector.
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B2614 ACC relay circuitAn immediate operation of ACC relay is requested by BCM, but there is no response for more than 1 second.
• Harness or connectors(ACC relay circuit is open or short-ed)
• BCM• ACC relay
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Accessory relay
Terminal
1 Ground Ignition switchOFF 0
ACC Battery voltage
PCS-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
B2614 ACC RELAY CIRCUIT[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between accessory relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK ACCESSORY RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between accessory relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair accessory relay ground circuit.
4.CHECK ACCESSORY RELAY
Refer to PCS-53, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace accessory relay.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004674467
1.CHECK ACCESSORY RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Remove accessory relay.3. Check the continuity between accessory relay terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace accessory relay.
Accessory relay BCMContinuity
Terminal Connector Terminal
1 M122 95 Existed
Accessory relay
GroundContinuity
Terminal
1 Not existed
Accessory relay
GroundContinuity
Terminal
2 Existed
Terminals Condition Continuity
3 and 512 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
No current supply Not existed
PBIB0098E
PCS-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004248042
BCM controls the various electrical components and simultaneously supplies power according to the powersupply position.BCM checks the power supply position internally.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248043
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions, and wait for at least 1 second.
A/T models- A/T selector lever is in the P or N position- Do not depress brake pedal
M/T models- Do not depress clutch pedal2. Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected?YES >> Go to PCS-54, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674468
1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect blower relay.3. Check voltage between blower relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BLOWER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check continuity between blower relay harness connector and BCM harness connector.
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B2615 Blower relay circuit
BCM detects a difference of signal for 1 second or more between the following information.• Blower relay ON/OFF request • Blower relay feedback
• Harness or connectors (Blower relay circuit is open or shorted)
• BCM• Blower relay
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Blower relay
Terminal
1 Ground Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0
ON Battery voltage
PCS-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
B2615 BLOWER RELAY CIRCUIT[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between blower relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK BLOWER RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between blower relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair blower relay ground circuit.
4.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
Refer to PCS-55, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace blower relay.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004674469
1.CHECK BLOWER RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Remove blower relay.3. Check the continuity between blower relay terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace blower relay
Blower relay BCMContinuity
Terminal Connector Terminal
1 M122 102 Existed
Blower relay
GroundContinuity
Terminal
1 Not existed
Blower relay
GroundContinuity
Terminal
2 Existed
Terminals Condition Continuity
3 and 512 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
No current supply Not existed
PBIB0098E
PCS-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000004248046
BCM controls the various electrical components and simultaneously supplies power according to the powersupply position.BCM checks the power supply position internally.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248047
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions, and wait for at least 1 second.
A/T models- A/T selector lever is in the P or N position- Do not depress brake pedal
M/T models- Do not depress clutch pedal2. Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected?YES >> Go to PCS-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674470
1.CHECK IGNITION RELAY POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect ignition relay.3. Check voltage between ignition relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IGNITION RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check continuity between ignition relay harness connector and BCM harness connector.
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B2616 Ignition relay circuitAn immediate operation of ignition relay (fuse block) is requested by BCM, but there is no re-sponse for more than 1 second
• Harness or connectors (Ignition relay circuit is open or shorted)
• BCM• Ignition relay (Fuse block)
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Ignition relay
Terminal
1 Ground Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0
ON Battery voltage
PCS-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
B2616 IGNITION RELAY CIRCUIT[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between ignition relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer toBCS-81, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK IGNITION RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between ignition relay harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair ignition relay ground circuit.
4.CHECK IGNITION RELAY
Refer to PCS-57, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace ignition relay.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004674471
1.CHECK IGNITION RELAY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Remove ignition relay.3. Check the continuity between ignition relay terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace Ignition relay
Ignition relay BCMContinuity
Terminal Connector Terminal
1 M122 82 Existed
Ignition relay
GroundContinuity
Terminal
1 Not existed
Ignition relay
GroundContinuity
Terminal
2 Existed
Terminals Condition Continuity
3 and 512 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
No current supply Not existed
PBIB0098E
PCS-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]B2618 BCM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B2618 BCM
Description INFOID:0000000004248050
BCM controls the various electrical components and simultaneously supplies power according to the powersupply position.BCM checks the power supply position internally.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248051
DTC DETECTION LOGICNOTE:• If DTC B2618 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
PCS-46, "DTC Logic".• If DTC B2618 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer to
PCS-47, "DTC Logic".
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON under the following conditions, and wait for at least 1 second.
A/T models- A/T selector lever is in the P or N position- Do not depress brake pedal
M/T models- Do not depress clutch pedal2. Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected?YES >> Go to PCS-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004248052
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Select “Self diagnostic result” mode with CONSULT-III.3. Touch “ERASE”.4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See PCS-58, "DTC Logic".Is the 1st trip DTC B2618 displayed again?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation"NO >> INSPECTION END
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B2618 BCMAn immediate operation of ignition relay (IPDM E/R) is requested by BCM, but there is no response for more than 1 second
BCM
PCS-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000004248053
BCM transmits the change in the power supply position with the push-button ignition switch to IPDM E/R viathe CAN communication line. IPDM E/R transmits the power supply position status via CAN communicationline to BCM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000004248054
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Press the push-button ignition switch under the following conditions, and wait for at least 1 second.
A/T models- A/T selector lever is in the P or N position- Do not depress brake pedal
M/T models- Do not depress clutch pedal2. Check “Self diagnostic result” with CONSULT-III. Is DTC detected?YES >> Go to PCS-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674472
1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION
Press push-button ignition switch and check if it turns to ON.Does ignition switch turn to ON?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL (IPDM E/R)
1. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (IPDM E/R)
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.
DTC No.Trouble diagnosis
nameDTC detecting condition Possible cause
B261APUSH-BUTTON IG-NITION SWITCH
BCM detects a difference of signal for 1 second or more between the following information. • Power supply position by push-button ignition
switch• Power supply position from IPDM E/R (CAN)
Harness or connectors(Push-button ignition switch circuit is open or shorted.)
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
IPDM E/R
Connector Terminal
E5 28 Ground Battery voltage
PCS-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]B261A PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and push-button ignition switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL (BCM)
1. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (BCM)
1. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and push-button ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
IPDM E/R Push-button ignition switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 28 M50 4 Existed
IPDM E/R
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
E5 28 Not existed
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M122 89 Ground Battery voltage
BCM Push-button ignition switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M122 89 M50 4 Existed
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M122 89 Not existed
PCS-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITBCM
BCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674473
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Is the fuse fusing?YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connectors.3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
Signal name Fuse and fusible link No.
Battery power supplyK
10
(+)
(−)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M118 1Ground Battery voltage
M119 11
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M119 13 Existed
PCS-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000004674475
BCM transmits the change in the power supply position with the push-button ignition switch to IPDM E/R viathe CAN communication line. IPDM E/R transmits the power supply position status via CAN communicationline to BCM.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004674476
1.CHECK FUNCTION
1. Select “PUSH SW” in “Data Monitor” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check the push-button ignition switch signal under the following condition.
Is the indication normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Go to PCS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674477
1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION
Press push-button ignition switch and check if it turns to ON.Does ignition switch turn to ON?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL (IPDM E/R)
1. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-32, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (IPDM E/R)
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and BCM connector.2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and push-button ignition switch harness connec-
tor.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
Test item Condition Status
PUSH SWPush-button ignition switch is pressed ON
Push-button ignition switch is not pressed OFF
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
IPDM E/R
Connector Terminal
E5 28 Ground Battery voltage
IPDM E/R Push-button ignition switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E5 28 M50 4 Existed
IPDM E/R
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
E5 28 Not existed
PCS-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
4.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL (BCM)
1. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.2. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT (BCM)
1. Disconnect BCM connector and IPDM E/R connector.2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and push-button ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004674478
1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.3. Check continuity between push-button ignition switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION END.NO >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-112, "Removal and Installation".
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M122 89 Ground Battery voltage
BCM Push-button ignition switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M122 89 M50 4 Existed
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M122 89 Not existed
Push-button ignition switchCondition Continuity
Terminal
1 4Push-button ignition switch
Pressed Existed
Not pressed Not existed
PCS-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR
Description INFOID:0000000004674479
The switch that changes the power supply position.BCM maintains the power supply position status.BCM changes the power supply position with the operation of the push-button ignition switch.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004674480
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Check push-button ignition switch (“LOCK INDICATOR”, “ACC INDICATOR” and “IGNITION ON IND”) inActive Test Mode with CONSULT-III.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Refer to PCS-64, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004724504
1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.3. Check voltage between push-button ignition switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO-1 >> Check 10 A fuse [No.9, located in fuse block (J/B)].NO-2 >> Check harness for open or short between push-button ignition switch and fuse.
2.CHECK BCM INPUT
1. Connect push-button ignition switch connector.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground.
Is the inspection normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect push-button ignition switch connector.
Test item Description
LOCK INDICATORACC INDICATORIGNITION ON IND
ONPosition indicator
Illuminate
OFF Not illuminate
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Push-button ignition switch
Connector Terminal
M50 8 Ground Battery voltage
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M119 15
Ground Battery voltageM122 93
M123 134
PCS-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and push-button ignition switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection normal?YES >> Replace push-button ignition switch. Refer to PCS-112, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
IndicatorBCM Push-button ignition switch
ContinuityConnector Terminal Connector Terminal
LOCK M123 134
M50
5
ExistedACC M119 15 6
ON M122 93 7
IndicatorBCM
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
LOCK M123 134
Not existedACC M119 15
ON M122 93
PCS-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram - PDS (POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM) - INFOID:0000000004704252
JCMWM3062GB
PCS-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3063GB
PCS-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3064GB
PCS-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3065GB
PCS-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3066GB
PCS-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3067GB
PCS-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONBCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004679456
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
FR WIPER HIOther than front wiper switch HI Off
Front wiper switch HI On
FR WIPER LOWOther than front wiper switch LO Off
Front wiper switch LO On
FR WASHER SWFront washer switch OFF Off
Front washer switch ON On
FR WIPER INTOther than front wiper switch INT Off
Front wiper switch INT On
FR WIPER STOPFront wiper is not in STOP position Off
Front wiper is in STOP position On
INT VOLUME Wiper intermittent dial is in a dial position 1 - 7Wiper intermittent dial
position
TURN SIGNAL ROther than turn signal switch RH Off
Turn signal switch RH On
TURN SIGNAL LOther than turn signal switch LH Off
Turn signal switch LH On
TAIL LAMP SWOther than lighting switch 1ST and 2ND Off
Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND On
HI BEAM SWOther than lighting switch HI Off
Lighting switch HI On
HEAD LAMP SW 1Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
HEAD LAMP SW 2Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
PASSING SWOther than lighting switch PASS Off
Lighting switch PASS On
AUTO LIGHT SWOther than lighting switch AUTO Off
Lighting switch AUTO On
FR FOG SWFront fog lamp switch OFF Off
Front fog lamp switch ON On
RR FOG SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-DRDriver door closed Off
Driver door opened On
DOOR SW-ASPassenger door closed Off
Passenger door opened On
DOOR SW-RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
PCS-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DOOR SW-RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-BKNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CDL LOCK SWOther than power door lock switch LOCK Off
Power door lock switch LOCK On
CDL UNLOCK SWOther than power door lock switch UNLOCK Off
Power door lock switch UNLOCK On
KEY CYL LK-SWOther than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder LOCK position On
KEY CYL UN-SWOther than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position On
KEY CYL SW-TRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
HAZARD SWHazard switch is OFF Off
Hazard switch is ON On
REAR DEF SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
H/L WASH SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
TR CANCEL SWTrunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Off
Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON On
TR/BD OPEN SWTrunk lid opener switch OFF Off
While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON On
TRNK/HAT MNTRTrunk lid closed Off
Trunk lid opened On
RKE-LOCKLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-UNLOCKUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-TR/BDTRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-PANICPANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-P/W OPENUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held On
RKE-MODE CHG
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simulta-neously
Off
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously On
OPTICAL SENSORBright outside of the vehicle Close to 5 V
Dark outside of the vehicle Close to 0 V
REQ SW -DRDriver door request switch is not pressed Off
Driver door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -ASPassenger door request switch is not pressed Off
Passenger door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PCS-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
REQ SW -RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
REQ SW -BD/TRTrunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Off
Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed On
PUSH SWPush-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY2 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
ACC RLY -F/BNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CLUCH SWThe clutch pedal is not depressed Off
The clutch pedal is depressed On
BRAKE SW 1
The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown Off
The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is nor-mal
On
BRAKE SW 2The brake pedal is not depressed Off
The brake pedal is depressed On
DETE/CANCL SW
• Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
On
SFT PN/N SWSelector lever in any position other than P and N Off
Selector lever in P or N position On
S/L -LOCKSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L -UNLOCKSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
UNLK SEN -DRDriver door is unlocked Off
Driver door is locked On
PUSH SW -IPDMPush-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY1 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
DETE SW -IPDMSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT PN -IPDM
• Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in P or N position• The clutch pedal is depressed
On
SFT P -METSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT N -METSelector lever in any position other than N Off
Selector lever in N position On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PCS-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
ENGINE STATE
Engine stopped Stop
While the engine stalls Stall
At engine cranking Crank
Engine running Run
S/L LOCK-IPDMSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L UNLK-IPDMSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-REQ
Steering lock system is not the LOCK condition and the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
Off
Steering lock system are not the LOCK condition or the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
On
VEH SPEED 1 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
VEH SPEED 2 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
DOOR STAT-DR
Driver door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Driver door is unlocked UNLOCK
DOOR STAT-AS
Passenger door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Passenger door is unlocked UNLOCK
ID OK FLAGSteering is locked Reset
Steering is unlocked Set
PRMT ENG STRTThe engine start is prohibited Reset
The engine start is permitted Set
PRMT RKE STRTNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Reset
KEY SW -SLOTThe Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot Off
The Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot On
RKE OPE COUN1 During the operation of the Intelligent KeyOperation frequency of
the Intelligent Key
RKE OPE COUN2NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
—
CONFRM ID ALL
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID4
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the fourth key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID3
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the third key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM.
Done
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PCS-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
CONFIRM ID2
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the second key ID reg-istered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the second key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID1
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the first key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM.
Done
TP 4The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 3The ID of third Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of third Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 2The ID of second Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of second Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 1The ID of first Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of first Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
AIR PRESS FL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front LH
tire
AIR PRESS FR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front RH
tire
AIR PRESS RR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear RH
tire
AIR PRESS RL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear LH
tire
ID REGST FL1ID of front LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST FR1ID of front RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RR1ID of rear RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RL1ID of rear LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
WARNING LAMPTire pressure indicator OFF Off
Tire pressure indicator ON On
BUZZERTire pressure warning alarm is not sounding Off
Tire pressure warning alarm is sounding On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PCS-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JPMIA0062ZZ
PCS-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
1(W)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
2(Y)
GroundP/W power supply (BAT)
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
3(O)
GroundP/W power supply (RAP)
Output Ignition switch ON 12 V
4(LG)
GroundInterior room lamp power supply
Output
Interior room lamp battery saver is activated.(Cuts the interior room lamp power supply)
0 V
Interior room lamp battery saver is not acti-vated.(Outputs the interior room lamp power sup-ply)
12 V
5(P)
GroundPassenger door UN-LOCK
OutputPassenger door
UNLOCK (Actuator is acti-vated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK (Ac-tuator is not activated)
0 V
7(SB)
Ground Step lamp Output Step lampON 0 V
OFF 12 V
8(V)
GroundAll doors, fuel lid LOCK
OutputAll doors, fuel lid
LOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than LOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
9(G)
GroundDriver door, fuel lid UNLOCK
OutputDriver door, fuel lid
UNLOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
11(R)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
13(B)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
14(W)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination ground
Output Tail lamp
OFF 0 V
ON
NOTE:When the illumination brighten-
ing/dimming level is in the neutral position.
15(O)
Ground ACC indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ACC 0 V
JSNIA0010GB
PCS-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
17(W)
GroundTurn signal RH (Front)
OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
18(O)
Ground Turn signal LH (Front) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
19(V)
GroundRoom lamp timer control
OutputInterior room lamp
OFF 12 V
ON 0 V
20(V)
Ground Turn signal RH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
23(L)
Ground Trunk lid open Output Trunk lid
OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is not activated)
0 V
25(Y)
Ground Turn signal LH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
30(P)
Ground Trunk room lamp OutputTrunk room lamp
ON 0 V
OFF 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PCS-79Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
34(SB)
GroundTrunk room antenna (−)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
35(V)
GroundTrunk room antenna (+)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
38(B)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (−)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PCS-80Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
39(W)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (+)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
47(Y)
GroundIgnition relay (IPDM E/R) control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
50(R)
GroundTrunk room lamp switch
InputTrunk room lamp switch
OFF (Trunk lid is closed)
11.8 V
ON (Trunk lid is opened) 0 V
52(SB)
Ground Starter relay control Output
Ignition switch ON (A/T mod-els)
When selector lever is in P or N position
12 V
When selector lever is not in P or N position
0 V
Ignition switch ON (M/T mod-els)
When the clutch pedal is depressed
Battery voltage
When the clutch pedal is not depressed
0 V
61(SB)
GroundTrunk lid opener re-quest switch
InputTrunk lid open-er request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
64(L)
GroundIntelligent Key warn-ing buzzer (Engine room)
OutputIntelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room)
Sounding 0 V
Not sounding 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0016GB
PCS-81Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
67(GR)
GroundTrunk lid opener switch
InputTrunk lid open-er switch
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed
11.8 V
72(R)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (−) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
73(G)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (+) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PCS-82Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
74(SB)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (−)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
75(BR)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (+)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
76(V)
GroundDriver door antenna (−)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PCS-83Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
77(LG)
GroundDriver door antenna (+)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
78(Y)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (−) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
79(BR)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (+) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PCS-84Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
80(GR)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
81(W)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
82(R)
GroundIgnition relay [Fuse block (J/B)] control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
83(Y)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver communica-tion
Input/Output
During waiting
When operating either button on the Intelli-gent Key
87(Y)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 5
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Front fog lamp switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0064GB
JMKIA0065GB
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
PCS-85Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
88(O)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 3
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3
1.3 V
89(BR)
GroundPush-button ignition switch (Push switch)
InputPush-button ig-nition switch (push switch)
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed Battery voltage
90(P)
Ground CAN-LInput/ Output
— —
91(L)
Ground CAN-HInput/ Output
— —
92(LG)
Ground Key slot illumination OutputKey slot illumi-nation
OFF 0 V
Blinking
6.5 V
ON 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0015GB
PCS-86Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
93(Y)
Ground ON indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ON 0 V
95(O)
Ground ACC relay control Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 12 V
96(GR)
GroundA/T shift selector (De-tention switch) power supply
Output — 12 V
97(L)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 1
Input Steering lockLOCK status 0 V
UNLOCK status 12 V
98(P)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 2
Input Steering lockLOCK status 12 V
UNLOCK status 0 V
99(R)
Ground
Selector lever P posi-tion switch
Input
Selector leverP position 0 V
Any position other than P 12 V
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models without ICC)
ASCD clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
ICC clutch switch (M/T models with ICC)
ICC clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
100(Y)
GroundPassenger door re-quest switch
InputPassenger door request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
101(P)
GroundDriver door request switch
InputDriver door re-quest switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
102(O)
GroundBlower fan motor re-lay control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
103(LG)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver power sup-ply
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
106(W)
GroundSteering lock unit power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0016GB
JPMIA0016GB
PCS-87Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
107(LG)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 1
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Turn signal switch LH
1.3 V
Turn signal switch RH
1.3 V
Front wiper switch LO
1.3 V
Front washer switch ON
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0039GB
PCS-88Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
108(R)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 4
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch AUTO(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 1ST(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0039GB
PCS-89Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
109(W)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 2
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Lighting switch PASS
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND
1.3 V
Front wiper switch INT
1.3 V
Front wiper switch HI
1.3 V
110(G)
Ground Hazard switch Input Hazard switch
ON 0 V
OFF
1.1 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0012GB
PCS-90Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
111(Y)
GroundSteering lock unit communication
Input/Output
Steering lock
LOCK status 12 V
LOCK or UNLOCK
For 15 seconds after UN-LOCK
12 V
15 seconds or later after UNLOCK
0 V
113(O)
Ground Optical sensor InputIgnition switch ON
When bright outside of the vehicle
Close to 5 V
When dark outside of the vehicle
Close to 0 V
114(R)
GroundClutch interlock switch
InputClutch interlock switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
116(SB)
Ground Stop lamp switch 1 Input — Battery voltage
118(BR)
Ground
Stop lamp switch 2 (Without ICC)
Input
Stop lamp switch
OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
Stop lamp switch 2 (With ICC)
Stop lamp switch OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) and ICC brake hold relay OFF
0 V
Stop lamp switch ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed) or ICC brake hold relay ON
Battery voltage
119(SB)
GroundDriver side door lock assembly (Unlock sensor)
Input Driver door
LOCK status(Unlock sensor switch OFF)
1.1 V
UNLOCK status(Unlock switch sensor ON)
0 V
121(SB)
Ground Key slot switch Input
When the Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot
12 V
When the Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot
0 V
123(W)
Ground IGN feedback Input Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0066GB
JPMIA0012GB
PCS-91Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
124(LG)
GroundPassenger door switch
InputPassenger door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
129(O)
GroundTrunk lid opener can-cel switch
InputTrunk lid open-er cancel switch
CANCEL
1.1 V
ON 0 V
132(V)
GroundPower window switch communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
10.2 V
Ignition switch OFF or ACC 12 V
133(L)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination
OutputPush-button ig-nition switch il-lumination
ON (Tail lamps OFF) 9.5 V
ON (Tail lamps ON)
NOTE:The pulse width of this wave is
varied by the illumination bright-ening/dimming level.
OFF 0 V
134(LG)
Ground LOCK indicator lamp OutputLOCK indicator lamp
OFF Battery voltage
ON 0 V
137(O)
GroundReceiver and sensor ground
Input Ignition switch ON 0 V
138(V)
GroundReceiver and sensor power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 5.0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0012GB
JPMIA0013GB
JPMIA0159GB
PCS-92Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
139(L)
GroundTire pressure receiv-er communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
Standby state
When receiving the signal from the transmitter
140(GR)
GroundSelector lever P/N position (A/T models)
Input Selector leverP or N position 12 V
Except P and N positions 0 V
141(R)
Ground Security indicator OutputSecurity indica-tor
ON 0 V
Blinking
11.3 V
OFF 12 V
142(BR)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 5
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST
10.7 V
Lighting switch HI
Lighting switch 2ND
Turn signal switch RH
143(V)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 1
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front wiper switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
OCC3881D
OCC3880D
JPMIA0014GB
JPMIA0031GB
JPMIA0032GB
PCS-93Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
144(G)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 2
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front washer switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
145(L)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 3
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch INT
10.7 V
Front wiper switch LO
Lighting switch AUTO
146(SB)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 4
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front fog lamp switch ON
10.7 V
Lighting switch 2ND
Lighting switch PASS
Turn signal switch LH
149(W)
GroundTire pressure warning check switch
Input — 12 V
150(R)
Ground Driver door switch InputDriver door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
151(G)
GroundRear window defog-ger relay control
OutputRear window defogger
Active 0 V
Not activated Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0033GB
JPMIA0034GB
JPMIA0035GB
JPMIA0011GB
PCS-94Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Wiring Diagram - BCM - INFOID:0000000004679457
JCMWM3046GB
PCS-95Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCMWM3047GB
PCS-96Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCMWM3048GB
PCS-97Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCMWM3049GB
PCS-98Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
JCMWM3050GB
PCS-99Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004679458
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCBCM performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected.
JCMWM3051GB
PCS-100Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2195: ANTI SCANNING Inhibit engine cranking Ignition switch ON → OFF
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED Inhibit steering lockWhen normal vehicle speed signals are received from ABS actua-tor and electric unit (control unit) for 500 ms
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Starter control relay signal• Starter relay status signal
B2601: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following signal reception status becomes consis-tent• Selector lever P position switch signal• P range signal (CAN)
B2602: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
5 seconds after the following BCM recognition conditions are ful-filled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)
B2604: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P and N position (battery volt-
age)- P range signal or N range signal (CAN): ON• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- P range signal and N range signal (CAN): OFF
B2605: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- Interlock/PNP switch signal (CAN): OFF• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P or N position (battery volt-
age)- PNP switch signal (CAN): ON
B2606: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
PCS-101Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONBCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status by the current value.BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn signallamp operating.NOTE:The blinking speed is normal while activating the hazard warning lamp.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000004679459
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following prioritychart.
B2607: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status has becomes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
B2608: STARTER RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following signal communication status becomes consistent• Starter motor relay control signal• Starter relay status signal (CAN)
B2609: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When the following steering lock conditions agree• BCM steering lock control status• Steering lock condition No. 1 signal status• Steering lock condition No. 2 signal status
B260A: IGNITION RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following conditions are fulfilled• IGN relay (IPDM E/R) control signal: OFF (Battery voltage)• Ignition ON signal (CAN to IPDM E/R): OFF (Request signal)• Ignition ON signal (CAN from IPDM E/R): OFF (Condition signal)
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOSTMaintains the power supply position attained at the time of DTC detection
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Power position changes to ACC• Receives engine status signal (CAN)
B2612: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Steering lock unit status signal (CAN) is received normally• The BCM steering lock control status matches the steering lock
status recognized by the steering lock unit status signal (CAN from IPDM E/R)
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the starter motor relay control inside BCM becomes normal
B2618: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control inside BCM be-comes normal
B2619: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the steering lock unit power supply output control in-side BCM becomes normal
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE Inhibit engine cranking BCM initialization
B26E8: CLUTCH SW Inhibit engine cranking
When any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): ON- Clutch interlock switch signal: OFF (0 V)• Status 2- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): OFF- Clutch interlock switch signal: ON (Battery voltage)
B26E9: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When BCM transmits the LOCK request signal to steering lock unit, and receives LOCK response signal from steering lock unit, the fol-lowing conditions are fulfilled• Steering condition No. 1 signal: LOCK (0 V)• Steering condition No. 2 signal: LOCK (Battery voltage)
Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
PCS-102Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
Priority DTC
1 B2562: LOW VOLTAGE
2• U1000: CAN COMM• U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
3
• B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP• B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY• B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM• B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM• B2195: ANTI SCANNING
4
• B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L• B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM• B2553: IGNITION RELAY• B2555: STOP LAMP • B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B2557: VEHICLE SPEED• B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY• B2601: SHIFT POSITION• B2602: SHIFT POSITION• B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS• B2604: PNP SW• B2605: PNP SW• B2606: S/L RELAY• B2607: S/L RELAY• B2608: STARTER RELAY• B2609: S/L STATUS• B260A: IGNITION RELAY• B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST• B2612: S/L STATUS• B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC• B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC• B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC• B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC• B2618: BCM• B2619: BCM• B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B261E: VEHICLE TYPE• B26E8: CLUTCH SW• B26E9: S/L STATUS• B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION• C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR• U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG
PCS-103Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004679460
NOTE:The details of time display are as follows.• CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.• PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to BCS-14, "COM-MON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
5
• C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL• C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR• C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR• C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL• C1708: [NO DATA] FL• C1709: [NO DATA] FR• C1710: [NO DATA] RR• C1711: [NO DATA] RL• C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL• C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR• C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR• C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL• C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL• C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR• C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR• C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL• C1720: [CODE ERR] FL• C1721: [CODE ERR] FR• C1722: [CODE ERR] RR• C1723: [CODE ERR] RL• C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL• C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR• C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR• C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL• C1734: CONTROL UNIT
6• B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA
Priority DTC
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
No DTC is detected.further testingmay be required.
— — — — —
U1000: CAN COMM — — — — BCS-35
U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) — — — — BCS-36
U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG — — — — BCS-37
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L × × — — SEC-55
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM × × — — SEC-56
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP × — — — SEC-47
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY × — — — SEC-50
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-51
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-53
B2195: ANTI SCANNING × — — — SEC-54
B2553: IGNITION RELAY — × — — PCS-48
B2555: STOP LAMP — × — — SEC-59
PCS-104Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — SEC-61
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED × × × — SEC-63
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY × × × — SEC-64
B2562: LOW VOLTAGE — × — — BCS-38
B2601: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-65
B2602: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-68
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS × × × — SEC-70
B2604: PNP SW × × × — SEC-73
B2605: PNP SW × × × — SEC-75
B2606: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-77
B2607: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-78
B2608: STARTER RELAY × × × — SEC-80
B2609: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-82
B260A: IGNITION RELAY × × × — PCS-50
B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-86
B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-87
B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-88
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST × × × — SEC-89
B2612: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-94
B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-52
B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-54
B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-56
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC × × × — SEC-98
B2618: BCM × × × — PCS-58
B2619: BCM × × × — SEC-100
B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — PCS-59
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-101
B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-55
B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-57
B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-59
B26E8: CLUTCH SW × × × — SEC-90
B26E9: S/L STATUS × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-92
B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION — × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-93
C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL — — — ×
WT-17C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR — — — ×
C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR — — — ×
C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL — — — ×
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
PCS-105Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
C1708: [NO DATA] FL — — — ×
WT-19C1709: [NO DATA] FR — — — ×
C1710: [NO DATA] RR — — — ×
C1711: [NO DATA] RL — — — ×
C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-21C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR — — — ×
C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR — — — ×
C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL — — — ×
C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-24C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR — — — ×
C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR — — — ×
C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL — — — ×
C1720: [CODE ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-26C1721: [CODE ERR] FR — — — ×
C1722: [CODE ERR] RR — — — ×
C1723: [CODE ERR] RL — — — ×
C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL — — — ×
WT-29C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR — — — ×
C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR — — — ×
C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL — — — ×
C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR — — — × WT-32
C1734: CONTROL UNIT — — — × WT-33
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
PCS-106Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
PRECAUTIONS[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004248075
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation after Battery DisconnectINFOID:0000000004248076
NOTE:• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the push-button ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion, then disconnect both battery cables.• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect both
battery cables.• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock andcannot be turned.If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Turn the push-button ignition switch to ACC position.(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
4. Perform the necessary repair operation.
PCS-107Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >5. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the push-button ignition switch from ACC position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steeringwheel will lock when the push-button ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
6. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
PCS-108Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISPUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000004674482
Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and checkeach symptom.NOTE:The engine start function, door lock function, power distribution system, and NATS-IVIS/NVIS in the IntelligentKey system are closely related to each other regarding control. The vehicle security function can operate onlywhen the door lock and power distribution system are operating normally.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)• “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in “WORK SUPPORT” is ON when setting on CONSULT-III.• Intelligent Key is not inserted in key slot.• One or more of Intelligent Keys with registered Intelligent Key ID is in the vehicle.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674483
1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (DOOR LOCK FUNCTION)
Lock/unlock door with door request switch.Refer to DLK-11, "System Description".Is the operation normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Check Intelligent Key system (door lock function). Refer to DLK-84, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.PERFORM WORK SUPPORT
Perform “INSIDE ANT DIAGNOSIS” on Work Support of “INTELLIGENT KEY”.Refer to DLK-49, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Perform Self Diagnostic Result of “BCM”.Is DTC detected?YES >> Refer to DLK-55, "DTC Logic" (instrument center), DLK-57, "DTC Logic" (console) or DLK-59,
"DTC Logic" (trunk room).NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Check push-button ignition switch.Refer to PCS-112, "Removal and Installation".Is the operation normal?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
5.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the inspection normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PCS-109Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR DOES NOT ILLUMI-NATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITION INDICATOR DOES NOT IL-LUMINATE
Description INFOID:0000000004674484
• Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Work Flow”. Refer to PCS-34, "Work Flow".• Check that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and
check each symptom.
Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions)• “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in “WORK SUPPORT” is ON when setting on CONSULT-III.• One or more of Intelligent Keys with registered Intelligent Key ID is in the vehicle.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004674485
1.CHECK PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH INDICATOR
Check push-button ignition switch indicator.Refer to PCS-64, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PCS-110Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CS
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONBCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004679513
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004679514
REMOVAL1. Remove dash side finisher (passenger side). Refer to INT-14, "Exploded View".2. Remove bolt and nut.3. Remove BCM and disconnect the connector.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1. BCM
JPMIA0063ZZ
PCS-111Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM]PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004248084
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004248085
REMOVAL1. Remove the cluster lid A assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove the push-button ignition switch (1) from cluster lid A
assembly, and then remove pawl (A). Press push-button ignitionswitch (1) back to disengage from cluster lid A assembly.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
JMKIA0167ZZ
PCS-112Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL
C
D
E
BSECTION PG
A
POWER SUPPLY, GROUND & CIRCUIT ELEMENTS
G
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
O
P
N
CONTENTS
P
POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 3
BATTERY ............................................................ 3How to Handle Battery ..............................................3Work Flow .................................................................5
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .......................... 6
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT ............... 6Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY - ......6Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSIBLE LINK No. K - ............................................15Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 6 - ...........................................................18Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 7 - ...........................................................21Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 9 - ...........................................................23Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 10 - .........................................................25Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 11 - .........................................................29Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 34 - .........................................................31Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 50 - .........................................................34Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 53 - .........................................................38Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUP-PLY - .......................................................................45Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUP-PLY FUSE No. 19 - .................................................48Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY - ....51Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 3 - ...........................................................62Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 4 - ...........................................................68Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 44 - .........................................................70
Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 45 - .........................................................73Fuse .........................................................................76Fusible Link .............................................................76Circuit Breaker .........................................................76
HARNESS LAYOUT .........................................77How To Read Harness Layout ................................77Outline .....................................................................78Main Harness ..........................................................79Engine Room Harness ............................................80Engine Control Harness ..........................................82Body Harness ..........................................................84Body No. 2 Harness ................................................85Room Lamp Harness ...............................................86Door Harness (Driver Side Door) ............................87Door Harness (Passenger Side Door) .....................88
HARNESS CONNECTOR .................................89Description ...............................................................89
STANDARDIZED RELAY .................................92Description ...............................................................92
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B) ............94Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement ..........94
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX ........95Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement ........................95
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRI-BUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) ................96
Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement ..........96
PRECAUTION ..............................................97
PRECAUTIONS .................................................97Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" .................................................................97Precaution for Battery Service .................................97Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover ....97
PG-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION ........................................... 98
PREPARATION ................................................. 98Special Service Tools ............................................. 98
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 99
BATTERY .......................................................... 99Exploded View ........................................................ 99Removal and Installation ........................................ 99
BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK ..101Exploded View ...................................................... 101Removal and Installation ....................................... 101
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .........................................................102
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................102
Battery ................................................................... 102
PG-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
BATTERY[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTIONBATTERY
How to Handle Battery INFOID:0000000004248116
CAUTION:• If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, use a 12-volt
booster battery.• After connecting battery cables, ensure that they are tightly clamped to battery terminals for good
contact.• Never add distilled water through the hole used to check specific gravity.
METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE
The following precautions must be taken to prevent over-discharging a battery.• The battery surface (particularly its top) should always be kept
clean and dry.• The terminal connections should be clean and tight.• At every routine maintenance, check the electrolyte level.
This also applies to batteries designated as “low maintenance” and“maintenance-free”.
• When the vehicle is not going to be used over a long period oftime, disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. (Ifthe vehicle has an extended storage switch, turn it off.)
• Check the charge condition of the battery.Periodically check the specific gravity of the electrolyte. Keep aclose check on charge condition to prevent over-discharge.
CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVELWARNING:Never allow battery fluid to come in contact with skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touch-ing a battery, never touch or rub your eyes until you have thoroughly washed your hands. If acid con-tacts eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention.
MEL040F
ELA0349D
MEL042F
PG-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]BATTERY
< BASIC INSPECTION >• Remove the cell plug using a suitable tool.• Add distilled water up to the MAX level.
SulphationA battery will be completely discharged if it is left unattendedfor a long time and the specific gravity will become less than1.100. This may result in sulphation on the cell plates.To determine if a battery has been “sulphated”, note its voltageand current when charging it. As shown in the figure, less cur-rent and higher voltage are observed in the initial stage ofcharging sulphated batteries.A sulphated battery may sometimes be brought back into ser-vice by means of a long, slow charge, 12 hours or more, fol-lowed by a battery capacity test.
SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK1. Read hydrometer and thermometer indications at eye level.2. Use the chart below to correct your hydrometer reading accord-
ing to electrolyte temperature.
Hydrometer Temperature Correction
MEL043F
PKIA2353E
MEL042FA
Battery electrolyte temperature [°C (°F)] Add to specific gravity reading
71 (160) 0.032
66 (150) 0.028
60 (140) 0.024
54 (130) 0.020
49 (120) 0.016
43 (110) 0.012
38 (100) 0.008
32 (90) 0.004
27 (80) 0
21 (70) −0.004
16 (60) −0.008
10 (50) −0.012
4 (40) −0.016
−1 (30) −0.020
−7 (20) −0.024
PG-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
BATTERY[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
CHARGING THE BATTERYCAUTION:• Never “quick charge” a fully discharged battery.• Keep the battery away from open flame while it is being charged.• When connecting the charger, connect the leads first, then turn on the charger. Never turn on the
charger first, as this may cause a spark.• If battery electrolyte temperature rises above 55 °C (131 °F), stop charging. Always charge battery at
a temperature below 55 °C (131 °F).
Charging Rates
Do not charge at more than 50 ampere rate.NOTE:The ammeter reading on your battery charger will automatically decrease as the battery charges. This indi-cates that the voltage of the battery is increasing normally as the state of charge improves. The charging ampsindicated above refer to initial charge rate.• If, after charging, the specific gravity of any two cells varies more than 0.050, the battery should be replaced.
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004248117
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WITH BATTERY SERVICE CENTERFor battery testing, use Battery Service Center (J-48087). For details and operating instructions, refer to Tech-nical Service Bulletin and/or Battery Service Center User Guide.
−12 (10) −0.028
−18 (0) −0.032
Battery electrolyte temperature [°C (°F)] Add to specific gravity reading
Corrected specific gravity Approximate charge condition
1.260 - 1.280 Fully charged
1.230 - 1.250 3/4 charged
1.200 - 1.220 1/2 charged
1.170 - 1.190 1/4 charged
1.140 - 1.160 Almost discharged
1.110 - 1.130 Completely discharged
Amps Time
50 1 hour
25 2 hours
10 5 hours
5 10 hours
PG-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISPOWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY - INFOID:0000000004248118
JCMWM3072GB
PG-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3073GB
PG-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3074GB
PG-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3075GB
PG-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3076GB
PG-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3077GB
PG-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3078GB
PG-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3079GB
PG-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3080GB
PG-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSIBLE LINK No. K - INFOID:0000000004248119
JCMWM3081GB
PG-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3082GB
PG-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3083GB
PG-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 6 - INFOID:0000000004248120
JCMWM3084GB
PG-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3085GB
PG-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3086GB
PG-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 7 - INFOID:0000000004248121
JCMWM3087GB
PG-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3088GB
PG-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 9 - INFOID:0000000004248122
JCMWM3089GB
PG-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3090GB
PG-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 10 - INFOID:0000000004248123
JCMWM3091GB
PG-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3092GB
PG-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3093GB
PG-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3094GB
PG-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 11 - INFOID:0000000004685375
JCMWM3095GB
PG-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3096GB
PG-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 34 - INFOID:0000000004248124
JCMWM3097GB
PG-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3098GB
PG-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3099GB
PG-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 50 - INFOID:0000000004248125
JCMWM3100GB
PG-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3101GB
PG-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3102GB
PG-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3103GB
PG-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 53 - INFOID:0000000004248126
JCMWM3104GB
PG-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3105GB
PG-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3106GB
PG-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3107GB
PG-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3108GB
PG-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3109GB
PG-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3110GB
PG-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY - INFOID:0000000004248127
JCMWM3111GB
PG-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3112GB
PG-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3113GB
PG-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 19 - INFOID:0000000004248128
JCMWM3114GB
PG-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3115GB
PG-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3116GB
PG-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY - INFOID:0000000004248129
JCMWM3117GB
PG-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3118GB
PG-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3119GB
PG-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3120GB
PG-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3121GB
PG-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3122GB
PG-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3123GB
PG-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3124GB
PG-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3125GB
PG-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3126GB
PG-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3127GB
PG-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 3 - INFOID:0000000004248130
JCMWM3128GB
PG-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3129GB
PG-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3130GB
PG-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3131GB
PG-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3132GB
PG-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3133GB
PG-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 4 - INFOID:0000000004248131
JCMWM3134GB
PG-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3135GB
PG-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 44 - INFOID:0000000004248132
JCMWM3136GB
PG-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3137GB
PG-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3138GB
PG-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY FUSE No. 45 - INFOID:0000000004248133
JCMWM3139GB
PG-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3140GB
PG-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3141GB
PG-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Fuse INFOID:0000000004248134
• If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction beforeinstalling new fuse.
• Use fuse of specified rating. Never use fuse of more than specifiedrating.
• Do not partially install fuse; always insert it into fuse holder prop-erly.
• Remove fuse for “ELECTRICAL PARTS (BAT)” if vehicle is notused for a long period of time.
Fusible Link INFOID:0000000004248135
A melted fusible link can be detected either by visual inspection or byfeeling with finger tip. If its condition is questionable, use circuittester or test lamp.
CAUTION:• If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit
(power supply or large current carrying circuit) is shorted. Insuch a case, carefully check and eliminate cause of malfunc-tion.
• Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape. Important:Never let fusible link touch any other wiring harness, vinyl orrubber parts.
Circuit Breaker INFOID:0000000004248136
The PTC thermistor generates heat in response to current flow. Thetemperature (and resistance) of the thermistor element varies withcurrent flow. Excessive current flow will cause the element's temper-ature to rise. When the temperature reaches a specified level, theelectrical resistance will rise sharply to control the circuit current.Reduced current flow will cause the element to cool. Resistance fallsaccordingly and normal circuit current flow is allowed to resume.
CEL083
1 : Fusible link
JPMIA0515ZZ
SEL109W
PG-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS LAYOUT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
HARNESS LAYOUT
How To Read Harness Layout INFOID:0000000004248137
CONNECTOR SYMBOLMain symbols of connector (in Harness Layout) are indicated in the below.
1 : Connector model
2 : Cavity
3 : Male (M) and female (F) terminals
4 : Connector color
5 : Special type
JPMIA0113GB
JPMIA0114GB
PG-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]HARNESS LAYOUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Outline INFOID:0000000004248138
JCMIM0568GB
PG-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS LAYOUT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Main Harness INFOID:0000000004248139
JCMIM0569GB
PG-79Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]HARNESS LAYOUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Engine Room Harness INFOID:0000000004248140
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
JCMIM0570GB
PG-80Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS LAYOUT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
JCMIM0571GB
PG-81Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]HARNESS LAYOUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Engine Control Harness INFOID:0000000004248141
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
JCMIM0572GB
PG-82Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS LAYOUT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
JCMIM0573GB
PG-83Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]HARNESS LAYOUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Body Harness INFOID:0000000004248142
JCMIM0574GB
PG-84Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS LAYOUT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Body No. 2 Harness INFOID:0000000004248143
JCMIM0575GB
PG-85Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]HARNESS LAYOUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Room Lamp Harness INFOID:0000000004248144
JCMIM0576GB
PG-86Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS LAYOUT[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Door Harness (Driver Side Door) INFOID:0000000004248145
JCMIA0191GB
PG-87Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]HARNESS LAYOUT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
Door Harness (Passenger Side Door) INFOID:0000000004248146
JCMIA0192GB
PG-88Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS CONNECTOR[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
HARNESS CONNECTOR
Description INFOID:0000000004248147
HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE)• The tab-locking type connectors help prevent accidental looseness or disconnection.• The tab-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or lifting the locking tab(s). Refer to the figure
below.CAUTION:Never pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.
[Example]
HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE)• A new style slide-locking type connector is used on certain systems and components, especially those
related to OBD.• The slide-locking type connectors help prevent incomplete locking and accidental looseness or disconnec-
tion.• The slide-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or pulling the slider. Refer to the figure
below.
SEL769DA
PG-89Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]HARNESS CONNECTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >CAUTION:• Never pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector.• Be careful not to damage the connector support bracket when disconnecting the connector.
[Example]
HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE)• Lever locking type harness connectors are used on certain control units and control modules such as ECM,
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), etc.• Lever locking type harness connectors are also used on super multiple junction (SMJ) connectors.• Always confirm the lever is fully locked in place by moving the lever as far as it will go to ensure full connec-
tion.CAUTION:
SEL769V
PG-90Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
HARNESS CONNECTOR[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Always confirm the lever is fully released (loosened) before attempting to disconnect or connect theseconnectors to avoid damage to the connector housing or terminals.
LKIA0670E
1. Control unit with single leverA. FastenB. LoosenC. Lever
2. Control unit with dual leversA. LeversB. FastenC. Loosen
3. SMJ connectorA. LeverB. FastenC. Loosen
PG-91Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]STANDARDIZED RELAY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
STANDARDIZED RELAY
Description INFOID:0000000004248148
NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYSRelays can mainly be divided into three types: normal open, normal closed and mixed type relays.
TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS
SEL881H
1M ···················· 1 Make 2M ···················· 2 Make
1T ···················· 1 Transfer 1M·1B ···················· 1 Make 1 Break
SEL882H
PG-92Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
STANDARDIZED RELAY[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
SEL188W
PG-93Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
FUSE BLOCK - JUNCTION BOX (J/B)
Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement INFOID:0000000004248149
JCMWM3142GB
PG-94Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
FUSE, FUSIBLE LINK AND RELAY BOX
Fuse and Fusible Link Arrangement INFOID:0000000004248150
JCMWM3143GB
PG-95Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINEROOM)
Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement INFOID:0000000004248151
JCMWM3144GB
PG-96Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
PRECAUTIONS[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004685059
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004685060
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000004685061
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, coverthe lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J
PG-97Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000004248155
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)Tool name
Description
—(J-48087)Battery Service Center Tests battery.
For operating instructions, refer to Technical Service Bulletin and Battery Service Center User Guide.
WKIA5280E
PG-98Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
BATTERY[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONBATTERY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004248156
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004248157
REMOVAL1. Remove battery cover.2. Remove the clips (A), and remove hoodledge cover (RH) (1).
3. Remove cowl top cover (RH). Refer to EXT-21, "Exploded View".4. Remove cover of battery positive terminal.5. Loosen battery terminal nuts (1), and disconnect both battery
cables from battery terminals. CAUTION:When disconnecting, disconnect the battery cable from thenegative terminal first.
6. Remove battery fix frame mounting nuts (2) and battery fixframe (3).
7. Remove battery.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.CAUTION:When connecting, connect the battery cable to the positive terminal first.
1 : Battery fix frame
2 : Battery fix frame mounting nuts
3 : Battery terminal (-)
4 : Battery terminal (+)
JPMIA0487ZZ
JPMIA0488ZZ
JPMIA0489ZZ
Battery fix frame mounting nut
: 3.9 N·m (0.40 kg-m, 35 in-lb)
Battery terminal nut
: 5.4 N·m (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb)
PG-99Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]BATTERY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Reset electronic systems as necessary. Refer to GI-56, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT-TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Required Procedure After Battery Disconnection".
PG-100Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
G
BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
BATTERY TERMINAL WITH FUSIBLE LINK
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004248158
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004248159
REMOVAL1. Remove battery cover.2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal.3. Remove cover of battery positive terminal.4. Remove harness mounting nuts (1) to disconnect harness con-
nector (2).5. Remove fusible link holder mounting nut (3) to remove battery
terminal with fusible link (4).
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1 : Harness mounting nut
2 : Fusible link holder mounting nut
3 : Harness connector
4 : Battery terminal with fusible link
JPMIA0490ZZ
JPMIA0491ZZ
Harness mounting nut
: 13.2 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb)Fusible link holder mounting nut
: 13.2 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb)
PG-101Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
[POWER SUPPLY & GROUND CIRCUIT]SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Battery INFOID:0000000004248160
Type 80D23L
20 hour rate capacity [V - Ah] 12 - 62
Cold cranking current (For reference value) [A] 582
PG-102Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY
C
D
E
SECTION PWCA
B
POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
WC
N
O
P
CONTENTS
P
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 4
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ......... 4Work Flow .................................................................4
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ..................... 5
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT-TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL .....................................5
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description ......5ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Re-pair Requirement .......................................................5
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ..........................................................5
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description ..................................6ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .......6
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 7
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM ............................... 7System Diagram .......................................................7System Description ...................................................7Component Parts Location ......................................9Component Description ...........................................10
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................11
COMMON ITEM .........................................................11COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) .....................................................11
RETAIND PWR ..........................................................12RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR) ...................................................12
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .........................13
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ......13
BCM ...........................................................................13BCM : Diagnosis Procedure ....................................13
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH ............................13POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure ................................................................13
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH .............................14POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure ................................................................14
POWER WINDOW MOTOR ..............................16
DRIVER SIDE .............................................................16DRIVER SIDE : Description .....................................16DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ..........16DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .....................16DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection ...................17
PASSENGER SIDE ....................................................17PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................17PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....17PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............17PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection ..........18
ENCODER .........................................................20
DRIVER SIDE .............................................................20DRIVER SIDE : Description .....................................20DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check ..........20DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .....................20
PASSENGER SIDE ....................................................22PASSENGER SIDE : Description ............................22PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check
....22PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............22
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK .....................25
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH ............................25POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Description ....25
PWC-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function Check ....................................................... 25POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................................... 25
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH ............................ 26POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Description ..... 26POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Component Function Check ....................................................... 26POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................................... 27
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 29
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .................. 29Reference Value ..................................................... 29Wiring Diagram - BCM - ......................................... 52Fail-safe .................................................................. 57DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................. 59DTC Index .............................................................. 61
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH .................... 64Reference Value ..................................................... 64Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM - ............................................................... 66Fail-Safe ................................................................. 69
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH ..................... 71Reference Value ..................................................... 71Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM - ............................................................... 73Fail-Safe ................................................................. 76
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................. 78
POWER WINDOWS DO NOT OPERATE WITH ANY POWER WINDOW SWITCHES ...... 78
Description .............................................................. 78Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 78
DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE ...................................... 79
Description .............................................................. 79Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 79
PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE ......................... 80
WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OP-ERATED .................................................................... 80
WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OP-ERATED : Description ............................................ 80WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OP-ERATED : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 80
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OP-ERATED .................................................................... 80
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OP-ERATED : Description ............................................ 80WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OP-ERATED : Diagnosis Procedure ............................. 80
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH .................... 80
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Descrip-tion .......................................................................... 80WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagno-sis Procedure .......................................................... 81
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPER-ATE .................................................................... 82
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 82DRIVER SIDE : Description .................................... 82DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..................... 82
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 82PASSENGER SIDE : Description ........................... 82PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............ 82
AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATES NORMALLY ......... 83
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 83DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..................... 83
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 83PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............ 83
POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE NORMAL-LY ....................................................................... 84
Description .............................................................. 84Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 84
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE POWER WINDOWS ........................ 85
Description .............................................................. 85Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85
KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN DOES NOT OPERATE ................................................. 86
Description .............................................................. 86Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 86
POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION ................................................ 87
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87
POWER WINDOW SWITCH ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE .................................. 88
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 88DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ..................... 88
PASSENGER SIDE ................................................... 88PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............ 88
AUTOMATIC WINDOW ADJUSTING FUNC-TION DOES NOT OPERATE ............................ 89
DRIVER SIDE ............................................................ 89
PWC-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
P
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure .....................89
PASSENGER SIDE ...................................................89PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure ............89
PRECAUTION ..............................................91
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................91
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" .................................................................91Precaution for Battery Service .................................91
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...............92
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH ...................92Removal and Installation .........................................92
PWC-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004249731
DETAILED FLOW
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM
Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc-tion occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings the vehicle in.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPRODUCE THE MALFUNCTION INFORMATION
Check the malfunction on the vehicle that the customer describes.Inspect the relation of the symptoms and the condition when the symptoms occur.
>> GO TO 3.
3.IDENTIFY THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”
Use “Symptom diagnosis” from the symptom inspection result in step 2 and then identify where to start per-forming the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 4.
4.IDENTIFY THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS WITH “COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS”
Perform the diagnosis with “Component diagnosis” of the applicable system.
>> GO TO 5.
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the specified malfunctioning parts.
>> GO TO 6.
6.FINAL CHECK
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,referring to the symptom inspection result in step 2.Are the malfunctions corrected?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 3.
PWC-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
P
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-scription INFOID:0000000004555577
When the battery negative terminal is disconnected, the initialization is necessary.If any of the following operations are performed, the initialization is necessary as well as when the negativebattery terminal is disconnected.• Power supply to the power window switch or power window motor is cut off by removal of battery terminal or
if the battery fuse is blown.• Disconnection and connection of power window switch harness connector.• Removal and installation of motor from regulator assembly.• Operation of regulator assembly as an independent unit.• Removal and installation of door glass or door glass run.The following specified operations cannot be performed under the non initialized condition.• Auto-up operation• Anti-pinch function• Key cylinder switch power window function• Automatic window adjusting function
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Spe-cial Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000004555578
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE1. Disconnect battery negative terminal or power window switch connector. Reconnect it after a minute or
more. 2. Door switch is OFF (close).3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Operate power window switch to fully open the window. (This operation is unnecessary if the window is
already fully open.)5. Continue pulling the power window switch AUTO-UP. Even after glass stops at the fully closed position,
keep pulling the switch for 3 seconds or more. 6. Initializing procedure is completed.7. Inspect anti-pinch function.CAUTION:When initialization is not complete, power window UP does not operate while door is open.
CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION1. Fully open the door window.2. Place a piece of wood near the fully closed position.3. Close door glass completely with AUTO-UP.• Check that glass lowers for approximately 150 mm (5.9 in) without pinching piece of wood and stops.• Check that glass does not rise when operating the power window main switch while lowering.CAUTION:• Never check with hands and other part of body because they may be pinched. Never get pinched.• Check that AUTO-UP operates before inspection when system initialization is performed.• It may switch to fail-safe mode if open/close operation is performed continuously. Perform initial
setting in that situation. Refer to PWC-69, "Fail-Safe"• Perform initial setting when auto-up operation or anti-pinch function does not operate normally.• Finish initial setting. Otherwise, next operation cannot be performed.1. Auto-up operation2. Anti-pinch function3. Key cylinder switch power window function4. Automatic window adjusting functionADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
PWC-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : DescriptionINFOID:0000000004555579
When the control unit is replaced, the initialization is necessary.If any of the following operations are performed, the initialization is necessary and the control unit must be dis-connected.• Power supply to the power window switch or power window motor is cut off by removal of battery terminal or
if the battery fuse is blown.• Disconnection and connection of power window switch harness connector.• Removal and installation of motor from regulator assembly.• Operation of regulator assembly as an independent unit.• Removal and installation of door glass or door glass run.The following specified operations cannot be performed under the non initialized condition.• Auto-up operation• Anti-pinch function• Key cylinder switch power window function• Automatic window adjusting function
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-quirement INFOID:0000000004555580
INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE1. Disconnect battery negative terminal or power window switch connector. Reconnect it after a minute or
more. 2. Door switch is OFF (close).3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Operate power window switch to fully open the window. (This operation is unnecessary if the window is
already fully open.)5. Continue pulling the power window switch AUTO-UP. Even after glass stops at the fully closed position,
keep pulling the switch for 3 seconds or more. 6. Initializing procedure is completed.7. Inspect anti-pinch function.CAUTION:When initialization is not complete, power window UP does not operate while door is open.
CHECK ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION1. Fully open the door window.2. Place a piece of wood near the fully closed position.3. Close door glass completely with AUTO-UP.• Check that glass lowers for approximately 150 mm (5.9 in) without pinching piece of wood and stops.• Check that glass does not rise when operating the power window switch while lowering.CAUTION:• Never check with hands and other part of body because they may be pinched. Never get pinched.• Check that AUTO-UP operates before inspection when system initialization is performed.• It may switch to fail-safe mode if open/close operation is performed continuously. Perform initial
setting in that situation. Refer to PWC-69, "Fail-Safe"• Perform initial setting when auto-up operation or anti-pinch function does not operate normally.• Finish initial setting. Otherwise, next operation cannot be performed.1. Auto-up operation2. Anti-pinch function3. Key cylinder switch power window function4. Automatic window adjusting function
PWC-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
P
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONPOWER WINDOW SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004555581
System Description INFOID:0000000004555582
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM• Power window system is activated by power window switch operation when ignition switch is turned ON and
during the retained power operation, after ignition switch turned OFF.• Power window main switch can open/close all windows.• Power window sub-switch can open/close the passenger side windows.• AUTO operation can be activated by operating the power window switch once.• It transmits and receives the signal between BCM and power window main switch or power window sub
switch, via serial communication.• When pressing power window lock switch, operation other than power window main switch becomes impos-
sible.• When detecting the pinching resistance of foreign materials, etc. during power window AUTO UP operation,
it lowers door glass to the specified value.• When opening driver side or passenger side door while door glass is being fully closed, it lowers door glass
of the door a little from the closed position. When closing the door, it return door glass to the fully closedposition.
• All power windows open or close when Intelligent Key unlock button is pressed for 3seconds.• Hold the door key cylinder to the LOCK or UNLOCK direction for 1 second or more to OPEN or CLOSE all
power windows when ignition switch OFF.
POWER WINDOW AUTO-OPERATION• AUTO UP/DOWN operation can be performed when power window main switch turns to AUTO.• Encoder continues detecting the movement of power window motor and transmits to power window switch
as the encoder pulse signal while power window motor is operating.• Power window switch reads the changes of encoder signal and stops AUTO operation when door glass is at
the fully open/closed position.• Auto function is inoperable if encoder is malfunctioning.
JMKIA3418GB
PWC-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINKPower window main switch, power window sub-switch and BCM transmit and receive the signal by power win-dow serial link.The under mentioned signal is transmitted from BCM to power window main switch.• Driver side door switch signal.• Keyless power window down signal.• Retained power operation signal. The under mentioned signal is transmitted from BCM to power window sub-switch.• Passenger side door switch signal.• Keyless power window down signal.• Retained power operation signal. The following signal is transmitted from power window main switch to power window sub-switch.• Passenger side door window operation signal.• Power window lock signal.• Power window control by key cylinder switch signal.
RETAINED POWER OPERATIONRetained power operation is an additional power supply function that enables power window system to oper-ate for 45 seconds after ignition switch turns OFF.RETAINED POWER FUNCTION CANCEL CONDITIONS• Front door CLOSED (door switch OFF) →OPEN (door switch ON).• When ignition switch turns ON again.• When timer times out. (45 seconds)
POWER WINDOW LOCK FUNCTIONGround circuit inside power window main switch shuts off when power window lock switch is ON. This inhibitspower window switch operation except with the power window main switch.
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION• The anti-pinch function detects foreign matter being pinched in the door glass, during AUTO-UP operation,
and lowers the door glass 150 mm (5.9in).• Encoder continues detecting the movement of power window motor and transmits to power window switch
as the encoder pulse signal while power window motor is operating.• Resistance is applied to the power window motor rotation that changes the frequency of encoder pulse sig-
nal if foreign material is trapped in the door glass.• Power window switch controls to lower the door glass for 150 mm (5.9in) after it detects encoder pulse signal
frequency change.OPERATION CONDITION• When all door glass AUTO-UP operation is performed (anti-pinch function does not operate just before the
door glass closes and is fully closed.)NOTE:Depending on environment and driving conditions, if a similar impact or load is applied to the door glass, itmay lower.
AUTOMATIC WINDOW ADJUSTING FUNCTIONWhen the driver/passenger door(s) is open, the window of the opened door is lowered approximately 10 mm(0.39 in).When the door is closed, the window is raised to the fully closed position.Automatic window adjusting function system (opening operation) does not operate when the following itemoccurs.• The window is 10 mm (0.39 in) or more open from the fully closed position.Automatic window adjusting function system (closing operation) does not operate when the following itemoccurs.• The automatic window adjusting function system (opening operation) operation.
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH POWER WINDOW FUNCTIONHold the door key cylinder to the LOCK or UNLOCK position for 1 second or more to OPEN or CLOSE allpower windows when ignition switch is OFF. In addition, it stops when the key position is NEUTRAL whenoperating.OPERATION CONDITION• Ignition switch OFF.• Hold door key cylinder to the LOCK position for 1 second or more to perform CLOSE operation of the door
glass.
PWC-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
P
• Hold door key cylinder in the UNLOCK position for 1 second or more to perform OPEN operation of the doorglass.
KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN FUNCTIONAll power windows open when the unlock button on Intelligent Key is activated and pressed and held for morethan 3* seconds with the ignition switch OFF. The windows keep opening if the unlock button is continuouslypressed.The power window opening function stops when the following operations are performed.• When the unlock button is pressed and held for more than 15 seconds.• When the ignition switch is turned ON while the power window opening is operated.• When the unlock button is released.While retained power operation activates, keyless power window down function cannot be operated.Keyless power window down operation mode can be changed by “PW DOWN SET” mode in “WORK SUP-PORT”. Refer to DLK-49, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".NOTE:Use CONSULT-III to change settings.MODE 1 (3 sec) / MODE 2 (OFF) / MODE 3 (5 sec)
POWER CONSUMPTION CONTROL SYSTEMPower window switch incorporates a power consumption control function that reduces the power consumptionaccording the vehicle status.LOW POWER CONSUMPTION MODE• Ignition switch OFF.• Power window main switch and power window sub-switch do not receive a signal from serial link.• Power window motor does not move.If any of the following conditions are satisfied, the low power consumption mode is released.• Ignition switch ON.• When key cylinder switch signal is received.• When door lock signal is received.• When the signal is received from serial link.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004249738
JMKIA3545ZZ
PWC-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Component Description INFOID:0000000004249739
1. BCM M118,M119,M122,M123 2. Driver side door lock assembly (door key cylinder switch) D15
3. Driver side power window motor D10
4. Power window main switch D8 5. Driver side door switch B16 6. Remote keyless entry receiver
A. View with dash side lower (passen-ger side)
B. View with door finisher removed C. View with instrument lower panel (passenger side) removed
Component Function
BCM• Supplies power supply to power window switches.• Controls retained power.
Power window main switch• Directly controls all power window motor of all doors.• Controls anti-pinch operation of power window.
Power window sub-switch• Controls anti-pinch operation of power window.• Controls power window motor of passenger door.
Power window motor• Integrates the ENCODER and WINDOW MOTOR.• Starts operating with signals from each power window switch.• Transmits power window motor rotation as a pulse signal to power window switch.
Driver side door lock assembly (door key cylinder switch)
Transmits operation condition of key cylinder switch to power window main switch.
Door switch Detects door open/close condition and transmits to BCM.
Remote keyless entry receiver Receives lock/unlock signal from the intelligent Key, and then transmits to BCM.
PWC-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
P
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000004685554
APPLICATION ITEMCONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
SYSTEM APPLICATIONBCM can perform the following functions for each system.NOTE:It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
NOTE:
*: This item is displayed, but is not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)The BCM records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays onCONSULT-III.
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support MonitorMonitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
Configuration This function is not used even though it is displayed.
System Sub system selection itemDiagnosis mode
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
— AIR CONDITONER*
• Intelligent Key system• Engine start system
INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
IVIS - NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Trunk lid open TRUNK × ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
RAP system RETAINED PWR* ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
TPMS TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR) × × ×
PWC-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >RETAIND PWR
RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR) INFOID:0000000004249741
Data monitor
CONSULT screen item Indication/Unit Description
Vehicle Speed km/h Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Odo/Trip Meter km Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular DTC is detected
Vehicle Condition
SLEEP>LOCK
Power position status of the moment a particular DTC is detected
While turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
SLEEP>OFFWhile turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
RUN>ACCWhile turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
CRANK>RUNWhile turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN” (From cranking up the engine to run it)
RUN>URGENTWhile turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emer-gency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
ON>CRANK While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
OFF>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-tion is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply posi-tion is “LOCK”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCKPower supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steer-ing is locked.)
OFFPower supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
ONPower supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine stopped)
ENGINE RUNPower supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
IGN Counter 0 - 39
The number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.• The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition
whenever ignition switch OFF → ON.• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
Monitor Item Description
DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver side door switch.
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of passenger side door switch.
PWC-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISPOWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITBCM
BCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555583
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Is the fuse fusing?YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connectors.3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair harness or connector.
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555584
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window main switch connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between power window main switch harness connector and ground.
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse and fusible link No.
1Battery power supply
K (40A)
11 10 (10A)
(+)
(−)Voltage
(Approx.)BCM
Connector Terminal
M118 1Ground Battery voltage
M119 11
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M119 13 Existed
PWC-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and power window main switch harness connector.
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer toBCS-81, "Exploded View" NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair or replace harness.
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555585
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window sub-switch connector.3. Check voltage between power window sub-switch harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Power window main switch
Connector Terminal
D8 1
Ground Battery voltage10
BCM Power window main switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M1182
D81
Existed3 10
BCM
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
M1182
Not existed3
Power window main switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
D8 15 Existed
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Power window sub-switch
Connector Terminal
D38 10 Ground Battery voltage
PWC-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and power window sub-switch harness connector.
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer toBCS-81, "Exploded View" NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between power window sub-switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair or replace harness.
BCM Power window sub-switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M118 2 D38 10 Existed
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M118 2 Not existed
Power window sub-switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
D38 11 Existed
PWC-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >POWER WINDOW MOTORDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004555586
Door glass moves UP/DOWN by receiving the signal from power window main switch.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004555587
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR CIRCUIT
Check driver side power window motor operation with power window main switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Driver side power window motor is OK.NO >> Refer to PWC-16, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555588
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect driver side power window motor connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between driver side power window motor harness connector and ground.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Check driver side power window motor.Refer to PWC-17, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace driver side power window motor. Refer to GW-21, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window main switch connector.3. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and driver side power window
motor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Driver side power window motor
Connector Terminal
D10
6
GroundPower window main switch
UP Battery voltage
DOWN 0
3UP 0
DOWN Battery voltage
Power window main switch Driver side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D88
D106
Existed11 3
PWC-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window main switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
DRIVER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004555589
COMPONENT INSPECTION
1.CHECK DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect driver side power window motor connector.3. Check motor operation by connecting the battery voltage directly to driver side power window motor con-
nector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Driver side power window motor is OK.NO >> Replace driver side power window motor. Refer to GW-21, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004555590
Door glass moves UP/DOWN by receiving the signal power window main switch or power window sub-switch .
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004555591
1. CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR CIRCUIT
Check passenger side power window motor operation with power window main switch or power window subswitch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Passenger side power window motor is OK.NO >> Refer to PWC-17, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555592
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect passenger side power window motor connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between passenger side power window motor harness connector and ground.
Power window main switch
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
D88
Not existed11
Driver side power window mo-tor connector
TerminalMotor operation
(+) (–)
D103 6 DOWN
6 3 UP
PWC-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Check passenger side power window motor. Refer to PWC-18, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace passenger side power window motor. Refer to GW-21, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window sub-switch connector.3. Check continuity between power window sub-switch harness connector and passenger side power win-
dow motor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between power window sub-switch connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window sub-switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004555593
COMPONENT INSPECTION
1.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW MOTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect passenger side power window motor connector.3. Check motor operation by connecting the battery voltage directly to passenger side power window motor
connector.
(+)(–)
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger side power window motor
Connector Terminal
D40
6
GroundPower window sub- switch
UP Battery voltage
DOWN 0
3UP 0
DOWN Battery voltage
Power window sub-switch Passenger side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D389
D403
Existed8 6
Power window sub-switch
Ground
ContinuityConnector Terminal
D388
Not existed9
PWC-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MOTOR
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Passenger side power window motor is OK.NO >> Replace passenger side power window motor. Refer to GW-21, "Removal and Installation".
Passenger side power window motor connector
TerminalMotor condition
(+) (–)
D403 6 DOWN
6 3 UP
PWC-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >ENCODERDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004555594
Detects condition of the driver side power window motor operation and transmits to power window main switchas the pulse signal.
DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004555595
1.CHECK ENCODER OPERATION
Check that driver side door glass performs AUTO open/close operation normally with power window mainswitch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Encoder operation is OK.NO >> Refer to PWC-20, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555596
1.CHECK ENCODER OPERATION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check signal between power window main switch harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window main switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENCODER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window main switch connector and driver side power window motor connector.3. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and driver side power window
motor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and ground.
(+)
(–)Signal
(Reference value) Power window main switch
Connector Terminal
D89
Ground Refer to the following signal13
JMKIA2682GB
Power window main switch Driver side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D89
D105
Existed13 2
PWC-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENCODER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1
1. Connect power window main switch connector.2. Turn ignition switch ON.3. Check voltage between driver side power window motor harness connector and ground.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window main switch connector.3. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and driver side power window
motor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window main switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window main switch connector.3. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and driver side power window
motor harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 2
Power window main switch
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
D89
Not existed13
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Driver side power window motor
Connector Terminal
D10 4 Ground Battery voltage
Power window main switch Driver side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D8 5 D10 4 Existed
Power window main switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
D8 5 Not existed
Power window main switch Driver side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D8 14 D10 1 Existed
PWC-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >1. Connect power window main switch connector.2. Check continuity between power window main switch harness connector and ground.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace driver side power window motor. Refer to GW-21, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Replace power window main switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation".
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004555597
Detects condition of the passenger side power window motor operation and transmits to power window sub-switch as the pulse signal.
PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004555598
1.CHECK ENCODER OPERATION
Check that passenger side door glass performs AUTO open operation normally with power window mainswitch or power window sub-switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Encoder operation is OK.NO >> Refer to PWC-22, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555599
1.CHECK ENCODER SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check signal between power window sub-switch harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window sub-switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENCODER SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window sub-switch connector and passenger side power window motor connector.3. Check continuity between power window sub-switch harness connector and passenger side power win-
dow motor harness connector.
Power window main switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
D8 14 Existed
(+)
(–)Signal
(Reference value)Power window sub-switch
Connector Terminal
D3812
Ground Refer to the following signal15
JMKIA2927GB
PWC-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENCODER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
4. Check continuity between power window sub-switch connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1
1. Connect power window sub-switch connector.2. Turn ignition switch ON.3. Check voltage between passenger side power window motor harness connector and ground.
Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 5.NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENCODER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window sub-switch connector.3. Check continuity between power window sub-switch harness connector and passenger side power win-
dow motor harness connector.
4. Check continuity between power window sub-switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window sub-switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window sub-switch connector.3. Check continuity between power window sub-switch harness connector and passenger side power win-
dow motor harness connector.
Power window sub-switch Passenger side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D3812
D402
Existed15 5
Power window sub-switch
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
D3812
Not existed15
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Passenger side power window motor
Connector Terminal
D40 4 Ground Battery voltage
Power window sub-switch Passenger side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D38 4 D40 4 Existed
Power window sub-switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
D38 4 Not existed
PWC-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ENCODER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 6.NO >> Repair or replace harness.
6.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 2
1. Connect power window sub-switch connector.2. Check continuity between power window sub-switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace passenger side power window motor. Refer to GW-21, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Replace power window sub-switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation".
Power window sub-switch Passenger side power window motorContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D38 3 D40 1 Existed
Power window sub-switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
D38 3 Existed
PWC-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINKPOWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000004639997
Power window main switch, power window sub-switch and BCM transmit and receive the signal by power win-dow serial link.The signal mentioned below is transmitted from BCM to power window main switch, power window sub-switch.• Keyless power window down signalThe signal mentioned below is transmitted from power window main switch to power window sub-switch.• Front passenger side door window operation signal• Power window control by key cylinder switch signal• Power window lock switch signal• Retained power operation signal
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004555601
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-IIICheck (“CDL LOCK SW ”, “CDL UNLOCK SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “POWER DOOR LOCK SYS-TEM” with CONSULT-III. Refer toDLK-46, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMONITEM)".
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Power window serial link is OK.NO >> Refer to PWC-25, "POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555602
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check signal between power window main switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK SIGNAL
Monitor item Condition
CDL LOCK SW LOCK : ON
UNLOCK : OFF
CDL UNLOCK SW LOCK : OFF
UNLOCK : ON
(+)
(–)Signal
(Reference value)Power window main switch
Connector Terminal
D8 12 Ground
JPMIA0013GB
PWC-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window main switch connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between power window main switch harness connector and ground.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window main switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check continuity between BCM connector and power window main switch connector.
4. Check continuity between BCM connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000004640002
Power window main switch, power window sub-switch and BCM transmit and receive the signal by power win-dow serial link.The signal mentioned below is transmitted from BCM to power window main switch, power window sub-switch.• Keyless power window down signalThe signal mentioned below is transmitted from power window main switch to power window sub-switch.• Front passenger side door window operation signal• Power window control by key cylinder switch signal• Power window lock switch signal• Retained power operation signal
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004555604
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Power window main switch
Connector Terminal
D8 12 Ground Battery voltage
BCM Power window main switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123 132 D8 12 Existed
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M123 132 Not existed
PWC-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
P
Check (“CDL LOCK SW ”, “CDL UNLOCK SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “POWER DOOR LOCK SYS-TEM” with CONSULT-III. Refer toDLK-46, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMONITEM)" .
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Power window serial link is OK.NO >> Refer to PWC-27, "POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555605
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check signal between power window sub-switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window sub-switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect power window sub-switch connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between power window sub-switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace power window main switch. Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector and power window sub-switch connector.3. Check continuity between BCM connector and power window sub-switch connector.
Monitor item Condition
CDL LOCK SW LOCK : ON
UNLOCK : OFF
CDL UNLOCK SW LOCK : OFF
UNLOCK : ON
(+)
(−)Signal
(Reference value)Power window sub-switch
Connector Terminal
D38 16 Ground
JPMIA0013GB
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Power window sub-switch
Connector Terminal
D38 16 Ground Battery voltage
PWC-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >4. Check continuity between BCM connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Exploded View". NO >> Repair or replace harness.
BCM Power window sub-switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123 132 D38 16 Existed
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M123 132 Not existed
PWC-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONBCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004685549
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
FR WIPER HIOther than front wiper switch HI Off
Front wiper switch HI On
FR WIPER LOWOther than front wiper switch LO Off
Front wiper switch LO On
FR WASHER SWFront washer switch OFF Off
Front washer switch ON On
FR WIPER INTOther than front wiper switch INT Off
Front wiper switch INT On
FR WIPER STOPFront wiper is not in STOP position Off
Front wiper is in STOP position On
INT VOLUME Wiper intermittent dial is in a dial position 1 - 7Wiper intermittent dial
position
TURN SIGNAL ROther than turn signal switch RH Off
Turn signal switch RH On
TURN SIGNAL LOther than turn signal switch LH Off
Turn signal switch LH On
TAIL LAMP SWOther than lighting switch 1ST and 2ND Off
Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND On
HI BEAM SWOther than lighting switch HI Off
Lighting switch HI On
HEAD LAMP SW 1Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
HEAD LAMP SW 2Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
PASSING SWOther than lighting switch PASS Off
Lighting switch PASS On
AUTO LIGHT SWOther than lighting switch AUTO Off
Lighting switch AUTO On
FR FOG SWFront fog lamp switch OFF Off
Front fog lamp switch ON On
RR FOG SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-DRDriver door closed Off
Driver door opened On
DOOR SW-ASPassenger door closed Off
Passenger door opened On
DOOR SW-RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
PWC-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >DOOR SW-RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-BKNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CDL LOCK SWOther than power door lock switch LOCK Off
Power door lock switch LOCK On
CDL UNLOCK SWOther than power door lock switch UNLOCK Off
Power door lock switch UNLOCK On
KEY CYL LK-SWOther than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder LOCK position On
KEY CYL UN-SWOther than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position On
KEY CYL SW-TRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
HAZARD SWHazard switch is OFF Off
Hazard switch is ON On
REAR DEF SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
H/L WASH SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
TR CANCEL SWTrunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Off
Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON On
TR/BD OPEN SWTrunk lid opener switch OFF Off
While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON On
TRNK/HAT MNTRTrunk lid closed Off
Trunk lid opened On
RKE-LOCKLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-UNLOCKUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-TR/BDTRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-PANICPANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-P/W OPENUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held On
RKE-MODE CHG
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simulta-neously
Off
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously On
OPTICAL SENSORBright outside of the vehicle Close to 5 V
Dark outside of the vehicle Close to 0 V
REQ SW -DRDriver door request switch is not pressed Off
Driver door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -ASPassenger door request switch is not pressed Off
Passenger door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PWC-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
REQ SW -RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
REQ SW -BD/TRTrunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Off
Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed On
PUSH SWPush-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY2 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
ACC RLY -F/BNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CLUCH SWThe clutch pedal is not depressed Off
The clutch pedal is depressed On
BRAKE SW 1
The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown Off
The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is nor-mal
On
BRAKE SW 2The brake pedal is not depressed Off
The brake pedal is depressed On
DETE/CANCL SW
• Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
On
SFT PN/N SWSelector lever in any position other than P and N Off
Selector lever in P or N position On
S/L -LOCKSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L -UNLOCKSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
UNLK SEN -DRDriver door is unlocked Off
Driver door is locked On
PUSH SW -IPDMPush-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY1 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
DETE SW -IPDMSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT PN -IPDM
• Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in P or N position• The clutch pedal is depressed
On
SFT P -METSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT N -METSelector lever in any position other than N Off
Selector lever in N position On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PWC-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >ENGINE STATE
Engine stopped Stop
While the engine stalls Stall
At engine cranking Crank
Engine running Run
S/L LOCK-IPDMSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L UNLK-IPDMSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-REQ
Steering lock system is not the LOCK condition and the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
Off
Steering lock system are not the LOCK condition or the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
On
VEH SPEED 1 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
VEH SPEED 2 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
DOOR STAT-DR
Driver door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Driver door is unlocked UNLOCK
DOOR STAT-AS
Passenger door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Passenger door is unlocked UNLOCK
ID OK FLAGSteering is locked Reset
Steering is unlocked Set
PRMT ENG STRTThe engine start is prohibited Reset
The engine start is permitted Set
PRMT RKE STRTNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Reset
KEY SW -SLOTThe Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot Off
The Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot On
RKE OPE COUN1 During the operation of the Intelligent KeyOperation frequency of
the Intelligent Key
RKE OPE COUN2NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
—
CONFRM ID ALL
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID4
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the fourth key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID3
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the third key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM.
Done
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PWC-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
CONFIRM ID2
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the second key ID reg-istered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the second key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID1
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the first key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM.
Done
TP 4The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 3The ID of third Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of third Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 2The ID of second Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of second Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 1The ID of first Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of first Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
AIR PRESS FL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front LH
tire
AIR PRESS FR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front RH
tire
AIR PRESS RR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear RH
tire
AIR PRESS RL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear LH
tire
ID REGST FL1ID of front LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST FR1ID of front RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RR1ID of rear RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RL1ID of rear LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
WARNING LAMPTire pressure indicator OFF Off
Tire pressure indicator ON On
BUZZERTire pressure warning alarm is not sounding Off
Tire pressure warning alarm is sounding On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
PWC-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JPMIA0062ZZ
PWC-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
1(W)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
2(Y)
GroundP/W power supply (BAT)
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
3(O)
GroundP/W power supply (RAP)
Output Ignition switch ON 12 V
4(LG)
GroundInterior room lamp power supply
Output
Interior room lamp battery saver is activated.(Cuts the interior room lamp power supply)
0 V
Interior room lamp battery saver is not acti-vated.(Outputs the interior room lamp power sup-ply)
12 V
5(P)
GroundPassenger door UN-LOCK
OutputPassenger door
UNLOCK (Actuator is acti-vated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK (Ac-tuator is not activated)
0 V
7(SB)
Ground Step lamp Output Step lampON 0 V
OFF 12 V
8(V)
GroundAll doors, fuel lid LOCK
OutputAll doors, fuel lid
LOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than LOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
9(G)
GroundDriver door, fuel lid UNLOCK
OutputDriver door, fuel lid
UNLOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
11(R)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
13(B)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
14(W)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination ground
Output Tail lamp
OFF 0 V
ON
NOTE:When the illumination brighten-
ing/dimming level is in the neutral position.
15(O)
Ground ACC indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ACC 0 V
JSNIA0010GB
PWC-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >17(W)
GroundTurn signal RH (Front)
OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
18(O)
Ground Turn signal LH (Front) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
19(V)
GroundRoom lamp timer control
OutputInterior room lamp
OFF 12 V
ON 0 V
20(V)
Ground Turn signal RH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
23(L)
Ground Trunk lid open Output Trunk lid
OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is not activated)
0 V
25(Y)
Ground Turn signal LH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
30(P)
Ground Trunk room lamp OutputTrunk room lamp
ON 0 V
OFF 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PWC-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
34(SB)
GroundTrunk room antenna (−)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
35(V)
GroundTrunk room antenna (+)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
38(B)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (−)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PWC-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >39(W)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (+)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
47(Y)
GroundIgnition relay (IPDM E/R) control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
50(R)
GroundTrunk room lamp switch
InputTrunk room lamp switch
OFF (Trunk lid is closed)
11.8 V
ON (Trunk lid is opened) 0 V
52(SB)
Ground Starter relay control Output
Ignition switch ON (A/T mod-els)
When selector lever is in P or N position
12 V
When selector lever is not in P or N position
0 V
Ignition switch ON (M/T mod-els)
When the clutch pedal is depressed
Battery voltage
When the clutch pedal is not depressed
0 V
61(SB)
GroundTrunk lid opener re-quest switch
InputTrunk lid open-er request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
64(L)
GroundIntelligent Key warn-ing buzzer (Engine room)
OutputIntelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room)
Sounding 0 V
Not sounding 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0016GB
PWC-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
67(GR)
GroundTrunk lid opener switch
InputTrunk lid open-er switch
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed
11.8 V
72(R)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (−) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
73(G)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (+) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PWC-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >74(SB)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (−)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
75(BR)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (+)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
76(V)
GroundDriver door antenna (−)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PWC-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
77(LG)
GroundDriver door antenna (+)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
78(Y)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (−) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
79(BR)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (+) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
PWC-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >80(GR)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
81(W)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
82(R)
GroundIgnition relay [Fuse block (J/B)] control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
83(Y)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver communica-tion
Input/Output
During waiting
When operating either button on the Intelli-gent Key
87(Y)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 5
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Front fog lamp switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0064GB
JMKIA0065GB
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
PWC-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
88(O)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 3
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3
1.3 V
89(BR)
GroundPush-button ignition switch (Push switch)
InputPush-button ig-nition switch (push switch)
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed Battery voltage
90(P)
Ground CAN-LInput/ Output
— —
91(L)
Ground CAN-HInput/ Output
— —
92(LG)
Ground Key slot illumination OutputKey slot illumi-nation
OFF 0 V
Blinking
6.5 V
ON 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0015GB
PWC-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >93(Y)
Ground ON indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ON 0 V
95(O)
Ground ACC relay control Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 12 V
96(GR)
GroundA/T shift selector (De-tention switch) power supply
Output — 12 V
97(L)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 1
Input Steering lockLOCK status 0 V
UNLOCK status 12 V
98(P)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 2
Input Steering lockLOCK status 12 V
UNLOCK status 0 V
99(R)
Ground
Selector lever P posi-tion switch
Input
Selector leverP position 0 V
Any position other than P 12 V
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models without ICC)
ASCD clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
ICC clutch switch (M/T models with ICC)
ICC clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
100(Y)
GroundPassenger door re-quest switch
InputPassenger door request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
101(P)
GroundDriver door request switch
InputDriver door re-quest switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
102(O)
GroundBlower fan motor re-lay control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
103(LG)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver power sup-ply
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
106(W)
GroundSteering lock unit power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0016GB
JPMIA0016GB
PWC-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
107(LG)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 1
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Turn signal switch LH
1.3 V
Turn signal switch RH
1.3 V
Front wiper switch LO
1.3 V
Front washer switch ON
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0039GB
PWC-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >108(R)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 4
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch AUTO(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 1ST(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0039GB
PWC-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
109(W)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 2
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Lighting switch PASS
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND
1.3 V
Front wiper switch INT
1.3 V
Front wiper switch HI
1.3 V
110(G)
Ground Hazard switch Input Hazard switch
ON 0 V
OFF
1.1 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0012GB
PWC-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >111(Y)
GroundSteering lock unit communication
Input/Output
Steering lock
LOCK status 12 V
LOCK or UNLOCK
For 15 seconds after UN-LOCK
12 V
15 seconds or later after UNLOCK
0 V
113(O)
Ground Optical sensor InputIgnition switch ON
When bright outside of the vehicle
Close to 5 V
When dark outside of the vehicle
Close to 0 V
114(R)
GroundClutch interlock switch
InputClutch interlock switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
116(SB)
Ground Stop lamp switch 1 Input — Battery voltage
118(BR)
Ground
Stop lamp switch 2 (Without ICC)
Input
Stop lamp switch
OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
Stop lamp switch 2 (With ICC)
Stop lamp switch OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) and ICC brake hold relay OFF
0 V
Stop lamp switch ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed) or ICC brake hold relay ON
Battery voltage
119(SB)
GroundDriver side door lock assembly (Unlock sensor)
Input Driver door
LOCK status(Unlock sensor switch OFF)
1.1 V
UNLOCK status(Unlock switch sensor ON)
0 V
121(SB)
Ground Key slot switch Input
When the Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot
12 V
When the Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot
0 V
123(W)
Ground IGN feedback Input Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0066GB
JPMIA0012GB
PWC-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
124(LG)
GroundPassenger door switch
InputPassenger door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
129(O)
GroundTrunk lid opener can-cel switch
InputTrunk lid open-er cancel switch
CANCEL
1.1 V
ON 0 V
132(V)
GroundPower window switch communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
10.2 V
Ignition switch OFF or ACC 12 V
133(L)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination
OutputPush-button ig-nition switch il-lumination
ON (Tail lamps OFF) 9.5 V
ON (Tail lamps ON)
NOTE:The pulse width of this wave is
varied by the illumination bright-ening/dimming level.
OFF 0 V
134(LG)
Ground LOCK indicator lamp OutputLOCK indicator lamp
OFF Battery voltage
ON 0 V
137(O)
GroundReceiver and sensor ground
Input Ignition switch ON 0 V
138(V)
GroundReceiver and sensor power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 5.0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0012GB
JPMIA0013GB
JPMIA0159GB
PWC-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >139(L)
GroundTire pressure receiv-er communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
Standby state
When receiving the signal from the transmitter
140(GR)
GroundSelector lever P/N position (A/T models)
Input Selector leverP or N position 12 V
Except P and N positions 0 V
141(R)
Ground Security indicator OutputSecurity indica-tor
ON 0 V
Blinking
11.3 V
OFF 12 V
142(BR)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 5
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST
10.7 V
Lighting switch HI
Lighting switch 2ND
Turn signal switch RH
143(V)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 1
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front wiper switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
OCC3881D
OCC3880D
JPMIA0014GB
JPMIA0031GB
JPMIA0032GB
PWC-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
144(G)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 2
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front washer switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
145(L)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 3
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch INT
10.7 V
Front wiper switch LO
Lighting switch AUTO
146(SB)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 4
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front fog lamp switch ON
10.7 V
Lighting switch 2ND
Lighting switch PASS
Turn signal switch LH
149(W)
GroundTire pressure warning check switch
Input — 12 V
150(R)
Ground Driver door switch InputDriver door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
151(G)
GroundRear window defog-ger relay control
OutputRear window defogger
Active 0 V
Not activated Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0033GB
JPMIA0034GB
JPMIA0035GB
JPMIA0011GB
PWC-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Wiring Diagram - BCM - INFOID:0000000004685550
JCMWM3046GB
PWC-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
JCMWM3047GB
PWC-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCMWM3048GB
PWC-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
JCMWM3049GB
PWC-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCMWM3050GB
PWC-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004685551
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCBCM performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected.
JCMWM3051GB
PWC-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2195: ANTI SCANNING Inhibit engine cranking Ignition switch ON → OFF
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED Inhibit steering lockWhen normal vehicle speed signals are received from ABS actua-tor and electric unit (control unit) for 500 ms
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Starter control relay signal• Starter relay status signal
B2601: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following signal reception status becomes consis-tent• Selector lever P position switch signal• P range signal (CAN)
B2602: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
5 seconds after the following BCM recognition conditions are ful-filled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)
B2604: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P and N position (battery volt-
age)- P range signal or N range signal (CAN): ON• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- P range signal and N range signal (CAN): OFF
B2605: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- Interlock/PNP switch signal (CAN): OFF• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P or N position (battery volt-
age)- PNP switch signal (CAN): ON
B2606: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
PWC-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONBCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status by the current value.BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn signallamp operating.NOTE:The blinking speed is normal while activating the hazard warning lamp.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000004685552
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following prioritychart.
B2607: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status has becomes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
B2608: STARTER RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following signal communication status becomes consistent• Starter motor relay control signal• Starter relay status signal (CAN)
B2609: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When the following steering lock conditions agree• BCM steering lock control status• Steering lock condition No. 1 signal status• Steering lock condition No. 2 signal status
B260A: IGNITION RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following conditions are fulfilled• IGN relay (IPDM E/R) control signal: OFF (Battery voltage)• Ignition ON signal (CAN to IPDM E/R): OFF (Request signal)• Ignition ON signal (CAN from IPDM E/R): OFF (Condition signal)
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOSTMaintains the power supply position attained at the time of DTC detection
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Power position changes to ACC• Receives engine status signal (CAN)
B2612: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Steering lock unit status signal (CAN) is received normally• The BCM steering lock control status matches the steering lock
status recognized by the steering lock unit status signal (CAN from IPDM E/R)
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the starter motor relay control inside BCM becomes normal
B2618: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control inside BCM be-comes normal
B2619: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the steering lock unit power supply output control in-side BCM becomes normal
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE Inhibit engine cranking BCM initialization
B26E8: CLUTCH SW Inhibit engine cranking
When any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): ON- Clutch interlock switch signal: OFF (0 V)• Status 2- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): OFF- Clutch interlock switch signal: ON (Battery voltage)
B26E9: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When BCM transmits the LOCK request signal to steering lock unit, and receives LOCK response signal from steering lock unit, the fol-lowing conditions are fulfilled• Steering condition No. 1 signal: LOCK (0 V)• Steering condition No. 2 signal: LOCK (Battery voltage)
Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
PWC-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Priority DTC
1 B2562: LOW VOLTAGE
2• U1000: CAN COMM• U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
3
• B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP• B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY• B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM• B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM• B2195: ANTI SCANNING
4
• B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L• B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM• B2553: IGNITION RELAY• B2555: STOP LAMP • B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B2557: VEHICLE SPEED• B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY• B2601: SHIFT POSITION• B2602: SHIFT POSITION• B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS• B2604: PNP SW• B2605: PNP SW• B2606: S/L RELAY• B2607: S/L RELAY• B2608: STARTER RELAY• B2609: S/L STATUS• B260A: IGNITION RELAY• B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST• B2612: S/L STATUS• B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC• B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC• B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC• B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC• B2618: BCM• B2619: BCM• B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B261E: VEHICLE TYPE• B26E8: CLUTCH SW• B26E9: S/L STATUS• B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION• C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR• U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG
PWC-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004685553
NOTE:The details of time display are as follows.• CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.• PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to PWC-11, "COM-MON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
5
• C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL• C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR• C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR• C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL• C1708: [NO DATA] FL• C1709: [NO DATA] FR• C1710: [NO DATA] RR• C1711: [NO DATA] RL• C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL• C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR• C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR• C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL• C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL• C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR• C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR• C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL• C1720: [CODE ERR] FL• C1721: [CODE ERR] FR• C1722: [CODE ERR] RR• C1723: [CODE ERR] RL• C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL• C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR• C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR• C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL• C1734: CONTROL UNIT
6• B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA
Priority DTC
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
No DTC is detected.further testingmay be required.
— — — — —
U1000: CAN COMM — — — — BCS-35
U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) — — — — BCS-36
U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG — — — — BCS-37
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L × × — — SEC-55
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM × × — — SEC-56
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP × — — — SEC-47
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY × — — — SEC-50
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-51
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-53
B2195: ANTI SCANNING × — — — SEC-54
B2553: IGNITION RELAY — × — — PCS-48
B2555: STOP LAMP — × — — SEC-59
PWC-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — SEC-61
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED × × × — SEC-63
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY × × × — SEC-64
B2562: LOW VOLTAGE — × — — BCS-38
B2601: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-65
B2602: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-68
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS × × × — SEC-70
B2604: PNP SW × × × — SEC-73
B2605: PNP SW × × × — SEC-75
B2606: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-77
B2607: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-78
B2608: STARTER RELAY × × × — SEC-80
B2609: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-82
B260A: IGNITION RELAY × × × — PCS-50
B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-86
B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-87
B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-88
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST × × × — SEC-89
B2612: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-94
B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-52
B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-54
B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-56
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC × × × — SEC-98
B2618: BCM × × × — PCS-58
B2619: BCM × × × — SEC-100
B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — PCS-59
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-101
B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-55
B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-57
B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-59
B26E8: CLUTCH SW × × × — SEC-90
B26E9: S/L STATUS × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-92
B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION — × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-93
C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL — — — ×
WT-17C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR — — — ×
C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR — — — ×
C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL — — — ×
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
PWC-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
C1708: [NO DATA] FL — — — ×
WT-19C1709: [NO DATA] FR — — — ×
C1710: [NO DATA] RR — — — ×
C1711: [NO DATA] RL — — — ×
C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-21C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR — — — ×
C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR — — — ×
C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL — — — ×
C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-24C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR — — — ×
C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR — — — ×
C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL — — — ×
C1720: [CODE ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-26C1721: [CODE ERR] FR — — — ×
C1722: [CODE ERR] RR — — — ×
C1723: [CODE ERR] RL — — — ×
C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL — — — ×
WT-29C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR — — — ×
C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR — — — ×
C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL — — — ×
C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR — — — × WT-32
C1734: CONTROL UNIT — — — × WT-33
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
PWC-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004555822
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
JMKIA1191ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage [V](Approx.)
+ - Signal name Input/Output
1(Y)
Ground Battery power supply Input — Battery voltage
5(O)
Ground Encoder power supply OutputWhen ignition switch ON or automatic window ad-justing operates
Battery voltage
8LHD(L)
RHD(GR)
GroundDriver side power window mo-tor UP signal
OutputWhen power window main switch (Driver side) is op-erated UP
Battery voltage
9LHD(LG)RHD(W)
Ground Encoder pulse signal 2 InputWhen power window mo-tor operates
10(SB)
Ground Ignition switch power signal InputIGN SW ON Battery voltage
IGN SW OFF 0
11LHD(BR)RHD(P)
GroundDriver side power window mo-tor DOWN signal
OutputWhen power window main switch (Driver side) is op-erated DOWN
Battery voltage
12(V)
Ground Power window serial linkInput/Output
Ignition switch ON
JMKIA0070GB
JPMIA0013GB
PWC-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
13(R)
Ground Encoder pulse signal 1 InputWhen power window mo-tor operates
14(G)
Ground Encoder ground — — 0
15(B)
Ground Ground — — 0
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage [V](Approx.)
+ - Signal name Input/Output
JMKIA0070GB
PWC-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004249779
JCKWM2145GB
PWC-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
JCKWM2146GB
PWC-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCKWM2147GB
PWC-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000004679448
FAIL-SAFE CONTROLSwitches to fail-safe control when malfunction is detected in encoder signal that detects up/down speed anddirection of door glass. Switches to fail-safe control when a signal that is out of the specified value is detectedbetween the fully closed position and the actual position of the glass.
JCKWM2148GB
PWC-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >In fail-safe control, the system changes to a non-initialized condition and the following function do not operate.• AUTO UP operation• Anti-pinch function• Automatic window adjusting function• Door key cylinder switch power window function
When fail-safe control is activated, perform initializing operation to recover. If a malfunction is detected inpower window switch or more, fail-safe control is activated again.
Malfunction Malfunction condition
Pulse sensor malfunctionWhen one pulse signal that is the specified value or more is detected continuously for the specified time or more, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Both pulse sensor mal-function
When both pulse signal are not detected continuously for the specified time or more, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Pulse direction malfunc-tion
When a pulse indicating that the window is moving in the opposite direction against the power win-dow motor is detected for the specified value or more, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Glass recognition position malfunction 1
When the actual door glass position that is out of the specified value is detected compared to the door glass fully closed position memorized in module, while door is being operated UP or DOWN.
Glass recognition position malfunction 2
When pulse count that is out of door glass full stroke value or more is detected, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Fully closed position up-date malfunction
When door glass is continuously operated UP and DOWN for the specified value or more without fully closing door glass (approximately 10 times or more).
PWC-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004555823
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JMKIA0134ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage [V](Approx.)
+ - Signal nameInput/Output
3(G)
Ground Encoder ground — — 0
4(O)
Ground Encoder power supply OutputWhen ignition switch ON or automatic window operates adjusting
Battery voltage
8LHD(L)
RHD(GR)
GroundPower window motorUP signal
OutputWhen power window motor isoperated UP
Battery voltage
9LHD(BR)RHD(P)
GroundPower window motor DOWN signal
OutputWhen power window motor isoperated DOWN
Battery voltage
10(SB)
Ground Battery power supply Input — Battery voltage
11(B)
Ground Ground — — 0
12(R)
Ground Encoder pulse signal 1 InputWhen power window motor operates
JMKIA0070GB
PWC-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >15LHD(LG)RHD(SB)
Ground Encoder pulse signal 2 InputWhen power window motor operates
16(Y)
Ground Power window serial linkInput/Output
Ignition switch ON
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage [V](Approx.)
+ - Signal nameInput/Output
JMKIA0070GB
JPMIA0013GB
PWC-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
Wiring Diagram - POWER WINDOW CONTROL SYSTEM - INFOID:0000000004249782
JCKWM2145GB
PWC-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCKWM2146GB
PWC-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
JCKWM2147GB
PWC-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000004679449
FAIL-SAFE CONTROLSwitches to fail-safe control when malfunction is detected in encoder signal that detects up/down speed anddirection of door glass. Switches to fail-safe control when a signal that is out of the specified value is detectedbetween the fully closed position and the actual position of the glass.
JCKWM2148GB
PWC-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
P
In fail-safe control, the system changes to a non-initialized condition and the following function do not operate.• AUTO UP operation• Anti-pinch function• Automatic window adjusting function• Door key cylinder switch power window function
When fail-safe control is activated, perform initializing operation to recover. If a malfunction is detected inpower window switch or more, fail-safe control is activated again.
Malfunction Malfunction condition
Pulse sensor malfunctionWhen one pulse signal that is the specified value or more is detected continuously for the specified time or more, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Both pulse sensor mal-function
When both pulse signal are not detected continuously for the specified time or more, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Pulse direction malfunc-tion
When a pulse indicating that the window is moving in the opposite direction against the power win-dow motor is detected for the specified value or more, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Glass recognition position malfunction 1
When the actual door glass position that is out of the specified value is detected compared to the door glass fully closed position memorized in module, while door is being operated UP or DOWN.
Glass recognition position malfunction 2
When pulse count that is out of door glass full stroke value or more is detected, while door glass is being operated UP or DOWN.
Fully closed position up-date malfunction
When door glass is continuously operated UP and DOWN for the specified value or more without fully closing door glass (approximately 10 times or more).
PWC-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOWS DO NOT OPERATE WITH ANY POWER WINDOW SWITCH-ES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISPOWER WINDOWS DO NOT OPERATE WITH ANY POWER WINDOWSWITCHES
Description INFOID:0000000004555606
All power windows do not operate via power window main switch and power window sub-switch.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555607
1.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check BCM power supply and ground circuit.Refer to PWC-13, "BCM : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer toGI-41, "Intermittent Incident" NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
P
DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000004555608
Driver side power window does not operate using power window main switch.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555609
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power window main switch power supply and ground circuit.Refer to PWC-13, "POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK DRIVER SIDE POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Check driver side power window motor. Refer to PWC-16, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-79Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATEWHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED
WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Description INFOID:0000000004555610
Passenger side power window operates using power window sub-switch but does not operate using powerwindow main switch.
WHEN POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis ProcedureINFOID:0000000004555611
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power window sub-switch power supply and ground circuit. Refer to PWC-14, "POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH SERIAL LINK CIRCUIT
Check power window sub-switch serial link circuit. Refer to PWC-26, "POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OPERATED
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OPERATED : Description INFOID:0000000004555612
Passenger side power window operates using power window main switch but not using power window sub-switch.
WHEN POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH IS OPERATED : Diagnosis ProcedureINFOID:0000000004555613
1.CHECK POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power window sub-switch power supply and ground circuit. Refer to PWC-14, "POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB-
PWC-80Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW ALONE DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
P
SWITCH : Description INFOID:0000000004555614
Passenger side power window operates using power window main switch and power window sub-switch.
WITH BOTH POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH AND POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555615
1.CHECK PASSENGER SIDE POWER WINDOW MOTOR
Check passenger side power window motor. Refer to PWC-17, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the measurement value within the specification?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-81Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004555616
Anti-pinch function does not operate when power window up operated.
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555617
1.CHECK AUTO UP OPERATION
Check AUTO UP operation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Refer to PWC-83, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Description INFOID:0000000004555618
Anit-pinch function does not operate when power window up operated.
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555619
1.CHECK AUTO UP OPERATION
Check AUTO UP operation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Refer to PWC-83, "PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-82Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATES NORMAL-LY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
P
AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE BUT MANUAL OPERATESNORMALLYDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555620
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Initialization procedure is performed and operation is confirmed.Refer to PWC-5, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : SpecialRepair Requirement".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENCODER (DRIVER SIDE) CIRCUIT
Check encoder (driver side) circuit. Refer to PWC-20, "DRIVER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555621
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Initialization procedure is performed and operation is confirmed.Refer to PWC-5, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : SpecialRepair Requirement".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENCODER (PASSENGER SIDE) CIRCUIT
Check encoder (passenger side) circuit. Refer to PWC-22, "PASSENGER SIDE : Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-83Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE NOR-MALLY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
POWER WINDOW RETAINED POWER FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATENORMALLY
Description INFOID:0000000004555622
Retained power function does not operate after ignition switch turns OFF.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555623
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check door switch. Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-84Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE POWER WINDOWS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
P
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH DOES NOT OPERATE POWER WIN-DOWS
Description INFOID:0000000004555624
Power window does not operate when locking or unlocking a door using door key cylinder.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555625
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Initialization procedure is executed and operation is confirmed.Refer to PWC-5, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : SpecialRepair Requirement".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DRIVER SIDE DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY (DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH)
Check driver side door lock assembly (door key cylinder switch).Refer to DLK-73, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-85Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >KEYLESS POWER WINDOW DOWN DOES NOT OPERATE
Description INFOID:0000000004555626
Power window down does not operate when pressing unlock button on Intelligent Key.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555627
1.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION
Check remote keyless entry function.Does door lock/unlock with Intelligent Key button?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Refer to DLK-169, "Description".
2.CHECK POWER WINDOW OPERATION
Check power window operation.Does power window operate up/down using power window main switch?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Refer to DLK-169, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK “PW DOWN SET” SETTING IN “WORK SUPPORT”
Check “PW DOWN SET” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.Refer to DLK-49, "INTELLIGENT KEY : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - INTELLIGENT KEY)".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Set “PW DOWN SET” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”.
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-86Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
P
POWER WINDOW LOCK SWITCH DOES NOT FUNCTION
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555628
1.REPLACE POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Replace power window main switch.
>> Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation".
PWC-87Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW SWITCH ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >POWER WINDOW SWITCH ILLUMINATION DOES NOT ILLUMINATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555629
1.REPLACE POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Replace power window main switch.
>> Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation".PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555630
1.REPLACE POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH
Replace power window sub-switch.
>> Refer to PWC-92, "Removal and Installation".
PWC-88Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AUTOMATIC WINDOW ADJUSTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
P
AUTOMATIC WINDOW ADJUSTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATEDRIVER SIDE
DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555631
1.CHECK AUTO UP OPERATION
Check AUTO UP operation.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Refer to PWC-83, "DRIVER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check door switch.Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK (POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH)
Check power window serial link (power window main switch)Refer to PWC-25, "POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH : Component Function Check"Is the result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PASSENGER SIDE
PASSENGER SIDE : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004555632
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Initialization procedure is performed and operation is confirmed.Refer to PWC-5, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : SpecialRepair Requirement".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check door switch.Refer to DLK-62, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK POWER WINDOW SERIAL LINK (POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH)
Check power window serial link (power window sub-switch)Refer to PWC-26, "POWER WINDOW SUB-SWITCH : Component Function Check"Is the result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts
PWC-89Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AUTOMATIC WINDOW ADJUSTING FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
PWC-90Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
WC
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
P
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004249798
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004249799
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
PWC-91Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONPOWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249800
REMOVAL1. Remove the door finisher.
Refer to INT-11, "Removal and Installation".2. Power window main switch (1) is removed from door finisher
using flat-bladed screw driver (A) etc.
CAUTION:Do not fold the pawl of power window main switch finisher.NOTE:The same procedure is also performed for power window sub-switch.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.NOTE:Power window main switch is exchanged or is detached it is necessary to do the initialization procedure.Refer to PWC-6, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-ment".
: Pawl
JMKIA3526ZZ
PWC-92Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
ELECTRICAL & POWER CONTROL
C
D
E
BSECTION PWO
A
POWER OUTLET
WO
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
O
P
N
CONTENTS
P
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .......................... 2
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ....................................... 2Wiring Diagram - CIGARETTE LIGHTER - ...............2
POWER SOCKET ............................................... 4Wiring Diagram - POWER SOCKET - .......................4
PRECAUTION ............................................... 6
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ...................................................................6
Precaution for Battery Service .................................. 6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 7
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ...................................... 7Exploded View .......................................................... 7Removal and Installation .......................................... 7
POWER SOCKET .............................................. 8Exploded View .......................................................... 8Removal and Installation .......................................... 8
PWO-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISCIGARETTE LIGHTER
Wiring Diagram - CIGARETTE LIGHTER - INFOID:0000000004247733
JCMWM3042GB
PWO-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WO
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3043GB
PWO-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SOCKET
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >POWER SOCKET
Wiring Diagram - POWER SOCKET - INFOID:0000000004247734
JCMWM3044GB
PWO-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WO
POWER SOCKET
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
JCMWM3045GB
PWO-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004685055
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004685056
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
PWO-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WO
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
B
A
O
P
N
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONCIGARETTE LIGHTER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004247737
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004247738
REMOVAL1. Remove console finisher assembly. Refer to IP-24, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove the screws (A) from reverse side cigarette lighter
socket (1).
3. Pull out cigarette lighter (1).
4. Pull out cigarette lighter socket (2) by pushing the cigarettelighter ring pawl (C) from the cigarette lighter socket hole(square) (B).
5. Remove cigarette lighter ring (3) from console finisher assemblywhile pressing pawls.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.NOTE:Align the cut outs of cigarette lighter socket and cigarette lighter ring.
1 : Cigarette lighter
2 : Cigarette lighter socket
3 : Cigarette lighter ring
JPMIA0494ZZ
JPMIA0493ZZ
A : Cut out
JPMIA0492ZZ
PWO-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SOCKET
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >POWER SOCKET
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004247739
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004247740
REMOVAL1. Remove rear upper console assembly (A/T models) or center console assembly (M/T models). Refer to
IP-24, "Removal and Installation".2. Disconnect power socket connector (A).
3. Pull out inner socket (2) by pushing the ring pawl (B) from theinner socket hole (square) (D).
4. Remove ring (1) from console box while pressing pawls.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal. NOTE:Align the cut outs of inner socket and ring.
1 : Ring
2 : Inner socket
JPLIA0098ZZ
C : Cut out
JPLIA0109ZZ
PWO-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE
C
E
SECTION RAXA
B
AX
RREAR AXLE
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
CONTENTS
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 2
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 2
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ......................................2
PRECAUTION ............................................... 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3Precautions for Drive Shaft .......................................3
PREPARATION ............................................ 4
PREPARATION ................................................... 4Special Service Tool .................................................4Commercial Service Tool ..........................................4
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 5
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING ................. 5Inspection ..................................................................5
REAR DRIVE SHAFT .......................................... 6
Inspection ................................................................. 6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 7
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING ................ 7Exploded View .......................................................... 7Removal and Installation .......................................... 8Inspection ................................................................. 9
REAR DRIVE SHAFT ........................................11Exploded View .........................................................11Removal and Installation .........................................11Disassembly and Assembly .....................................12Inspection ................................................................16
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................17
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................17
Wheel Bearing .........................................................17Drive Shaft ...............................................................17
RAX-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISNOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000004670155
Use chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×: Applicable
Reference page —
RA
X-1
6
—
RA
X-7
—
NV
H in
DLN
sec
tion.
NV
H in
DLN
sec
tion.
NV
H in
RA
X a
nd R
SU
sec
tions
.
Ref
er to
RE
AR
AX
LE in
this
cha
rt.
NV
H in
WT
sec
tion.
NV
H in
WT
sec
tion.
Ref
er to
DR
IVE
SH
AF
T in
this
cha
rt.
NV
H in
BR
sec
tion.
NV
H in
ST
sec
tion.
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Exc
essi
ve jo
int a
ngle
Join
t slid
ing
resi
stan
ce
Imba
lanc
e
Impr
oper
inst
alla
tion,
loos
enes
s
Par
ts in
terf
eren
ce
PR
OP
ELL
ER
SH
AF
T
DIF
FE
RE
NT
IAL
RE
AR
AX
LE A
ND
RE
AR
SU
SP
EN
SIO
N
RE
AR
AX
LE
TIR
E
RO
AD
WH
EE
L
DR
IVE
SH
AF
T
BR
AK
E
ST
EE
RIN
G
Symptom
DRIVE SHAFT
Noise × × × × × × × × × ×
Shake × × × × × × × × ×
REAR AXLE
Noise × × × × × × × × × ×
Shake × × × × × × × × ×
Vibration × × × × × × ×
Shimmy × × × × × × ×
Judder × × × × × ×
Poor quality ride or handling × × × × ×
RAX-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
R
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Drive Shaft INFOID:0000000004670156
• Observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling drive shaft.• Never disassemble joint sub-assembly because it is non-overhaul parts.• Perform work in a location which is as dust-free as possible.• Clean the parts, before disassembling and assembling.• Prevent the entry of foreign objects during disassembly of the service location.• Reassemble disassembled parts carefully in the correct order. If work is interrupted, a clean cover must be
placed over parts.• Use paper waste. Fabric shop cloths must not be used because of the danger of lint adhering to parts.• Clean disassembled parts (except for rubber parts) with kerosene which shall be removed by blowing with
air or wiping with paper waste.
RAX-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000004670157
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000004670158
Tool number (Kent-Moore No.)Tool name
Description
KV38100500( − )Drifta: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
Installing drive shaft plug
KV38102200( − )Drifta: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia.b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
Installing drive shaft plug
KV40107300( − )Boot band crimping tool
Installing boot band
ZZA0701D
ZZA0920D
ZZA1229D
Tool name Description
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
RAX-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
R
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEREAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670159
MOUNTING INSPECTIONMake sure the mounting conditions (looseness, back lash) of each component and component conditions(wear, damage) are normal.
WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION• Move wheel hub and bearing assembly in the axial direction by hand. Make sure there is no looseness of
wheel bearing.
• Rotate wheel hub and bearing assembly and make sure that is no unusual noise or other irregular condi-tions. If there is any of irregular conditions, replace wheel hub and bearing assembly.
StandardAxial end play : Refer to RAX-17, "Wheel Bearing".
RAX-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >REAR DRIVE SHAFT
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670160
• Check drive shaft mounting point and joint for looseness and other damage.• Check boot for cracks and other damage.
CAUTION:Replace entire drive shaft assembly when noise or vibration occurs from drive shaft.
RAX-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONREAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670161
WITHOUT ADJUSTING CAP AND SPRING WASHER FOR WHEEL HUB LOCK NUT
WITH ADJUSTING CAP AND SPRING WASHER FOR WHEEL HUB LOCK NUT
JPDIG0170GB
1. Ball seat 2. Bushing 3. Cotter pin
4. Axle housing 5. Back plate 6. Anchor block
7. Wheel hub and bearing assembly 8. Wheel hub lock nut
A. Tightening must be done following the installation procedure. Refer to RAX-8, "Removal and Installation".
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JPDIG0178GB
1. Ball seat 2. Bushing 3. Cotter pin
4. Axle housing 5. Back plate 6. Anchor block
7. Wheel hub and bearing assembly 8. Spring washer 9. Wheel hub lock nut
10. Adjusting cap
RAX-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005787944
REMOVAL
Wheel Hub and Bearing Assembly
1. Remove tire from vehicle with power tool.2. Remove caliper assembly. Hang caliper assembly in a place where it will not interfere with work. Refer to
BR-64, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View" (1 pistontype), BR-68, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 2 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View" (2piston type).CAUTION:Never depress brake pedal while brake caliper is removed.
3. Remove disc rotor. Refer to BR-65, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 1 PISTON TYPE): Removal and Installation" (1 piston type), BR-69, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 2PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation" (2 piston type).
4. Remove cotter pin and adjusting cap (if equipped), then loosen wheel hub lock nut with a power tool.5. Put matching mark (A) on drive shaft and wheel hub and bearing
assembly.
6. Patch wheel hub lock nut with a piece of wood. Hammer the wood to disengage wheel hub and bearingassembly from drive shaft. Take out the wheel hub lock nut and spring washer (if equipped).CAUTION:• Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle. Also be careful not to overextend slide joint.• Never allow drive shaft to hang down without support for counterpart such as joint sub-assem-
bly, and other parts.NOTE:Use a suitable puller, if the wheel hub and bearing assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated evenafter performing the above procedure.
7. Remove cotter pin, then loosen suspension arm mounting nut of axle housing.8. Remove the wheel hub and bearing assembly.
Axle Housing
1. Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly.2. Remove parking brake shoe and parking brake cable from back plate. Refer to PB-9, "Exploded View".3. Remove mounting nuts in stabilizer side of stabilizer connecting rod with power tool. Refer to RSU-21,
"Exploded View".4. Remove axle side nuts and bolts on radius rod. Refer to RSU-17, "Exploded View".5. Remove coil spring. Refer to RSU-8, "Exploded View".6. Set suitable jack under axle housing.7. Remove shock absorber mounting bolts and nuts (axle housing side) with power tool. Refer to RSU-11,
"Exploded View".8. Remove front lower link nuts and bolts (axle housing side), separate front lower link from axle housing.
Refer to RSU-19, "Exploded View".
A. Tightening must be done following the installation procedure. Refer to RAX-8, "Removal and Installation".
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JPDIG0121ZZ
RAX-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
9. Separate suspension arm from axle housing so as not to damage ball joint boot using ball joint remover,and then remove axle housing from the vehicle.CAUTION:• Temporarily tighten nuts to prevent damage to threads and to prevent the ball joint remover from
coming off.• Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle. Also be careful not to overextend slide joint.• Never allow drive shaft to hang down without support for counterpart such as joint sub-assem-
bly, and other parts.10. Remove anchor block mounting nuts, and then remove anchor block and back plate from axle housing.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Clean the matching surface of wheel hub lock nut and wheel hub and bearing assembly.
CAUTION:Never apply lubricating oil to these matching surface.
• Clean the matching surface of drive shaft and wheel hub and bear-ing assembly. And then apply paste [service parts (440037S000)]to surface (A) of joint sub-assembly of drive shaft.CAUTION:Apply paste to cover entire flat surface of joint sub-assemblyof drive shaft.
• Use the following torque range for tightening the wheel hub lock nut.
Without adjusting cap and spring washer
With adjusting cap and spring washer
CAUTION:• Since the drive shaft is assembled by press-fitting, use the tightening torque range for the wheel
hub lock nut.• Be sure to use torque wrench to tighten the wheel hub lock nut. Never use a power tool.NOTE:Wheel hub lock nut tightening torque does not over torque for avoiding axle noise, and does not less thantorque for avoiding looseness.
• Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removingwheel hub and bearing assembly and axle housing.
• When installing the spring washer, face the identification paint mark to the wheel hub and bearing assemblyside. (With adjusting cap and spring washer for wheel hub lock nut)
• When installing the adjusting cap, check that there must be no play. (With adjusting cap and spring washerfor wheel hub lock nut)
• Never reuse cotter pin, wheel hub lock nut, spring washer (if equipped), and bushing.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670163
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
Wheel Hub and Bearing AssemblyCheck the wheel hub and bearing assembly for wear, cracks, and damage. Replace if necessary.
Axle HousingCheck the axle housing for wear, cracks, and damage. Replace if necessary.
Ball Joint InspectionCheck for boot breakage, axial looseness, and torque of suspension arm ball joint. Refer to RSU-15, "Inspec-tion".
Amount paste 1.0 – 3.0 g (0.04 – 0.10 oz)
JPDIG0122ZZ
: 180 N·m (18.4 kg-m, 133 ft-lb) – 185 N·m (18.8 kg-m, 136 ft-lb)
: 100 N·m (10 kg-m, 74 ft-lb) – 105 N·m (11 kg-m, 77 ft-lb)
RAX-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR WHEEL HUB AND HOUSING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION• Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".• Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".• Adjust parking brake operation (stroke). Refer to PB-3, "PEDAL TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (pedal
type), PB-4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (lever type).
RAX-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670164
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005787960
REMOVAL1. Remove tire from vehicle with power tool.2. Remove cotter pin and adjusting cap (if equipped), then loosen wheel hub lock nut with power tool.3. Put matching mark (A) on drive shaft and wheel hub and bearing
assembly.4. Remove main muffler and center muffler. Refer to EX-5,
"Exploded View".5. Patch wheel hub lock nut with a piece of wood. Hammer the
wood to disengage wheel hub and bearing assembly from driveshaft. Take out the wheel hub lock nut and spring washer (ifequipped). CAUTION:• Never place drive shaft joint at an extreme angle. Also be
careful not to overextend slide joint.• Never allow drive shaft to hang down without support for
counterpart such as joint sub-assembly, and other parts.NOTE:Using a suitable puller if the wheel hub and bearing assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated evenafter performing the above procedure.
6. Remove mounting bolts between side flange and drive shaft.
1. Housing 2. Snap ring 3. Ball cage/steel ball/inner race as-sembly
4. Stopper ring 5. Boot band 6. Boot
7. Shaft 8. Circular clip 9. Joint sub-assembly
10. Dust shield
: Wheel side
1: NISSAN genuine grease or an equivalent.
2: Apply paste [service parts (440037S000)].
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols not described on the above.
JPDIG0172GB
JPDIG0121ZZ
RAX-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Clean the matching surface of wheel hub lock nut and wheel hub and bearing assembly.
CAUTION:Never apply lubricating oil to these matching surface.
• Clean the matching surface of drive shaft and wheel hub and bear-ing assembly. And then apply paste [service parts (440037S000)]to surface (A) of joint sub-assembly of drive shaft.CAUTION:Apply paste to cover entire flat surface of joint sub-assemblyof drive shaft.
• Use the following torque range for tightening the wheel hub lock nut.
Without adjusting cap and spring washer
With adjusting cap and spring washer
CAUTION:• Since the drive shaft is assembled by press-fitting, use the tightening torque range for the wheel
hub lock nut.• Be sure to use torque wrench to tighten the wheel hub lock nut. Never use a power tool.NOTE:Wheel hub lock nut tightening torque does not over torque for avoiding axle noise, and does not less thantorque for avoiding looseness.
• Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removingwheel hub and bearing assembly and axle housing.
• When installing the spring washer, face the identification paint mark to the wheel hub and bearing assemblyside. (With adjusting cap and spring washer for wheel hub lock nut)
• When installing the adjusting cap, check that there must be no play. (With adjusting cap and spring washerfor wheel hub lock nut)
• Never reuse cotter pin, wheel hub lock nut, and spring washer (if equipped).
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000004670166
DISASSEMBLY
Rear Final Drive Side
1. Fix shaft with a vise.CAUTION:Protect shaft when fixing with a vise using aluminum or copper plates.
2. Remove boot bands, and then remove boot from housing.3. Put matching marks on housing and shaft.
CAUTION:Use paint or similar substance for matching marks. Never scratch the surface.
Amount paste 1.0 – 3.0 g (0.04 – 0.10 oz)
JPDIG0122ZZ
: 180 N·m (18.4 kg-m, 133 ft-lb) – 185 N·m (18.8 kg-m, 136 ft-lb)
: 100 N·m (10 kg-m, 74 ft-lb) – 105 N·m (11 kg-m, 77 ft-lb)
RAX-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
4. Remove stopper ring with suitable tool, and pull out housing.
5. Put matching marks on ball cage/steel ball/inner race assembly and shaft.CAUTION:Use paint or similar substance for matching marks. Never scratch the surface.
6. Remove snap ring, then remove ball cage/steel ball/inner raceassembly from shaft.
7. Remove boot from shaft.
Wheel Side
1. Remove dust shield from drive shaft.2. Fix shaft with a vise.
CAUTION:Protect shaft when fixing with a vise using aluminum or copper plates.
3. Remove boot bands. Then remove boot from joint sub-assembly.4. Screw the drive shaft puller (A) 30 mm (1.18 in) or more into the
thread of joint sub-assembly, and pull joint sub-assembly with asliding hammer (B) from shaft.CAUTION:• If joint sub-assembly cannot be removed after five or
more unsuccessful attempts, replace shaft and joint subassembly as a set.
• Align sliding hammer and drive shaft and remove them bypulling directory.
5. Remove circular clip from shaft.6. Remove boot from shaft.
ASSEMBLY
Rear Final Drive Side
1. Remove old grease on housing with paper paste.2. Install new boot and boot band to shaft.
CAUTION:• Wrap serrated part of shaft with tape to protect from damage.• Never reuse boot and boot band.
3. Remove the tape wrapped around the serrated on shaft.
SRA249A
SFA514A
JPDIF0015ZZ
RAX-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >4. Install ball cage/steel ball/inner race assembly (1) to shaft (2),and secure them tightly with a snap ring (3).CAUTION:Never reuse snap ring.NOTE:Align matching marks painted when ball cage/steel ball/innerrace assembly were removed.
5. Apply the appropriate amount of grease onto housing and slidsurface.NOTE:Align matching marks painted when housing were removed.
6. Install stopper ring to housing.7. After installed, pull shaft to check engagement between housing and stopper ring.8. Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by “*” marks) shown
in the figure.CAUTION:If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by“*” marks) of shaft or housing, boot may come off. Removeall grease from the surfaces.
9. To prevent the deformation of the boot, adjust the boot installa-tion length (L) to the value shown below by inserting the suitabletool into the inside of boot from the large diameter side of bootand discharging inside air.
CAUTION:• If the boot installation length is outside the standard, it may cause breakage of boot.• Be careful not to touch the inside of the boot with the tip of tool.
10. Install new boot bands securely.CAUTION:Never reuse boot band.
a. For one-touch clamp bandi. Secure large and small ends of boot with new boot bands as
shown in the figure.
b. For low profile type band
StandardGrease amount : Refer to RAX-17, "Drive
Shaft".
StandardBoots installed length (L)
: Refer to RAX-17, "Drive Shaft".
JPDIG0004ZZ
JPDIF0223ZZ
PDIA1188J
RAX-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
i. Put boot band in the groove on drive shaft boot. Then fit pawls( ) into holes to temporary installation.NOTE:For the large diameter side, fit projection (A) and guide slit (B) atfirst.
ii. Pinch projection on the band with suitable pliers to tighten band.iii. Insert tip of band below end of the pawl.
11. Secure housing and shaft, and then make sure that they are in the correct position when rotating boot.Install them with new boot band when the mounting positions become incorrect.
Wheel Side
1. Clean old grease on joint sub-assembly with paper waste.2. Apply the specified amount of grease into joint sub-assembly serration hole until grease begins to ooze
from ball groove and serration hole.CAUTION:After applying grease, use a paper waste to wipe off old grease that has oozed out.
3. Install new boot and boot band to shaft.CAUTION:• Wrap serrated part of shaft with tape to protect from damage.• Never reuse boot and boot band.
4. Remove the tape wrapped around the serrated on shaft.5. Position circular clip on groove at the shaft edge.
CAUTION:Never reuse circular clip.NOTE:Drive joint inserter is recommended when installing circular clip.
6. Align both center axles of the shaft edge and joint sub-assembly. Then assemble shaft with circular clipjoint sub-assembly.
7. Install joint sub-assembly to shaft using plastic hammer.CAUTION:Confirm that joint sub-assembly is correctly engaged whilerotating drive shaft.
8. Apply the balance of the specified amount of grease into theboot inside from large diameter side of boot.
SDIA3557E
SDIA3558E
StandardGrease amount : Refer to RAX-17, "Drive
Shaft".RAC0049D
RAX-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR DRIVE SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >9. Install the boot securely into grooves (indicated by “*” marks)shown in the figure.CAUTION:If grease adheres to the boot mounting surface (with “*”mark) on the shaft or housing, boot may come off. Removeall grease from the surfaces.
10. To prevent the deformation of the boot, adjust the boot installa-tion length (L) to the specified value shown below by insertingthe suitable tool into inside of the boot from the large diameterside of boot and discharging the inside air.
CAUTION:• If the boot installation length is outside the standard, it may cause breakage of boot.• Be careful not to touch the inside of the boot with the tip of tool.
11. Secure the large and small ends of the boot with boot bandsusing the boot band crimping tool (A) [SST: KV40107300 ( −
)].
NOTE:Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets the specificationas shown in the figure.
12. Secure joint sub-assembly and shaft, and then make sure thatthey are in the correct position when rotating boot. Install themwith boot band when boot installation positions become incor-rect.
13. Install dust shield to drive shaft.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670167
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL• Move joint up/down, left/right, and in the axial direction. Check for any rough movement or significant loose-
ness.• Check boot for cracks or other damage, and also for grease leak-
age.• If a malfunction is found, disassemble drive shaft, and then replace
with new one.
StandardBoots installed length (L)
: Refer to RAX-17, "Drive Shaft".
JPDIF0222ZZ
PDIA1187J
Dimension “M” : 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in)
DSF0047D
RAA0030D
RAX-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
C
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
AX
N
O
P
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
R
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Wheel Bearing INFOID:0000000004670168
Drive Shaft INFOID:0000000004670169
Item Standard
Axial end play 0.05 mm (0.002 in) or less
Item Standard
Joint Wheel side Final drive side
Grease quantity 110 – 120 g (3.38 – 4.23 oz) 124 – 134 g (4.37 – 4.73 oz)
Boots installed length 150.68 mm (5.93 in) 155 mm (6.10 in)
RAX-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BODY EXTERIOR, DOORS, ROOF & VEHICLE SECURITY
C
D
E
SECTION RFA
B
ROOF
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
F
N
O
P
CONTENTS
R
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 3
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .......... 3WorkFlow ..................................................................3
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ..................... 4
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT ..........................................................4
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description ..................................4ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .......4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .............................. 5
SUNROOF SYSTEM ........................................... 5System Diagram .......................................................5System Description ...................................................5Component Parts Location ......................................6Component Description ............................................6
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM) ............................. 7
COMMON ITEM ...........................................................7COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) .......................................................7
RETAIND PWR ............................................................8RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR) .....................................................8
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS .......................... 9
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ....... 9
BCM .............................................................................9BCM : Diagnosis Procedure ......................................9
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY ................................9SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis Procedure ................................................9
SUNROOF SWITCH ...........................................11
Description ...............................................................11Component Function Check ..................................11Diagnosis Procedure ..............................................11Component Inspection .............................................12
DOOR SWITCH .................................................13Description ...............................................................13Component Function Check ..................................13Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................13Component Inspection .............................................14
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ..............15
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .................15Reference Value ......................................................15Wiring Diagram - BCM - ..........................................38Fail-safe ...................................................................43DTC Inspection Priority Chart ...............................45DTC Index ...............................................................47
SUNROOF SYSTEM .........................................50
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY ..............................50SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Reference Val-ue .............................................................................50SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Wiring Dia-gram - SUNROOF CONTROL SYSTEM - ...............51
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ..............................55
SUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE PROPER-LY ......................................................................55
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................55
AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE ....56Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................56
DOES NOT STOP FULLY-OPEN OR FULLY-CLOSED POSITION ..........................................57
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................57
RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY .....................................58
RF-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
SUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION ............................................. 59
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAG-NOSES ............................................................... 60
Work Flow ............................................................... 60Inspection Procedure .............................................. 62Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................. 64
PRECAUTION ............................................. 66
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 66Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ................................................................. 66Service Notice ........................................................ 66Precaution for Work ................................................ 66
PREPARATION ........................................... 68
PREPARATION ................................................. 68Special Service Tool ............................................... 68Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 68
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 69
SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY ........................... 69Exploded View ........................................................ 69Removal and Installation ......................................... 70Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 71
GLASS LID ........................................................ 72Exploded View ........................................................ 72Removal and Installation ......................................... 73Adjustment .............................................................. 73
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY ...................... 75Exploded View ........................................................ 75Removal and Installation ......................................... 76
SUNSHADE ....................................................... 77Exploded View ........................................................ 77Removal and Installation ......................................... 77
RF-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< BASIC INSPECTION >
R
BASIC INSPECTIONDIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
WorkFlow INFOID:0000000004249801
DETAILED FLOW
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM
Interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information (conditions and environment when the malfunc-tion occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings the vehicle in.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPRODUCE THE MALFUNCTION INFORMATION
Check the malfunction on the vehicle that the customer describes.Inspect the relation of the symptoms and the condition when the symptoms occur.
>> GO TO 3.
3.IDENTIFY THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH “SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS”
Use “Symptom diagnosis” from the symptom inspection result in step 2 and then identify where to start per-forming the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 4.
4.IDENTIFY THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS WITH “COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS”
Perform the diagnosis with “Component diagnosis” of the applicable system.
>> GO TO 5.
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the specified malfunctioning parts.
>> GO TO 6.
6.FINAL CHECK
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,referring to the symptom inspection result in step 2.Are the malfunctions corrected?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 3.
RF-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION >INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENTADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : DescriptionINFOID:0000000004249802
MEMORY RESET PROCEDURE1. Please observe the following instructions at confirming the sunroof operation.
NOTE:Do not disconnect the electronic power while the sunroof is operating or within 5 seconds after the sunroofstops (to wipe-out the memory of lid position and operating friction.)
2. Initialization of system should be conducted after the following conditions.• When the sunroof motor is changed.• When the sunroof does not operate normally. (Incomplete initialization conditions)
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-quirement INFOID:0000000004249803
INITIALIZATION PROCEDUREIf the sunroof does not close or open automatically, use the following procedure to return sunroof operation tonormal.1. Press the tilt up switch and start the tilt up operation.2. Release the tilt up switch once, press the tilt up switch again, press and hold the switch until lid pops up.3. The glass lid will more toward tilt up direction and will be stopped mechanically, and then it will be auto-
matically fully closed. (press and hold the switch during this operation)4. Release the switch again, and press the tilt up switch within the first 10 seconds. (press and hold the
switch)5. After 4 seconds, the glass lid will be automatically operated in sequence of tilt down, slide open and slide
close.6. After the glass lid stops, release the switch 0.5 second later. (press and hold the switch during this opera-
tion)7. If slide switch operates normally, this initialization is done.
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION1. Full open the sunroof.2. Place a piece of wood near fully closed position.3. Close the sunroof completely with auto-slide close.Check that sunroof lowers for approximately 150 mm (5.91in) with out pinching a piece of wood and stops.CAUTION:• Do not check with hands and other part of body because they may be pinched. Do not get pinched.• Depending on environment and driving conditions, if a similar impact or lord is applied to the sun-
roof it may lower.• Check that auto-slide operates before inspection when system initialization is performed.• Perform initial setting when auto-slide operation or anti-pinch function does not operate normally.
RF-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
R
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONSUNROOF SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000004249804
SUNROOF
System Description INFOID:0000000004249805
SUNROOF OPERATION• Sunroof motor assembly operates with the power supply that is output from BCM while ignition switch is ON
or retained power is operating.• Tilt up/down & slide open/close signals from sunroof switch enables operate sunroof motor to move arbi-
trarily.• Sunroof motor assembly receives a vehicle speed signal from unified meter and A/C amp. and controls the
sunroof motor torque of tilt-down at the time of high speed operation.
AUTO OPERATIONSunroof AUTO feature makes it possible to slide open and slide close or tilt up and tilt down the sunroof with-out holding the sunroof switch in the slide open/tilt down or slide close/tilt up position.
RETAINED POWER OPERATION • Retained power operation is an additional power supply function that enables sunroof system to operate for
45 seconds period of time even when ignition switch is turned OFF.
Retained power function cancel conditions• Front door CLOSE (door switch OFF)→OPEN (door switch ON).• When ignition switch is ON again.• When timer time passes. (45 seconds)
ANTI-PINCH FUNCTIONThe CPU of sunroof motor assembly monitors the sunroof motor operation and the sunroof position (fully-closed or other) by the signals from sunroof motor.When sunroof motor detects an interruption during the following slide close and tilt down operation, sunroofswitch controls the motor for open. And then the sunroof will operate until full up position (when tilt down oper-ate) or 150 mm (5.91 in) or more in an open direction (when slide close operate):• close operation and tilt down when ignition switch is in the “ON” position
JMKIA1208GB
RF-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SYSTEM
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000004249806
Component Description INFOID:0000000004249807
1. BCM M118,M119,M123 2. Sunroof motor assembly R4 3. Unified meter and A/C amp. M66
4. Sunroof switch R16 5. Driver side door switch B16
A. View with dash side finisher RH re-moved
B. View with headlining removed C. Behind cluster lid C
JMKIA1123ZZ
Component Function
BCM• Supplies the power supply to sunroof motor assembly.• Controls retained power.
Sunroof switch Transmits tilt up/down & slides open/close operation signal to sunroof motor assembly.
Sunroof motor assemblyIt is sunroof motor and CPU integrated type that enables tilt up/down & slide open/close by sun-roof switch operation.
Door switch Detects door open/close condition and transmits to BCM.
Unified meter and A/C amp. Transmits vehicle speed signal to sunroof motor assembly.
RF-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >
R
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)COMMON ITEM
COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM) INFOID:0000000004249808
APPLICATION ITEMCONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with BCM.
SYSTEM APPLICATIONBCM can perform the following functions for each system.NOTE:It can perform the diagnosis modes except the following for all sub system selection items.
×: Applicable item
*: This item is displayed, but is not used.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD) AND IGN COUNTER
Freeze Frame DataThe BCM records the following condition at the moment a particular DTC is detected.• Vehicle Speed• Odo/Trip Meter
Diagnosis mode Function Description
Work Support Changes the setting for each system function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the diagnosis results judged by BCM.
CAN Diag Support MonitorMonitors the reception status of CAN communication viewed from BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III opera-tion manual.
Data Monitor The BCM input/output signals are displayed.
Active Test The signals used to activate each device are forcibly supplied from BCM.
Ecu Identification The BCM part number is displayed.
Configuration This function is not used even though it is displayed.
System Sub system selection itemDiagnosis mode
Work Support Data Monitor Active Test
Door lock DOOR LOCK × × ×
Rear window defogger REAR DEFOGGER × ×
Warning chime BUZZER × ×
Interior room lamp timer INT LAMP × × ×
Exterior lamp HEAD LAMP × × ×
Wiper and washer WIPER × × ×
Turn signal and hazard warning lamps FLASHER × × ×
— AIR CONDITONER* ×
Intelligent Key system INTELLIGENT KEY × × ×
Combination switch COMB SW ×
Body control system BCM ×
IVIS - NATS IMMU × ×
Interior room lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × ×
Trunk open TRUNK ×
Vehicle security system THEFT ALM × × ×
RAP system RETAINED PWR ×
Signal buffer system SIGNAL BUFFER × ×
TPMS TPMS (AIR PRESSURE MONITOR) × × ×
RF-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (BCM)
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION >• Vehicle Condition (BCM detected condition)IGN CounterIGN counter indicates the number of times that ignition switch is turned ON after DTC is detected.• The number is 0 when a malfunction is detected now.• The number increases like 1 → 2 → 3...38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever ignition
switch OFF → ON.• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.RETAIND PWR
RETAIND PWR : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - RETAINED PWR) INFOID:0000000004249809
Data monitor
CONSULT screen terms Description
SLEEP>LOCKWhile turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”)
SLEEP>OFFWhile turning BCM status from low power consumption mode to normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.)
LOCK>ACC While turning power supply position from “LOCK” to “ACC”
ACC>ON While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “IGN”
RUN>ACCWhile turning power supply position from “RUN” to “ACC” (Vehicle is stopping and selector lever is except P position.)
CRANK>RUNWhile turning power supply position from “CRANKING” to “RUN” (From cranking up the en-gine to run it)
RUN>URGENT While turning power supply position from “RUN“ to “ACC” (Emergency stop operation)
ACC>OFF While turning power supply position from “ACC” to “OFF”
OFF>LOCK While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “LOCK”
OFF>ACC While turning power supply position from “OFF” to “ACC”
ON>CRANK While turning power supply position from “IGN” to “CRANKING”
OFF>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply position is “OFF”.) to low power consumption mode
LOCK>SLEEPWhile turning BCM status from normal mode (Power supply position is “LOCK”.) to low pow-er consumption mode
LOCK Power supply position is “LOCK” (Ignition switch OFF with steering is locked.)
OFF Power supply position is “OFF” (Ignition switch OFF with steering is unlocked.)
ACC Power supply position is “ACC” (Ignition switch ACC)
ON Power supply position is “IGN” (Ignition switch ON with engine stopped)
ENGINE RUN Power supply position is “RUN” (Ignition switch ON with engine running)
CRANKING Power supply position is “CRANKING” (At engine cranking)
Monitor Item Description
DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver side door switch.
DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of passenger side door switch.
RF-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
R
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSISPOWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITBCM
BCM : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249810
1.CHECK FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK
Check that the following fuse and fusible link are not blown.
Is the fuse fusing?YES >> Replace the blown fuse or fusible link after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse or fusible link is
blown.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connectors.3. Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the measurement value normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair the harness or connector.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Does continuity exist?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Repair the harness or connector.
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249811
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sunroof motor assembly connector.3. Turn ignition switch ON.4. Check voltage between sunroof motor assembly harness connector and ground.
Terminal No. Signal name Fuse and fusible link No.
1Battery power supply
K (40 A)
11 10 (10 A)
(+)
(−)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M118 1Ground Battery voltage
M119 11
BCM
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
M119 13 Existed
RF-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SUNROOF MOTOR CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect BCM connector.3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and sunroof motor assembly harness connector.
4. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-81, "Removal and Installation".NO >> Repair or replace the harness.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the harness.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
(+)
(–)Voltage (V)(Approx.)
Sunroof motor assembly
Connector Terminal
R47
Ground Battery voltage9
BCM Sunroof motor assemblyContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M1182
R47
Existed3 9
BCM
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
M1182
Not existed3
Sunroof motor assembly
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
R4 10 Existed
RF-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
R
SUNROOF SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000004249812
• Sunroof motor assembly is sunroof motor and CPU integrated type.• Tilts up/down & slides open/close by sunroof switch operation.• In order to close sunroof lid certainly with the signal from unified meter and A/C amp. at the time of high
speed run, the sunroof motor torque at the time of tilt-down operation is controlled.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004249813
1.CHECK SUNROOF MOTOR FUNCTION
Check tilt up/down & slide open/close operations with sunroof switch.Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Sunroof motor function is OK.NO >> Refer to RF-11, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249814
1.CHECK SUNROOF SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch ON.2. Check voltage between sunroof motor assembly harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SUNROOF SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sunroof motor assembly connector and sunroof switch connector.3. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly harness connector and sunroof switch harness con-
nector.
4. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.
(+)
(–) ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
Sunroof motor assembly
Connector Terminal
R4
5
Ground
Sunroof switch is operatedTILT DOWN or SLIDE OPEN
0
Other than above Battery voltage
1
Sunroof switch is operated TILT UP or SLIDE CLOSE
0
Other than above Battery voltage
Sunroof motor assembly Sunroof switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
R45
R161
Existed1 3
Sunroof motor assembly
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
R45
Not existed1
RF-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >NO >> Repair or the replace harness.3.CHECK SUNROOF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between sunroof switch harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Refer to RF-12, "Component Inspection".NO >> Repair or replace the harness.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004249815
SUNROOF SWITCH
1.CHECK SUNROOF SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect sunroof switch connector.3. Check continuity sunroof switch terminals.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace sunroof switch (built in map lamp assembly).
Sunroof switch
GroundContinuity
Connector Terminal
R16 2 Existed
Terminal Condition Continuity
1
2
Sunroof switch is operated TILT DOWN or SLIDE OPEN
Existed
Other than above Not existed
3
Sunroof switch is operatedTILT UP or SLIDE CLOSE
Existed
Other than above Not existed
RF-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR SWITCH
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >
R
DOOR SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000004249816
Detects door open/close condition.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000004249817
1.CHECK FUNCTION
With CONSULT-IIICheck door switches (“DOOR SW-DR”, “DOOR SW-AS”) in Data Monitor” mode with CONSULT-III.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> Door switch is OK.NO >> Refer to RF-13, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249818
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Check signal between BCM harness connector and ground with oscilloscope.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect BCM connector and door switch connector.2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and door switch harness connector.
Monitor item Condition
DOOR SW-DRCLOSE → OPEN: OFF → ON
DOOR SW-AS
(+)
(–) Door conditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
BCM
Connector Terminal
M123
150
Ground
Driver side
OPEN 0
CLOSE
124 Passenger side
OPEN 0
CLOSE
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0011GB
RF-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOOR SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS >3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and door switch.
3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Refer to RF-14, "Component Inspection".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Replace malfunctioning door switch. Refer to DLK-237, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000004249819
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.2. Disconnect door switch connector.3. Check continuity between door switch terminal and ground.
Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> Replace malfunctioning door switch. Refer to DLK-237, "Removal and Installation".
BCM Door switchContinuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M123150 B16 (Driver side)
2 Existed124 B216 (Passenger side)
BCM
Ground
Continuity Connector Terminal
M123150
Not existed124
TerminalDoor switch condition Continuity
Door switch
2 Ground part of door switchPressed Not existed
Released Existed
RF-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATIONBCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000004685544
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
FR WIPER HIOther than front wiper switch HI Off
Front wiper switch HI On
FR WIPER LOWOther than front wiper switch LO Off
Front wiper switch LO On
FR WASHER SWFront washer switch OFF Off
Front washer switch ON On
FR WIPER INTOther than front wiper switch INT Off
Front wiper switch INT On
FR WIPER STOPFront wiper is not in STOP position Off
Front wiper is in STOP position On
INT VOLUME Wiper intermittent dial is in a dial position 1 - 7Wiper intermittent dial
position
TURN SIGNAL ROther than turn signal switch RH Off
Turn signal switch RH On
TURN SIGNAL LOther than turn signal switch LH Off
Turn signal switch LH On
TAIL LAMP SWOther than lighting switch 1ST and 2ND Off
Lighting switch 1ST or 2ND On
HI BEAM SWOther than lighting switch HI Off
Lighting switch HI On
HEAD LAMP SW 1Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
HEAD LAMP SW 2Other than lighting switch 2ND Off
Lighting switch 2ND On
PASSING SWOther than lighting switch PASS Off
Lighting switch PASS On
AUTO LIGHT SWOther than lighting switch AUTO Off
Lighting switch AUTO On
FR FOG SWFront fog lamp switch OFF Off
Front fog lamp switch ON On
RR FOG SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-DRDriver door closed Off
Driver door opened On
DOOR SW-ASPassenger door closed Off
Passenger door opened On
DOOR SW-RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
RF-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >DOOR SW-RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
DOOR SW-BKNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CDL LOCK SWOther than power door lock switch LOCK Off
Power door lock switch LOCK On
CDL UNLOCK SWOther than power door lock switch UNLOCK Off
Power door lock switch UNLOCK On
KEY CYL LK-SWOther than driver door key cylinder LOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder LOCK position On
KEY CYL UN-SWOther than driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position Off
Driver door key cylinder UNLOCK position On
KEY CYL SW-TRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
HAZARD SWHazard switch is OFF Off
Hazard switch is ON On
REAR DEF SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
H/L WASH SWNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
TR CANCEL SWTrunk lid opener cancel switch OFF Off
Trunk lid opener cancel switch ON On
TR/BD OPEN SWTrunk lid opener switch OFF Off
While the trunk lid opener switch is turned ON On
TRNK/HAT MNTRTrunk lid closed Off
Trunk lid opened On
RKE-LOCKLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
LOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-UNLOCKUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-TR/BDTRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
TRUNK OPEN button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-PANICPANIC button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
PANIC button of the Intelligent Key is pressed On
RKE-P/W OPENUNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed Off
UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held On
RKE-MODE CHG
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is not pressed and held simulta-neously
Off
LOCK/UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key is pressed and held simultaneously On
OPTICAL SENSORBright outside of the vehicle Close to 5 V
Dark outside of the vehicle Close to 0 V
REQ SW -DRDriver door request switch is not pressed Off
Driver door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -ASPassenger door request switch is not pressed Off
Passenger door request switch is pressed On
REQ SW -RRNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
RF-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
REQ SW -RLNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
REQ SW -BD/TRTrunk lid opener request switch is not pressed Off
Trunk lid opener request switch is pressed On
PUSH SWPush-button ignition switch (push switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY2 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
ACC RLY -F/BNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Off
CLUCH SWThe clutch pedal is not depressed Off
The clutch pedal is depressed On
BRAKE SW 1
The brake pedal is depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown Off
The brake pedal is not depressed when No. 7 fuse is blown, or No. 7 fuse is nor-mal
On
BRAKE SW 2The brake pedal is not depressed Off
The brake pedal is depressed On
DETE/CANCL SW
• Selector lever in P position (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in any position other than P (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
On
SFT PN/N SWSelector lever in any position other than P and N Off
Selector lever in P or N position On
S/L -LOCKSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L -UNLOCKSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
UNLK SEN -DRDriver door is unlocked Off
Driver door is locked On
PUSH SW -IPDMPush-button ignition switch (push-switch) is not pressed Off
Push-button ignition switch (push-switch) is pressed On
IGN RLY1 -F/BIgnition switch in OFF or ACC position Off
Ignition switch in ON position On
DETE SW -IPDMSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT PN -IPDM
• Selector lever in any position other than P and N (Except M/T models)• The clutch pedal is not depressed (M/T models)
Off
• Selector lever in P or N position• The clutch pedal is depressed
On
SFT P -METSelector lever in any position other than P Off
Selector lever in P position On
SFT N -METSelector lever in any position other than N Off
Selector lever in N position On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
RF-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >ENGINE STATE
Engine stopped Stop
While the engine stalls Stall
At engine cranking Crank
Engine running Run
S/L LOCK-IPDMSteering is unlocked Off
Steering is locked On
S/L UNLK-IPDMSteering is locked Off
Steering is unlocked On
S/L RELAY-REQ
Steering lock system is not the LOCK condition and the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
Off
Steering lock system are not the LOCK condition or the changing condition from LOCK to UNLOCK
On
VEH SPEED 1 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
VEH SPEED 2 While drivingEquivalent to speed-
ometer reading
DOOR STAT-DR
Driver door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Driver door is unlocked UNLOCK
DOOR STAT-AS
Passenger door is locked LOCK
Wait with selective UNLOCK operation (60 seconds) READY
Passenger door is unlocked UNLOCK
ID OK FLAGSteering is locked Reset
Steering is unlocked Set
PRMT ENG STRTThe engine start is prohibited Reset
The engine start is permitted Set
PRMT RKE STRTNOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
Reset
KEY SW -SLOTThe Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot Off
The Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot On
RKE OPE COUN1 During the operation of the Intelligent KeyOperation frequency of
the Intelligent Key
RKE OPE COUN2NOTE:The item is indicated, but not monitored.
—
CONFRM ID ALL
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by any key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID4
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the fourth key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the fourth key ID registered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID3
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the third key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the third key ID registered to BCM.
Done
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
RF-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
CONFIRM ID2
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the second key ID reg-istered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the second key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Done
CONFIRM ID1
The key ID that the key slot receives is not recognized by the first key ID regis-tered to BCM.
Yet
The key ID that the key slot receives is recognized by the first key ID registered to BCM.
Done
TP 4The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of fourth Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 3The ID of third Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of third Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 2The ID of second Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of second Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
TP 1The ID of first Intelligent Key is not registered to BCM Yet
The ID of first Intelligent Key is registered to BCM Done
AIR PRESS FL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front LH
tire
AIR PRESS FR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of front RH
tire
AIR PRESS RR Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear RH
tire
AIR PRESS RL Ignition switch ON (Only when the signal from the transmitter is received)Air pressure of rear LH
tire
ID REGST FL1ID of front LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST FR1ID of front RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of front RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RR1ID of rear RH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear RH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
ID REGST RL1ID of rear LH tire transmitter is registered Done
ID of rear LH tire transmitter is not registered Yet
WARNING LAMPTire pressure indicator OFF Off
Tire pressure indicator ON On
BUZZERTire pressure warning alarm is not sounding Off
Tire pressure warning alarm is sounding On
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status
RF-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JPMIA0062ZZ
RF-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
1(W)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
2(Y)
GroundP/W power supply (BAT)
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
3(O)
GroundP/W power supply (RAP)
Output Ignition switch ON 12 V
4(LG)
GroundInterior room lamp power supply
Output
Interior room lamp battery saver is activated.(Cuts the interior room lamp power supply)
0 V
Interior room lamp battery saver is not acti-vated.(Outputs the interior room lamp power sup-ply)
12 V
5(P)
GroundPassenger door UN-LOCK
OutputPassenger door
UNLOCK (Actuator is acti-vated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK (Ac-tuator is not activated)
0 V
7(SB)
Ground Step lamp Output Step lampON 0 V
OFF 12 V
8(V)
GroundAll doors, fuel lid LOCK
OutputAll doors, fuel lid
LOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than LOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
9(G)
GroundDriver door, fuel lid UNLOCK
OutputDriver door, fuel lid
UNLOCK(Actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than UNLOCK(Actuator is not activated)
0 V
11(R)
Ground Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
13(B)
Ground Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 V
14(W)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination ground
Output Tail lamp
OFF 0 V
ON
NOTE:When the illumination brighten-
ing/dimming level is in the neutral position.
15(O)
Ground ACC indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ACC 0 V
JSNIA0010GB
RF-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >17(W)
GroundTurn signal RH (Front)
OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
18(O)
Ground Turn signal LH (Front) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
19(V)
GroundRoom lamp timer control
OutputInterior room lamp
OFF 12 V
ON 0 V
20(V)
Ground Turn signal RH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch RH
6.5 V
23(L)
Ground Trunk lid open Output Trunk lid
OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is activated)
12 V
Other than OPEN(Trunk lid opener actuator is not activated)
0 V
25(Y)
Ground Turn signal LH (Rear) OutputIgnition switch ON
Turn signal switch OFF 0 V
Turn signal switch LH
6.5 V
30(P)
Ground Trunk room lamp OutputTrunk room lamp
ON 0 V
OFF 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
PKID0926E
RF-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
34(SB)
GroundTrunk room antenna (−)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
35(V)
GroundTrunk room antenna (+)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
38(B)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (−)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
RF-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >39(W)
GroundRear bumper anten-na (+)
Output
When the trunk lid opener re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
47(Y)
GroundIgnition relay (IPDM E/R) control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
50(R)
GroundTrunk room lamp switch
InputTrunk room lamp switch
OFF (Trunk lid is closed)
11.8 V
ON (Trunk lid is opened) 0 V
52(SB)
Ground Starter relay control Output
Ignition switch ON (A/T mod-els)
When selector lever is in P or N position
12 V
When selector lever is not in P or N position
0 V
Ignition switch ON (M/T mod-els)
When the clutch pedal is depressed
Battery voltage
When the clutch pedal is not depressed
0 V
61(SB)
GroundTrunk lid opener re-quest switch
InputTrunk lid open-er request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
64(L)
GroundIntelligent Key warn-ing buzzer (Engine room)
OutputIntelligent Key warning buzzer (Engine room)
Sounding 0 V
Not sounding 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0016GB
RF-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
67(GR)
GroundTrunk lid opener switch
InputTrunk lid open-er switch
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed
11.8 V
72(R)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (−) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
73(G)
GroundRoom antenna 2 (+) (Center console)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
RF-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >74(SB)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (−)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
75(BR)
GroundPassenger door an-tenna (+)
Output
When the pas-senger door re-quest switch is operated with ignition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
76(V)
GroundDriver door antenna (−)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
RF-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
77(LG)
GroundDriver door antenna (+)
Output
When the driv-er door request switch is oper-ated with igni-tion switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the antenna detection area
When Intelligent Key is not in the antenna detection area
78(Y)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (−) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
79(BR)
GroundRoom antenna 1 (+) (Instrument panel)
OutputIgnition switch OFF
When Intelligent Key is in the passenger compart-ment
When Intelligent Key is not in the passenger compart-ment
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
JMKIA0062GB
JMKIA0063GB
RF-27Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >80(GR)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
81(W)
GroundNATS antenna amp (Built in key slot)
Input/Output
During waitingIgnition switch is pressed while inserting the Intelli-gent Key into the key slot.
Just after pressing ignition switch. Pointer of tester should
move.
82(R)
GroundIgnition relay [Fuse block (J/B)] control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
83(Y)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver communica-tion
Input/Output
During waiting
When operating either button on the Intelli-gent Key
87(Y)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 5
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Front fog lamp switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0064GB
JMKIA0065GB
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
RF-28Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
88(O)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 3
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3
1.3 V
89(BR)
GroundPush-button ignition switch (Push switch)
InputPush-button ig-nition switch (push switch)
Pressed 0 V
Not pressed Battery voltage
90(P)
Ground CAN-LInput/ Output
— —
91(L)
Ground CAN-HInput/ Output
— —
92(LG)
Ground Key slot illumination OutputKey slot illumi-nation
OFF 0 V
Blinking
6.5 V
ON 12 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0015GB
RF-29Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >93(Y)
Ground ON indicator lamp Output Ignition switch
OFF (LOCK indicator is not illuminated)
Battery voltage
ON 0 V
95(O)
Ground ACC relay control Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 12 V
96(GR)
GroundA/T shift selector (De-tention switch) power supply
Output — 12 V
97(L)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 1
Input Steering lockLOCK status 0 V
UNLOCK status 12 V
98(P)
GroundSteering lock condi-tion No. 2
Input Steering lockLOCK status 12 V
UNLOCK status 0 V
99(R)
Ground
Selector lever P posi-tion switch
Input
Selector leverP position 0 V
Any position other than P 12 V
ASCD clutch switch (M/T models without ICC)
ASCD clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
ICC clutch switch (M/T models with ICC)
ICC clutch switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
12 V
100(Y)
GroundPassenger door re-quest switch
InputPassenger door request switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
101(P)
GroundDriver door request switch
InputDriver door re-quest switch
ON (Pressed) 0 V
OFF (Not pressed)
1.0 V
102(O)
GroundBlower fan motor re-lay control
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON 12 V
103(LG)
GroundRemote keyless entry receiver power sup-ply
Output Ignition switch OFF 12 V
106(W)
GroundSteering lock unit power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF or ACC 12 V
ON 0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0016GB
JPMIA0016GB
RF-30Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
107(LG)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 1
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Turn signal switch LH
1.3 V
Turn signal switch RH
1.3 V
Front wiper switch LO
1.3 V
Front washer switch ON
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0039GB
RF-31Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >108(R)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 4
InputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.4 V
Lighting switch AUTO(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Lighting switch 1ST(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
1.3 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
1.3 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0039GB
RF-32Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
109(W)
GroundCombination switch INPUT 2
Input
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF
1.4 V
Lighting switch PASS
1.3 V
Lighting switch 2ND
1.3 V
Front wiper switch INT
1.3 V
Front wiper switch HI
1.3 V
110(G)
Ground Hazard switch Input Hazard switch
ON 0 V
OFF
1.1 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0041GB
JPMIA0037GB
JPMIA0036GB
JPMIA0038GB
JPMIA0040GB
JPMIA0012GB
RF-33Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >111(Y)
GroundSteering lock unit communication
Input/Output
Steering lock
LOCK status 12 V
LOCK or UNLOCK
For 15 seconds after UN-LOCK
12 V
15 seconds or later after UNLOCK
0 V
113(O)
Ground Optical sensor InputIgnition switch ON
When bright outside of the vehicle
Close to 5 V
When dark outside of the vehicle
Close to 0 V
114(R)
GroundClutch interlock switch
InputClutch interlock switch
OFF (Clutch pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Clutch pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
116(SB)
Ground Stop lamp switch 1 Input — Battery voltage
118(BR)
Ground
Stop lamp switch 2 (Without ICC)
Input
Stop lamp switch
OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed)
0 V
ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed)
Battery voltage
Stop lamp switch 2 (With ICC)
Stop lamp switch OFF (Brake pedal is not depressed) and ICC brake hold relay OFF
0 V
Stop lamp switch ON (Brake pedal is de-pressed) or ICC brake hold relay ON
Battery voltage
119(SB)
GroundDriver side door lock assembly (Unlock sensor)
Input Driver door
LOCK status(Unlock sensor switch OFF)
1.1 V
UNLOCK status(Unlock switch sensor ON)
0 V
121(SB)
Ground Key slot switch Input
When the Intelligent Key is inserted into key slot
12 V
When the Intelligent Key is not inserted into key slot
0 V
123(W)
Ground IGN feedback Input Ignition switchOFF or ACC 0 V
ON Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JMKIA0066GB
JPMIA0012GB
RF-34Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
124(LG)
GroundPassenger door switch
InputPassenger door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
129(O)
GroundTrunk lid opener can-cel switch
InputTrunk lid open-er cancel switch
CANCEL
1.1 V
ON 0 V
132(V)
GroundPower window switch communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
10.2 V
Ignition switch OFF or ACC 12 V
133(L)
GroundPush-button ignition switch illumination
OutputPush-button ig-nition switch il-lumination
ON (Tail lamps OFF) 9.5 V
ON (Tail lamps ON)
NOTE:The pulse width of this wave is
varied by the illumination bright-ening/dimming level.
OFF 0 V
134(LG)
Ground LOCK indicator lamp OutputLOCK indicator lamp
OFF Battery voltage
ON 0 V
137(O)
GroundReceiver and sensor ground
Input Ignition switch ON 0 V
138(V)
GroundReceiver and sensor power supply
Output Ignition switchOFF 0 V
ACC or ON 5.0 V
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0011GB
JPMIA0012GB
JPMIA0013GB
JPMIA0159GB
RF-35Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >139(L)
GroundTire pressure receiv-er communication
Input/Output
Ignition switch ON
Standby state
When receiving the signal from the transmitter
140(GR)
GroundSelector lever P/N position (A/T models)
Input Selector leverP or N position 12 V
Except P and N positions 0 V
141(R)
Ground Security indicator OutputSecurity indica-tor
ON 0 V
Blinking
11.3 V
OFF 12 V
142(BR)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 5
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Lighting switch 1ST
10.7 V
Lighting switch HI
Lighting switch 2ND
Turn signal switch RH
143(V)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 1
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front wiper switch HI(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 2• Wiper intermittent dial 3• Wiper intermittent dial 6• Wiper intermittent dial 7
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
OCC3881D
OCC3880D
JPMIA0014GB
JPMIA0031GB
JPMIA0032GB
RF-36Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
144(G)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 2
OutputCombination switch
All switches OFF(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
0 V
Front washer switch ON(Wiper intermittent dial 4)
10.7 V
Any of the conditions be-low with all switches OFF• Wiper intermittent dial 1• Wiper intermittent dial 5• Wiper intermittent dial 6
145(L)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 3
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front wiper switch INT
10.7 V
Front wiper switch LO
Lighting switch AUTO
146(SB)
GroundCombination switch OUTPUT 4
Output
Combination switch(Wiper intermit-tent dial 4)
All switches OFF 0 V
Front fog lamp switch ON
10.7 V
Lighting switch 2ND
Lighting switch PASS
Turn signal switch LH
149(W)
GroundTire pressure warning check switch
Input — 12 V
150(R)
Ground Driver door switch InputDriver door switch
OFF (Door close)
11.8 V
ON (Door open) 0 V
151(G)
GroundRear window defog-ger relay control
OutputRear window defogger
Active 0 V
Not activated Battery voltage
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionValue
(Approx.)Signal nameInput/ Output+ –
JPMIA0033GB
JPMIA0034GB
JPMIA0035GB
JPMIA0011GB
RF-37Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Wiring Diagram - BCM - INFOID:0000000004685545
JCMWM3046GB
RF-38Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
JCMWM3047GB
RF-39Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCMWM3048GB
RF-40Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
JCMWM3049GB
RF-41Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCMWM3050GB
RF-42Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000004685546
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTCBCM performs fail-safe control when any DTC are detected.
JCMWM3051GB
RF-43Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM Inhibit engine cranking Erase DTC
B2195: ANTI SCANNING Inhibit engine cranking Ignition switch ON → OFF
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED Inhibit steering lockWhen normal vehicle speed signals are received from ABS actua-tor and electric unit (control unit) for 500 ms
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Starter control relay signal• Starter relay status signal
B2601: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following signal reception status becomes consis-tent• Selector lever P position switch signal• P range signal (CAN)
B2602: SHIFT POSITION Inhibit steering lock
5 seconds after the following BCM recognition conditions are ful-filled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Vehicle speed: 4 km/h (2.5 MPH) or more
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Ignition switch is in the ON position• Selector lever P position switch signal: Except P position (battery
voltage)• Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)
B2604: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P and N position (battery volt-
age)- P range signal or N range signal (CAN): ON• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- P range signal and N range signal (CAN): OFF
B2605: PNP SW Inhibit steering lock
500 ms after any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: Except P and N positions (0 V)- Interlock/PNP switch signal (CAN): OFF• Status 2- Ignition switch is in the ON position- Selector lever P/N position signal: P or N position (battery volt-
age)- PNP switch signal (CAN): ON
B2606: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status be-comes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
RF-44Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
HIGH FLASHER OPERATIONBCM detects the turn signal lamp circuit status by the current value.BCM increases the turn signal lamp blinking speed if the bulb or harness open is detected with the turn signallamp operating.NOTE:The blinking speed is normal while activating the hazard warning lamp.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000004685547
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following prioritychart.
B2607: S/L RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following CAN signal communication status has becomes consistent• Steering lock relay signal (Request signal)• Steering lock relay signal (Condition signal)
B2608: STARTER RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following signal communication status becomes consistent• Starter motor relay control signal• Starter relay status signal (CAN)
B2609: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When the following steering lock conditions agree• BCM steering lock control status• Steering lock condition No. 1 signal status• Steering lock condition No. 2 signal status
B260A: IGNITION RELAY Inhibit engine cranking
500 ms after the following conditions are fulfilled• IGN relay (IPDM E/R) control signal: OFF (Battery voltage)• Ignition ON signal (CAN to IPDM E/R): OFF (Request signal)• Ignition ON signal (CAN from IPDM E/R): OFF (Condition signal)
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOSTMaintains the power supply position attained at the time of DTC detection
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Power position changes to ACC• Receives engine status signal (CAN)
B2612: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When any of the following conditions are fulfilled• Steering lock unit status signal (CAN) is received normally• The BCM steering lock control status matches the steering lock
status recognized by the steering lock unit status signal (CAN from IPDM E/R)
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the starter motor relay control inside BCM becomes normal
B2618: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the ignition relay (IPDM E/R) control inside BCM be-comes normal
B2619: BCM Inhibit engine cranking1 second after the steering lock unit power supply output control in-side BCM becomes normal
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE Inhibit engine cranking BCM initialization
B26E8: CLUTCH SW Inhibit engine cranking
When any of the following BCM recognition conditions are fulfilled• Status 1- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): ON- Clutch interlock switch signal: OFF (0 V)• Status 2- Clutch switch signal (CAN from ECM): OFF- Clutch interlock switch signal: ON (Battery voltage)
B26E9: S/L STATUS• Inhibit engine cranking• Inhibit steering lock
When BCM transmits the LOCK request signal to steering lock unit, and receives LOCK response signal from steering lock unit, the fol-lowing conditions are fulfilled• Steering condition No. 1 signal: LOCK (0 V)• Steering condition No. 2 signal: LOCK (Battery voltage)
Display contents of CONSULT Fail-safe Cancellation
RF-45Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >Priority DTC
1 B2562: LOW VOLTAGE
2• U1000: CAN COMM• U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
3
• B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP• B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY• B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM• B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM• B2195: ANTI SCANNING
4
• B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L• B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM• B2553: IGNITION RELAY• B2555: STOP LAMP • B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B2557: VEHICLE SPEED• B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY• B2601: SHIFT POSITION• B2602: SHIFT POSITION• B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS• B2604: PNP SW• B2605: PNP SW• B2606: S/L RELAY• B2607: S/L RELAY• B2608: STARTER RELAY• B2609: S/L STATUS• B260A: IGNITION RELAY• B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT• B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST• B2612: S/L STATUS• B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC• B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC• B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC• B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC• B2618: BCM• B2619: BCM• B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW• B261E: VEHICLE TYPE• B26E8: CLUTCH SW• B26E9: S/L STATUS• B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION• C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR• U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG
RF-46Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
DTC Index INFOID:0000000004685548
NOTE:The details of time display are as follows.• CRNT: A malfunction is detected now.• PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past.IGN counter is displayed on Freeze Frame Data. For details of Freeze Frame Data, refer to BCS-14, "COM-MON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
5
• C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL• C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR• C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR• C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL• C1708: [NO DATA] FL• C1709: [NO DATA] FR• C1710: [NO DATA] RR• C1711: [NO DATA] RL• C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL• C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR• C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR• C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL• C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL• C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR• C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR• C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL• C1720: [CODE ERR] FL• C1721: [CODE ERR] FR• C1722: [CODE ERR] RR• C1723: [CODE ERR] RL• C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL• C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR• C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR• C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL• C1734: CONTROL UNIT
6• B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA • B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA
Priority DTC
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
No DTC is detected.further testingmay be required.
— — — — —
U1000: CAN COMM — — — — BCS-35
U1010: CONTROL UNIT(CAN) — — — — BCS-36
U0415: VEHICLE SPEED SIG — — — — BCS-37
B2013: ID DISCORD BCM-S/L × × — — SEC-55
B2014: CHAIN OF S/L-BCM × × — — SEC-56
B2190: NATS ANTENNA AMP × — — — SEC-47
B2191: DIFFERENCE OF KEY × — — — SEC-50
B2192: ID DISCORD BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-51
B2193: CHAIN OF BCM-ECM × — — — SEC-53
B2195: ANTI SCANNING × — — — SEC-54
B2553: IGNITION RELAY — × — — PCS-48
B2555: STOP LAMP — × — — SEC-59
RF-47Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >B2556: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — SEC-61
B2557: VEHICLE SPEED × × × — SEC-63
B2560: STARTER CONT RELAY × × × — SEC-64
B2562: LOW VOLTAGE — × — — BCS-38
B2601: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-65
B2602: SHIFT POSITION × × × — SEC-68
B2603: SHIFT POSI STATUS × × × — SEC-70
B2604: PNP SW × × × — SEC-73
B2605: PNP SW × × × — SEC-75
B2606: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-77
B2607: S/L RELAY × × × — SEC-78
B2608: STARTER RELAY × × × — SEC-80
B2609: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-82
B260A: IGNITION RELAY × × × — PCS-50
B260B: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-86
B260C: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-87
B260D: STEERING LOCK UNIT — × × — SEC-88
B260F: ENG STATE SIG LOST × × × — SEC-89
B2612: S/L STATUS × × × — SEC-94
B2614: ACC RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-52
B2615: BLOWER RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-54
B2616: IGN RELAY CIRC — × × — PCS-56
B2617: STARTER RELAY CIRC × × × — SEC-98
B2618: BCM × × × — PCS-58
B2619: BCM × × × — SEC-100
B261A: PUSH-BTN IGN SW — × × — PCS-59
B261E: VEHICLE TYPE × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-101
B2621: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-55
B2622: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-57
B2623: INSIDE ANTENNA — × — — DLK-59
B26E8: CLUTCH SW × × × — SEC-90
B26E9: S/L STATUS × × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-92
B26EA: KEY REGISTRATION — × × (Turn ON for 15 seconds)
— SEC-93
C1704: LOW PRESSURE FL — — — ×
WT-17C1705: LOW PRESSURE FR — — — ×
C1706: LOW PRESSURE RR — — — ×
C1707: LOW PRESSURE RL — — — ×
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
RF-48Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE)
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
C1708: [NO DATA] FL — — — ×
WT-19C1709: [NO DATA] FR — — — ×
C1710: [NO DATA] RR — — — ×
C1711: [NO DATA] RL — — — ×
C1712: [CHECKSUM ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-21C1713: [CHECKSUM ERR] FR — — — ×
C1714: [CHECKSUM ERR] RR — — — ×
C1715: [CHECKSUM ERR] RL — — — ×
C1716: [PRESSDATA ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-24C1717: [PRESSDATA ERR] FR — — — ×
C1718: [PRESSDATA ERR] RR — — — ×
C1719: [PRESSDATA ERR] RL — — — ×
C1720: [CODE ERR] FL — — — ×
WT-26C1721: [CODE ERR] FR — — — ×
C1722: [CODE ERR] RR — — — ×
C1723: [CODE ERR] RL — — — ×
C1724: [BATT VOLT LOW] FL — — — ×
WT-29C1725: [BATT VOLT LOW] FR — — — ×
C1726: [BATT VOLT LOW] RR — — — ×
C1727: [BATT VOLT LOW] RL — — — ×
C1729: VHCL SPEED SIG ERR — — — × WT-32
C1734: CONTROL UNIT — — — × WT-33
CONSULT display Fail-safe
Freeze Frame Data•Vehicle Speed•Odo/Trip Meter
•Vehicle condition
Intelligent Key warning lamp ON
Tire pressure monitor warning
lamp ON
Refer-ence page
RF-49Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >SUNROOF SYSTEMSUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Reference Value INFOID:0000000004249825
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JMKIA0131ZZ
Terminal No.(Wire color)
Description
ConditionVoltage (V)(Approx.)
+ – Signal nameInput/Output
1(GR)
GroundSunroof close switch (BIT 1) signal
Input
Sunroof switch in following position• TILT UP• SLIDE CLOSE
0
Other than above Battery voltage
5(P)
GroundSunroof open switch (BIT 0) signal
Input
Sunroof switch in following position• TILT DOWN• SLIDE OPEN
0
Other than above Battery voltage
7(W)
Ground Sunroof power supply Input — Battery voltage
8(L)
GroundVehicle speed signal (2-pulse)
InputSpeedometer operated [When vehi-cle speed is approx.40km/ h (25MPH)]
9(Y)
Ground Retained power signal Input
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Within 45 second after ignition switch is turned to OFF.
Battery voltage
When driver side or passenger side door is opened during retained power operation.
0
10(B)
Ground Ground — — 0
ELF1080D
RF-50Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Wiring Diagram - SUNROOF CONTROL SYSTEM -INFOID:0000000004249826
JCKWM2149GB
RF-51Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCKWM2150GB
RF-52Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SYSTEM
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >
R
JCKWM2151GB
RF-53Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF SYSTEM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION >JCKWM2152GB
RF-54Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
R
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISSUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249827
1.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to RF-9, "BCM : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CHECK SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check sunroof motor assembly power supply and ground circuit.Refer to RF-9, "SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY : Diagnosis Procedure"Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 3.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK SUNROOF SWITCH
Check sunroof switch.Refer to RF-11, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 4.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
4.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
RF-55Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >AUTO OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249828
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Initialization procedure is executed and operation is confirmed.Refer to RF-4, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
RF-56Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
DOES NOT STOP FULLY-OPEN OR FULLY-CLOSED POSITION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
R
DOES NOT STOP FULLY-OPEN OR FULLY-CLOSED POSITION
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249829
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Initialization procedure is executed and operation is confirmed.Refer to RF-4, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION ENDNO >> GO TO 2.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
RF-57Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >RETAINED POWER OPERATION DOES NOT OPERATE PROPERLY
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249830
1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH
Check door switch. Refer to RF-13, "Component Function Check".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> GO TO 2.NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
RF-58Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
R
SUNROOF DOES NOT OPERATE ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000004249831
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Initialization procedure is executed and operation is confirmed. Refer to RF-4, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement".Is the inspection result normal?YES >> INSPECTION END.NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CONFIRM THE OPERATION
Confirm the operation again.Is the result normal?YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".NO >> GO TO 1.
RF-59Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
Work Flow INFOID:0000000004684710
CUSTOMER INTERVIEWInterview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diag-nostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any ofcustomer's comments; refer to RF-64, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate theconditions that exist when the noise occurs.• The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain
all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur).• If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, perform a diagnosis and repair the noise that the customer is
concerned about. This can be accomplished by performing a cruise test on the vehicle with the customer.• After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics
are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language whendefining the noise.
• Squeak – (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor)Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces= higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping
• Creak – (Like walking on an old wooden floor)Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen-dent on materials/often brought on by activity.
• Rattle – (Like shaking a baby rattle)Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missingclip or fastener/incorrect clearance.
• Knock – (Like a knock on a door)Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action.
• Tick – (Like a clock second hand)Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driveraction or road conditions.
• Thump – (Heavy, muffled knock noise)Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity.
• Buzz – (Like a bumblebee)Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact.
• Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending up on the person. A noise that a technicianmay judge as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer.
• Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level.
DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVEIf possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information onthe Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used toduplicate the same conditions when the repair is reconfirmed.
SBT842
RF-60Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
R
If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to dupli-cate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following:1) Close a door.2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from.3) Rev the engine.4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”.5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T models, drive position on A/T models).6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer.• Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs.• If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the
vehicle body.
CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINSAfter verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) relatedto that concern or symptom.If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise.
LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE1. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool
(Chassis ear: J-39570, Engine ear and mechanics stethoscope).2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by:• Removing the components in the area that is are suspected to be the cause of the noise.
Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fastener can be brokenor lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise.
• Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that is are suspected to be the cause of the noise.Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only tem-porarily.
• Feeling for a vibration by hand by touching the component(s) that is are suspected to be the cause of thenoise.
• Placing a piece of paper between components that are suspected to be the cause of the noise.• Looking for loose components and contact marks.
Refer to RF-62, "Inspection Procedure".
REPAIR THE CAUSE• If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely.• If the cause is insufficient clearance between components:- Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible.- Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or ure-
thane tape. A Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through the authorized Nissan PartsDepartment.
CAUTION:Never use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged.NOTE:Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.The following materials are contained in the Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can beordered separately as needed.URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick]Insulates connectors, harness, etc.76268-9E005: 100 × 135 mm (3.94 × 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 × 85 mm (2.36 × 3.35 in)/76884-71L02:15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in)INSULATOR (Foam blocks)Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel.73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)INSULATOR (Light foam block)80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 × 50 mm (1.18 × 1.97in)FELT CLOTHTAPEUsed to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications.68370-4B000: 15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape rollThe following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles.UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE
RF-61Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications.SILICONE GREASEUsed in place of UHMW tape that is be visible or does not fit. Will only last a few months.SILICONE SPRAYUsed when grease cannot be applied.DUCT TAPEUsed to eliminate movement.CONFIRM THE REPAIRConfirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the sameconditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet.
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000004684711
Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information.
INSTRUMENT PANELMost incidents are caused by contact and movement between:1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish4. Instrument panel to windshield5. Instrument panel mounting pins6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint
These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or bypressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired byapplying felt cloth tape or silicon spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulatewiring harness.CAUTION:Never use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If the area is saturated with silicone, therecheck of repair becomes impossible.
CENTER CONSOLEComponents to pay attention to include:1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unitThe instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console.
DOORSPay attention to the following:1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher3. Wiring harnesses tapping4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stopsTapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolatemany of these incidents. The areas can usually be insulated with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks fromthe Nissan Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise.
TRUNKTrunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the customer.In addition look for the following:1. Trunk lid dumpers out of adjustment2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together4. A loose license plate or bracket
RF-62Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
R
Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) caus-ing the noise.
SUNROOF/HEADLININGNoises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following:1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise2. Sunvisor shaft shaking in the holder3. Front or rear windshield touching headlining and squeakingAgain, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of theseincidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape.
SEATSWhen isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seats in and the load placed on the seat whenthe noise occurs. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise.Cause of seat noise include:1. Headrest rods and holder2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame3. The rear seatback lock and bracketThese noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the con-ditions under which the noise occurs.Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the componentor applying urethane tape to the contact area.
UNDERHOODSome interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is thentransmitted into the passenger compartment.Causes of transmitted underhood noise include:1. Any component mounted to the engine wall2. Components that pass through the engine wall3. Engine wall mounts and connectors4. Loose radiator mounting pins5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment6. Hood striker out of adjustmentThese noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The bestmethod is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPMor load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, orinsulating the component causing the noise.
RF-63Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000004249834
PIIB8741E
RF-64Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSES
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
R
PIIB8742E
RF-65Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004249835
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Service Notice INFOID:0000000004249836
• When removing or installing various parts, place a cloth or padding onto the vehicle body to preventscratches.
• Handle trim, molding, instruments, grille, etc. carefully during removing or installing. Be careful not to oil ordamage them.
• Apply sealing compound where necessary when installing parts.• When applying sealing compound, be careful that the sealing compound does not protrude from parts.• When replacing any metal parts (for example body outer panel, members, etc.), be sure to take rust preven-
tion measures.
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000004249837
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a componentmay be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the componentwith a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and keep them.• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with new one.• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.• After re-installation is completed, be sure to check that each part works normally.• Follow the steps below to clean components.- Water soluble foul: Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, and wring the water out of the cloth to wipe the
fouled area.Then rub with a soft and dry cloth.
RF-66Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
R
- Oily foul: Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%), and wipethe fouled area.Then dip a cloth into fresh water, and wring the water out of the cloth to wipe the detergent off. Then rub witha soft and dry cloth.
• Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol, and gasoline.• For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner.
RF-67Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000004249838
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000004249839
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool nameDescription
(J39570)Chassis ear
Locates the noise
(J43980)NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit
Repairs the cause of noise
SIIA0993E
SIIA0994E
Tool name Description
Engine ear Locates the noise
SIIA0995E
RF-68Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONSUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249840
REMOVAL
1. Drain hose 2. Side trim 3. TORX bolt
4. Glass lid 5. TORX bolt 6. Sunroof motor assembly
7. Front sunroof bracket (LH/RH) 8. Rear sunroof bracket (LH/RH) 9. Sunroof unit assembly
10. Drain connector
JMKIA1266ZZ
RF-69Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >DISASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249841
REMOVALCAUTION:• Always work with a helper.• Fully close the glass lid assembly, before removal, then never operate sunroof motor assembly after
removal.
1. Sunshade stopper 2. Rear drain assembly 3. Sunshade
4. Wind deflector 5. Sunroof frame
JMKIA1267ZZ
RF-70Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
• When taking sunroof unit out, use cloths to protect the seats and trim from damage.• After installing the sunroof unit and glass lid, perform the leak test and check that there is no mal-
function.1. Remove the headlining. Refer to INT-24, "SUNROOF : Removal and Installation". 2. Disconnect drain hoses.3. Remove the glass lid. Refer to RF-73, "Removal and Installation".4. Remove sunroof motor assembly. Refer to RF-76, "Removal and Installation".5. Remove assistance grip bracket.6. Remove sunroof bracket bolts and nuts.7. Remove nuts from the front end and side rail, and then remove sunroof unit assembly from roof panel.8. Remove sunroof unit assembly through the passenger compartment while being careful not to damage
the seats and trim.
INSTALLATION1. Bring sunroof unit assembly into passenger compartment.2. Temporarily tighten the mounting nuts to the side rail of sunroof unit assembly.3. Temporarily tighten the mounting nuts to the front end of sunroof unit assembly.4. Tighten the installation points diagonally excluding the installation point of the sunroof bracket around the
roof opening.5. Tighten the sunroof bracket bolts of the vehicle side, and then tighten the bolt of the rail side.6. Tighten the mounting nuts to the front end and side rail.7. Install the assistance grip bracket.8. Install the sunroof motor assembly. Refer to RF-76, "Removal and Installation".9. Install the glass lid. Refer to RF-73, "Removal and Installation".10. Install the side trim.11. Connect drain hoses.12. Install the headlining. Refer to INT-24, "SUNROOF : Removal and Installation".
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000004249842
DISASSEMBLY1. Remove sunshade stopper mounting from the rear end of sunroof frame.2. Remove rear drain assembly from sunroof frame.3. Remove sunshade from the rear end of sunroof frame.4. Remove wind deflector from sunroof frame.
ASSEMBLYAssemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
RF-71Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
GLASS LID
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >GLASS LID
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249843
1. Drain hose 2. Side trim 3. TORX bolt
4. Glass lid 5. TORX bolt 6. Sunroof motor assembly
7. Front sunroof bracket (LH/RH) 8. Rear sunroof bracket (LH/RH) 9. Sunroof unit assembly
10. Drain connector
JMKIA1266ZZ
RF-72Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
GLASS LID
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249844
REMOVAL1. Remove the side trim.2. Remove the TORX bolts (A) and remove glass lid.
INSTALLATIONCAUTION:After installing the glass lid, peform the leak test and check thet there is no malfunction.NOTE:After installation carry out fitting adjustment. Refer to RF-73, "Adjustment".Install in the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000004249845
Lid Weatherstrip Overlap Adjustment and Surface Mismatch Adjustment1. Tilt up glass lid, and then remove side trim.2. After loosening glass lid from TORX bolts (left and right), tilt down glass lid.3. Adjust glass lid from outside of vehicle so it resembles “A – A”“B – B” "C – C" as shown in the figure.
4. To prevent glass lid from moving after adjustment, first tighten the TORX bolts of front left, and thentighten the TORX bolts of rear right.
5. Tighten remaining TORX bolts, being careful to prevent glass lid from moving.6. Tilt glass lid up and down several times to check that it moves smoothly.NOTE:
JMKIA0029ZZ
PIIB3117J
a bA – A 0.6 - 2.2 mm (0.024 - 0.087 in) -2.3 - 0.7 mm (-0.091 - 0.028 in)B – B 0.6 - 2.2 mm (0.024 - 0.087 in) -2.3 - 0.7 mm (-0.091 - 0.028 in)C – C 0.6 - 2.2 mm (0.024 - 0.087 in) -2.3 - 0.7 mm (-0.091 - 0.028 in)
RF-73Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
GLASS LID
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >After adjustment the sunroof unit assembly, perform additional service. Refer to RF-4, "ADDITIONAL SER-VICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description".RF-74Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249846
1. Drain hose 2. Side trim 3. TORX bolt
4. Glass lid 5. TORX bolt 6. Sunroof motor assembly
7. Front sunroof bracket (LH/RH) 8. Rear sunroof bracket (LH/RH) 9. Sunroof unit assembly
10. Drain connector
JMKIA1266ZZ
RF-75Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249847
REMOVALCAUTION:• Before removing sunroof motor, check that glass lid is fully closed.• After removing sunroof motor, never attempt to rotate sunroof motor assembly as a single unit.1. Remove the headlining. Refer to INT-24, "SUNROOF : Removal and Installation".2. Remove sunroof motor assembly mounting screws (A).
Disconnect connector (B) from sunroof motor assembly andthen remove sunroof motor assembly (1).
INSTALLATIONCAUTION:Before installing the sunroof motor assembly, be sure to the place the link and wire assembly in thesymmetrical and fully closed position.1. Move the sunroof motor assembly laterally by little so that the gear is completely engaged into the wire on
the sunroof unit assembly and mounting surface becomes parallel. Then secure the sunroof motorassembly with screw.
2. Install the headlining. Refer to INT-24, "SUNROOF : Removal and Installation".
JMKIA0222ZZ
RF-76Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNSHADE
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
L
M
A
B
F
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
SUNSHADE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004249848
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004249849
REMOVAL1. Remove the headlining. Refer to INT-24, "SUNROOF : Removal and Installation".
1. Sunshade stopper 2. Rear drain assembly 3. Sunshade
4. Wind deflector 5. Sunroof frame
JMKIA1267ZZ
RF-77Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUNSHADE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >2. Remove the sunroof unit assembly. Refer to RF-70, "Removal and Installation".3. Remove the sunshade stopper mounting from the rear end of sunroof frame.4. Remove the sunshade from the rear end of sunroof frame.INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
RF-78Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUSPENSION
C
D
SECTION RSUA
B
SU
RREAR SUSPENSION
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
CONTENTS
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................... 2
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 2
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ......................................2
PRECAUTION ............................................... 3
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3Precautions for Suspension ......................................3
PREPARATION ............................................ 4
PREPARATION ................................................... 4Special Service Tool .................................................4Commercial Service Tool ..........................................4
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE .......................... 5
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ..................... 5Inspection and Adjustment ........................................5
WHEEL ALIGNMENT .......................................... 6Inspection ..................................................................6
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 8
REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING ............... 8Exploded View ..........................................................8Removal and Installation ...........................................9Inspection ..................................................................9
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER ..............................11Exploded View ........................................................11Removal and Installation .........................................12Disassembly and Assembly ....................................12Inspection ................................................................12
SUSPENSION ARM ..........................................14Exploded View .........................................................14Removal and Installation .........................................15Inspection ................................................................15
RADIUS ROD ....................................................17Exploded View .........................................................17Removal and Installation .........................................18Inspection ................................................................18
FRONT LOWER LINK .......................................19Exploded View .........................................................19Removal and Installation .........................................20Inspection ................................................................20
REAR STABILIZER ..........................................21Exploded View .........................................................21Removal and Installation .........................................22Inspection ................................................................22
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ......23
REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER .......................23Exploded View .........................................................23Removal and Installation .........................................24Inspection ................................................................25
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ............................................................26
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................26
Wheel Alignment .....................................................26Ball Joint ..................................................................26Wheelarch Height ....................................................26
RSU-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >SYMPTOM DIAGNOSISNOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000004670316
Use chart below to find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×: Applicable
Reference page
RS
U-8
, RS
U-1
1, R
SU
-14,
RS
U-1
7, R
SU
-19,
RS
U-2
1
RS
U-1
2
— — —
RS
U-8
, RS
U-1
1, R
SU
-14,
RS
U-1
7, R
SU
-19,
RS
U-2
1
RS
U-6
RS
U-2
2
NV
H in
DLN
sec
tion.
NV
H in
DLN
sec
tion.
NV
H in
RA
X a
nd R
SU
sec
tions
.
NV
H in
WT
sec
tion.
NV
H in
WT
sec
tion.
NV
H in
RA
X s
ectio
n.
NV
H in
BR
sec
tion.
NV
H in
ST
sec
tion.
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Impr
oper
inst
alla
tion,
loos
enes
s
Sho
ck a
bsor
ber
defo
rmat
ion,
dam
age
or d
efle
ctio
n
Bus
hing
or
mou
ntin
g de
terio
ratio
n
Par
ts in
terf
eren
ce
Spr
ing
fatig
ue
Sus
pens
ion
loos
enes
s
Inco
rrec
t whe
el a
lignm
ent
Sta
biliz
er b
ar fa
tigue
PR
OP
ELL
ER
SH
AF
T
DIF
FE
RE
NT
IAL
RE
AR
AX
LE A
ND
RE
AR
SU
SP
EN
SIO
N
TIR
E
RO
AD
WH
EE
L
DR
IVE
SH
AF
T
BR
AK
E
ST
EE
RIN
G
Symptom REAR SUSPENSION
Noise × × × × × × × × × × × × × ×
Shake × × × × × × × × × × × ×
Vibration × × × × × × × × × ×
Shimmy × × × × × × × × × ×
Judder × × × × × × × ×
Poor quality ride or handling
× × × × × × × × × ×
RSU-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
R
PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Suspension INFOID:0000000004670317
• When installing rubber bushings, the final tightening must be carried out under unladen conditions with tireson ground. Spilled oil might shorten the life of rubber bushings. Be sure to wipe off any spilled oil.
- Unladen conditions mean that fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools andmats are in designated positions.
• After servicing suspension parts, be sure to check wheel alignment.• Self-lock nuts are not reusable. Always use new ones when installing. Since new self-lock nuts are pre-oiled,
tighten as they are.
RSU-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION >PREPARATIONPREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000004670318
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000004670319
Tool number(Kent-Moore No.)Tool name
Description
ST3127S000(J-25765-A)Preload gauge
Measuring rotating torque of ball joint
ZZA0806D
Tool name Description
Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
RSU-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
R
PERIODIC MAINTENANCEREAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000004670320
MOUNTING INSPECTIONMake sure the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash) of each component and component conditions(wear, damage) are normal.
BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAYMeasure axial end play by placing and moving up/down with an iron bar or equivalent between suspensionarm and axle assembly.
CAUTION:Be careful not to damage ball joint boot.
SHOCK ABSORBERCheck for oil leakage, damage and replace if malfunction is detected.
StandardAxial end play : Refer to RSU-26, "Ball Joint".
RSU-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670321
DESCRIPTION• Measure wheel alignment under unladen conditions. NOTE:“Unladen conditions” means that fuel, engine coolant, and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools andmats are in designated positions.
GENENRAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS• A four-wheel thrust alignment should be performed.- This type of alignment is recommended for any NISSAN/INFINITI vehicle.- The four-wheel “thrust” process helps ensure that the vehicle is properly aligned and the steering wheel is
centered.- The alignment rack itself should be capable of accepting any NISSAN/INFINITI vehicle.- The rack should be checked to ensure that it is level.• Make sure the machine is properly calibrated.- Your alignment equipment should be regularly calibrated in order to give correct information.- Check with the manufacturer of your specific equipment for their recommended Service/Calibration Sched-
ule.
ALIGNMENT PROCESSIMPORTANT:Use only the alignment specifications listed in this Service Manual.• When displaying the alignment settings, many alignment machines use “indicators”: (Green/red, plus or
minus, Go/No Go). Never use these indicators.- The alignment specifications programmed into your machine that operate these indicators may not be cor-
rect.- This may result in an ERROR.• Some newer alignment machines are equipped with an optional “Rolling Compensation” method to “com-
pensate” the sensors (alignment targets or head units). Never use this “Rolling Compensation” method.- Use the “Jacking Compensation Method”. After installing the alignment targets or head units, raise the vehi-
cle and rotate the wheels 1/2 turn both ways.- See Instructions in the alignment machine you're using for more information on this.
PRELIMINARY CHECKCheck the following:• Tires for improper air pressure and wear.• Road wheels for runout. Refer to WT-95, "Inspection".• Wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to RAX-5, "Inspection".• Ball joint axial end play of suspension arm. Refer to RSU-15, "Inspection".• Shock absorber operation.• Each mounting point of axle and suspension for looseness and deformation.• Each of front lower link, rear lower link, radius rod, rear suspension member, suspension arm and shock
absorber for cracks, deformation, and other damage.• Vehicle height (posture).
ADJUSTMENT
Camber• If outside the standard value, adjust with adjusting bolt (1) in front
lower link (2).
CAUTION:After adjusting camber, be sure to check toe-in.
- If camber is not still within the specification, inspect and replaceany damaged or worn suspension parts.
StandardCamber: Refer to RSU-26, "Wheel Alignment".
JPEIB0061ZZ
RSU-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE >
R
Toe-In• If toe-in is not within the specification, adjust with adjusting bolt (1)
in rear lower link (2).
CAUTION:Be sure to adjust equally on RH and LH side with adjustingbolt.
- If toe-in is not still within the specification, inspect and replace anydamaged or worn suspension parts.
StandardToe-In: Refer to RSU-26, "Wheel Alignment".
JPEIB0062ZZ
RSU-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONREAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670322
JPEIB0155GB
RSU-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
RRemoval and Installation INFOID:0000000004670323
REMOVAL1. Remove tires with power tool.2. Set suitable jack under rear lower link to relieve the coil spring tension.3. Loosen rear lower link mounting bolts and nuts (rear suspension member side), and then remove rear
lower link mounting bolts and nuts (axle housing side) with power tool.4. Slowly lower jack, then remove upper seat, coil spring and rubber sheet from rear lower link.5. Remove rear lower link mounting bolts and nuts (rear suspension member side) to remove rear lower link
with power tool.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Make sure that upper seat is attached as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:Make sure that the projecting parts (A) on upper seat (1)inside is securely fitted on the bracket (2) tabs (B).
• Match up rubber seat indentions and rear lower link grooves andattach.
• Install the coil spring by aligning the lower end of the large diame-ter side to the step (A) between the rubber seat (1) and the rearlower link (2).CAUTION:Make sure spring is not up side down. The top and bottom areindicated by paint color.
• Perform the final tightening of rear suspension member and axleinstallation position (rubber bushing) under unladen condition withtires on level ground.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670324
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALCheck rear lower link, bushing and coil spring for deformation, crack, and damage. Replace it if necessary.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION
1. Suspension arm 2. Stopper rubber 3. Stabilizer connecting rod mounting bracket
4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Upper stopper (4WD model) 6. Mount stopper
7. Suspension member 8. Stabilizer bar 9. Stabilizer bushing
10. Stabilizer clamp 11. Upper seat 12. Coil spring
13. Damper assembly (A/T model) 14. Rear lower link 15. Front lower link
16. Radius rod 17. Cotter pin 18. Axle assembly
19. Rubber seat 20. Ball seat 21. Shock absorber
22. Bound bumper cover 23. Shock absorber mounting bracket 24. Mounting seal
25. Piston rod lock nut 26. Cap
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
: Body
JPEIB0012ZZ
JPEIB0013ZZ
RSU-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR LOWER LINK & COIL SPRING
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >• Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".• Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLESENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
RSU-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670325
1. Suspension arm 2. Stopper rubber 3. Stabilizer connecting rod mounting bracket
4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Upper stopper (4WD model) 6. Mount stopper
JPEIB0155GB
RSU-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004670326
REMOVAL1. Remove tires with power tool.2. Set suitable jack under axle assembly to relieve the coil spring tension.3. Remove shock absorber (lower side).4. Gradually lower the jack to remove it from rear lower link.5. Remove shock absorber assembly mounting nuts (upper side)
( ) with power tool, and then remove shock absorber assem-bly.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Perform final tightening of bolts and nuts at the shock absorber lower side (rubber bushing), under unladen
conditions with tires on level ground.
Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000004670327
DISASSEMBLYCAUTION:Never damage shock absorber piston rod when removing components from shock absorber. 1. Remove cap from mounting bracket 2. Wrap a shop cloth around lower side of shock absorber and fix it with a vise.
CAUTION:Never set the cylindrical part of shock absorber with a vise.
3. Secure the piston rod tip so that piston rod does not turn, and remove piston rod lock nut.4. Remove mounting seal, mounting bracket and bound bumper cover from shock absorber.
ASSEMBLYInstall in the reverse order of removal.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670328
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALCehck the following items, and replace the part if necessary.• Check shock absorber assembly for deformation, cracks, damage.• Check welded and sealed areas for oil leakage.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Bound Bumper and Bushing
7. Suspension member 8. Stabilizer bar 9. Stabilizer bushing
10. Stabilizer clamp 11. Upper seat 12. Coil spring
13. Damper assembly (A/T model) 14. Rear lower link 15. Front lower link
16. Radius rod 17. Cotter pin 18. Axle assembly
19. Rubber seat 20. Ball seat 21. Shock absorber
22. Bound bumper cover 23. Shock absorber mounting bracket 24. Mounting seal
25. Piston rod lock nut 26. Cap
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JPEIB0060ZZ
RSU-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
Check bound bumper cover and bushing for cracks and damage. Replace if necessary.
Shock AbsorberCheck the following, and replace the part if necessary.• Shock absorber for deformation, cracks, and other damage.• Piston rod for damage, uneven wear, and distortion.
INSPECTION AFTER ASSEMBLYMake sure piston rod on shock absorber is not damaged when attaching components to shock absorber.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION• Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".• Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
RSU-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUSPENSION ARM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >SUSPENSION ARM
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670329
1. Suspension arm 2. Stopper rubber 3. Stabilizer connecting rod mounting bracket
4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Upper stopper (4WD model) 6. Mount stopper
JPEIB0155GB
RSU-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUSPENSION ARM
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004670330
REMOVAL1. Remove tire with power tool.2. Remove caliper assembly. Hang caliper assembly in a place where it will not interfere with work. Refer to
BR-64, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View" (front cali-per 1 piston type), BR-68, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 2 PISTON TYPE) :Exploded View" (front caliper 2 piston type), BR-73, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) :Exploded View" (2 piston type).
3. Set suitable jack under axle assembly to relieve the coil spring tension.4. Remove connecting rod mounting bracket from suspension arm with power tool.5. Remove drive shaft. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View".6. Remove height sensor. Refer to EXL-202, "Exploded View".7. Remove cotter pin of suspension arm ball joint, and loosen nut. Refer to RSU-14, "Exploded View".8. Remove suspension mounting bolts and nuts (rear suspension member side).9. Use the ball joint remover to remove suspension arm from axle assembly. Be careful not to damage ball
joint boot.CAUTION:Tighten temporarily mounting nut to prevent damage to threads and to prevent ball joint removerfrom coming off.
10. Remove suspension arm.
INSTALLATIONNote the following and, install in the reverse order of removal.• Perform final tightening of rear suspension member installation position (rubber bussing), under unladen
conditions with tires on level ground.• Never reuse cotter pin.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670331
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
AppearanceCheck the following items, and replace the part if necessary.• Check suspension arm and bushing for deformation, cracks or damage.• Check boot of ball joint for cracks or damage, and also for grease leakage.
Ball Joint InspectionManually move ball stud at least ten times by hand to check for smooth movement.
Swing Torque Inspection
7. Suspension member 8. Stabilizer bar 9. Stabilizer bushing
10. Stabilizer clamp 11. Upper seat 12. Coil spring
13. Damper assembly (A/T model) 14. Rear lower link 15. Front lower link
16. Radius rod 17. Cotter pin 18. Axle assembly
19. Rubber seat 20. Ball seat 21. Shock absorber
22. Bound bumper cover 23. Shock absorber mounting bracket 24. Mounting seal
25. Piston rod lock nut 26. Cap
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
RSU-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SUSPENSION ARM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >• Hook spring balance (A) at cotter pin mounting hole. Confirmspring balance measurement value is within specifications whenball stud begins moving.
- If it is outside the specified range, replace suspension arm assem-bly.
Rotating Torque Inspection• Attach the mounting nut to ball stud. Make sure that rotating torque
is within the specifications with a preload gauge (A)[SST:ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)].
- If it is outside the specified range, replace suspension arm assem-bly.
Axial End Play Inspection• Move tip of ball stud in axial direction to check for looseness.
- If it is outside the specified range, replace suspension arm assembly.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION• Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".• Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
StandardSwing torque : Refer to RSU-26, "Ball Joint".
JPEIA0005ZZ
StandardRotating torque : Refer to RSU-26, "Ball Joint".
PDIA1258E
StandardAxial end play : Refer to RSU-26, "Ball Joint".
RSU-16Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RADIUS ROD
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
RADIUS ROD
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670332
1. Suspension arm 2. Stopper rubber 3. Stabilizer connecting rod mounting bracket
4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Upper stopper (4WD model) 6. Mount stopper
JPEIB0155GB
RSU-17Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RADIUS ROD
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004670333
REMOVAL1. Remove tire with power tool.2. Set suitable jack under axle assembly.3. Remove radius rod mounting bolts and nuts (axle housing side).4. Remove radius rod mounting bolt (rear suspension member side), and then remove radius rod.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Perform final tightening of rear suspension member and axle installation position (rubber bushing), under
unladen conditions with tires on level ground.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670334
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALCheck radius rod and bushing for any deformation, cracks, or damage. Replace if necessary.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION• Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".• Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
7. Suspension member 8. Stabilizer bar 9. Stabilizer bushing
10. Stabilizer clamp 11. Upper seat 12. Coil spring
13. Damper assembly (A/T model) 14. Rear lower link 15. Front lower link
16. Radius rod 17. Cotter pin 18. Axle assembly
19. Rubber seat 20. Ball seat 21. Shock absorber
22. Bound bumper cover 23. Shock absorber mounting bracket 24. Mounting seal
25. Piston rod lock nut 26. Cap
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
RSU-18Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT LOWER LINK
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
FRONT LOWER LINK
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670335
1. Suspension arm 2. Stopper rubber 3. Stabilizer connecting rod mounting bracket
4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Upper stopper (4WD model) 6. Mount stopper
JPEIB0155GB
RSU-19Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT LOWER LINK
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004670336
REMOVAL1. Remove tire with power tool.2. Set suitable jack under axle assembly to relieve the coil spring tension.3. Remove front lower link mounting bolts and nuts (rear suspension member side).4. Remove front lower link mounting bolts and nuts (axle housing side). 5. Remove front lower link.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Perform final tightening of rear suspension member and axle installation position (rubber bushing), under
unladen conditions with tires on level ground.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670337
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALCheck front lower link and bushing for any deformation, cracks, or damage. Replace if necessary.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION• Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".• Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
7. Suspension member 8. Stabilizer bar 9. Stabilizer bushing
10. Stabilizer clamp 11. Upper seat 12. Coil spring
13. Damper assembly (A/T model) 14. Rear lower link 15. Front lower link
16. Radius rod 17. Cotter pin 18. Axle assembly
19. Rubber seat 20. Ball seat 21. Shock absorber
22. Bound bumper cover 23. Shock absorber mounting bracket 24. Mounting seal
25. Piston rod lock nut 26. Cap
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
RSU-20Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR STABILIZER
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
REAR STABILIZER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670338
1. Suspension arm 2. Stopper rubber 3. Stabilizer connecting rod mounting bracket
4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Upper stopper (4WD model) 6. Mount stopper
JPEIB0155GB
RSU-21Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR STABILIZER
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004670339
REMOVAL1. Remove mounting bracket of center muffler and remove mounting rubber of main muffler. Refer to EX-5,
"Exploded View".2. Remove stabilizer connecting rod mounting nuts (lower side), and remove stabilizer connecting rod from
stabilizer bar.3. Remove mounting nuts on stabilizer clamp and remove stabilizer bar.
INSTALLATION Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.• Tighten the mounting nut to the specified toqrue while holding a hexagonal part of stabilizer connecting rod
side.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670340
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALCheck stabilizer bar, stabilizer connecting rod, stabilizer bushing and stabilizer clamp for deformation, cracksor damage. Replace it if a malfunction is detected.
7. Suspension member 8. Stabilizer bar 9. Stabilizer bushing
10. Stabilizer clamp 11. Upper seat 12. Coil spring
13. Damper assembly (A/T model) 14. Rear lower link 15. Front lower link
16. Radius rod 17. Cotter pin 18. Axle assembly
19. Rubber seat 20. Ball seat 21. Shock absorber
22. Bound bumper cover 23. Shock absorber mounting bracket 24. Mounting seal
25. Piston rod lock nut 26. Cap
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
RSU-22Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONREAR SUSPENSION MEMBER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004670341
JPEIB0155GB
RSU-23Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004670342
REMOVAL1. Remove tires from vehicle with power tool.2. Remove caliper assembly. Hang caliper assembly in a place where it will not interfere with work. Refer to
BR-64, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 1 PISTON TYPE) : Exploded View" (front cali-per 1 piston type), BR-68, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 2 PISTON TYPE) :Exploded View" (front caliper 2 piston type), BR-73, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) :Exploded View" (2 piston type).CAUTION:Avoid depressing brake pedal while brake caliper is removed.
3. Remove disc rotor. Refer to BR-65, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONT CALIPER 1 PISTON TYPE): Removal and Installation" (front caliper 1 piston type), BR-69, "BRAKE CALIPER ASSEMBLY (FRONTCALIPER 2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation" (front caliper 2 piston type), BR-73, "BRAKE CAL-IPER ASSEMBLY (2 PISTON TYPE) : Removal and Installation" (2 piston type).
4. Remove wheel sensor and sensor harness from axle assembly and suspension arm. Refer to BRC-100,"Exploded View".
5. Remove height sensor harness from rear suspension member. Refer to EXL-202, "Exploded View".6. Remove center muffler and main muffler. Refer to EX-5, "Exploded View".7. Remove stabilizer bar. Refer to RSU-21, "Exploded View".8. Remove drive shaft. Refer to RAX-11, "Exploded View".9. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-90, "Exploded View" (3S80A), DLN-97, "Exploded View" (3S80A-
R), DLN-105, "Exploded View" (3S80A-1VL107).10. Remove harness from rear final drive and rear suspension member.11. Remove final drive. Refer to DLN-245, "M/T : Exploded View" [R200V (M/T)], DLN-247, "A/T : Exploded
View" [R200V (A/T)], DLN-172, "2WD : Exploded View" [R200 (2WD)], DLN-174, "AWD : Exploded View"[R200 (AWD)].
12. Remove parking brake cable mounting bolt and separate parking brake cable from vehicle and rear sus-pension member. Refer to PB-6, "PEDAL TYPE : Exploded View" (pedal type), PB-7, "LEVER TYPE :Exploded View" (lever type).
13. Remove mounting bolts in lower side of shock absorber.14. Remove rear lower link and coil spring. Refer to RSU-8, "Exploded View". 15. Set suitable jack under rear suspension member.16. Remove mounting nuts rear suspension member.17. Slowly lower jack, then remove rear suspension member, suspension arm, radius rod, front lower link and
axle from vehicle as a unit.18. Remove mounting bolts and nuts, then remove suspension arm, front lower link, and radius rod from rear
suspension member.
INSTALLATIONNote the following, and install in the reverse order of the removal.
1. Suspension arm 2. Stopper rubber 3. Stabilizer connecting rod mounting bracket
4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Upper stopper (4WD model) 6. Mount stopper
7. Suspension member 8. Stabilizer bar 9. Stabilizer bushing
10. Stabilizer clamp 11. Upper seat 12. Coil spring
13. Damper assembly (A/T model) 14. Rear lower link 15. Front lower link
16. Radius rod 17. Cotter pin 18. Axle assembly
19. Rubber seat 20. Ball seat 21. Shock absorber
22. Bound bumper cover 23. Shock absorber mounting bracket 24. Mounting seal
25. Piston rod lock nut 26. Cap
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
RSU-24Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SUSPENSION MEMBER
C
D
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
SU
N
O
P
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
R
• Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removingrear suspension assembly.
• Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-100, "Exploded View". CAUTION:Never reuse cotter pin.
Inspection INFOID:0000000004670343
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVALCheck front suspension member for deformation, cracks, or any other damage. Replace if necessary.
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION• Check wheel alignment. Refer to RSU-6, "Inspection".• Adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-8, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".• Adjust parking brake operation (stroke). PB-3, "PEDAL TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (pedal type), PB-
4, "LEVER TYPE : Inspection and Adjustment" (lever type).
RSU-25Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Wheel Alignment INFOID:0000000004504373
Measure value under unladen* conditions.
*: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.
Ball Joint INFOID:0000000004504374
Wheelarch Height INFOID:0000000004504375
Measure value under unladen* conditions.
*: Fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions.
Item Standard
CamberDegree minute (Decimal degree)
Minimum –1° 45′ (–1.75°)
Nominal –1° 15′ (–1.25°)
Maximum –0° 45′ (–0.75°)
Total toe-in
Distance
Minimum 0 mm (0 in)
Nominal In 2.8 mm (0.110 in)
Maximum In 5.6 mm (0.220 in)
Angle (left wheel or right wheel)Degree minute (Decimal degree)
Minimum 0° 00′ (0.00°)
Nominal In 0° 07′ (0.12°)
Maximum In 0° 14′ (0.23°)
Item Standard
Swing torque 0.5 – 3.4 N·m (0.06 – 0.34 kg-m, 5 – 30 in-lb)
Measurement on spring balance (cotter pinhole position) 8.1 – 54.8 N (0.83 – 5.6 kg, 1.82 – 12.32 lb)
Rotating torque 0.5 – 3.4 N·m (0.06 – 0.34 kg-m, 5 – 30 in-lb)
Axial end play 0 mm (0 in)
Applied model2WD
AWDExcept for sports models For sports models
Wheel size 18 inch 19 inch 18 inch
Front (Hf) 712 mm (28.03 in) 715 mm (28.15 in) 716 mm (28.19 in) 726 mm (28.58 in)
Rear (Hr) 702 mm (27.64 in) 705 mm (27.76 in) 706 mm (27.80 in) 718 mm (28.27 in)
SFA818A
RSU-26Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
RESTRAINTS
C
D
E
SECTION SBA
B
SEAT BELT
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
B
N
O
P
CONTENTS
S
PRECAUTION ............................................... 2
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-SIONER" ...................................................................2Precaution for Battery Service ..................................2Precaution for Seat Belt Service ...............................2
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ................ 4
FRONT SEAT BELT ............................................ 4
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ..........................................4SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection ....................4SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View .............6SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Instal-lation ..........................................................................6
SEAT BELT BUCKLE .................................................7SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection ............................7SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View .....................8
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation ..... 8
REAR SEAT BELT ............................................. 9
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ......................................... 9SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection ................... 9SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View ...........11SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Instal-lation ........................................................................11
SEAT BELT BUCKLE ................................................11SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection ..........................12SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View ...................12SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation ....13
LATCH SYSTEM FOR CHILDREN ...................14Exploded View .........................................................14Removal and Installation .........................................14
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT .....15Exploded View .........................................................15Removal and Installation .........................................15
SB-1Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >PRECAUTIONPRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000004675707
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used alongwith a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certaintypes of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRSsystem uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one frontair bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of thisService Manual.WARNING:• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed byan authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personalinjury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air BagModule, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in thisService Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERSWARNING:• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possiblycausing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect thebattery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Battery Service INFOID:0000000004678294
Before disconnecting the battery, lower both the driver and passenger windows. This will prevent any interfer-ence between the window edge and the vehicle when the door is opened/closed. During normal operation, thewindow slightly raises and lowers automatically to prevent any window to vehicle interference. The automaticwindow function will not work with the battery disconnected.
Precaution for Seat Belt Service INFOID:0000000004258092
CAUTION:• Before removing the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect
both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes.• Do not use electrical test equipment for front seat belt pre-tensioner connector.• After replacing or reinstalling front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, or reconnecting front seat belt
pre-tensioner connector, check the system function. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".• Do not use disassembled buckle or seat belt assembly.• Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.• Never oil tongue and buckle.• If any component of seat belt assembly is questionable, do not repair. Replace the entire seat belt
assembly.• If webbing is cut, frayed or damaged, replace seat belt assembly.• When replacing seat belt assembly, use a genuine NISSAN seat belt assembly.
AFTER A COLLISIONWARNING:Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.
SB-2Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
PRECAUTIONS
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< PRECAUTION >
S
NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the col-lision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do socould result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a colli-sion should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensionersshould be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bagsare deployed.Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:• The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and
buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly).• The seat belt was damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide).• The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage
or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.• The front seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision
in which the air bags are deployed.
SB-3Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT BELT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >REMOVAL AND INSTALLATIONFRONT SEAT BELTSEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection INFOID:0000000004258093
AFTER A COLLISIONWARNING:Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replacedunless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Fail-ure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which theair bags are deployed.Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:• The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buck-
les show no damage and continue to operate properly).• The seat belt is damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.).• The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.• The seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in
which the air bags are deployed.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS1. Check the seat belt warning lamp/chime for proper operation as follows:a. Turn ignition switch ON. The seat belt warning lamp should illuminate. Also, the seat belt warning chime
should sound for about six seconds.b. Fasten driver seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should turn off and the chime (if sounding) should
stop.2. If the air bag warning lamp is blinking, conduct self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III and air bag warning lamp.
Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".3. Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are securely attached.4. Check the shoulder seat belt guide and shoulder belt height adjuster for front seats. Ensure guide swivels
freely and that webbing lays flat and does not bind in guide. Ensure height adjuster operates properly andholds securely.
5. Check retractor operation:a. Fully extend the seat belt webbing and check for twists, tears or other damage.b. Allow the seat belt to retract. Ensure that webbing returns smoothly and completely into the retractor. If
the seat belt does not return smoothly, wipe the inside of the loops with a clean paper cloth. Because dirtbuild-up in the loops of the upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly.
c. Fasten the seat belt. Check that seat belt returns smoothly and completely to the retractor. If the webbingdoes not return smoothly, the cause may be an accumulation of dust or dirt. Use the “SEAT BELT TAPESET” and perform the following steps.
Inspect the front seat belt through-anchor 1. Pull the seat belt out to a length of 500 mm (19.69 in) or more.2. Fix the seat belt at the center pillar webbing opening with a clip or other device.3. Pass a thin wire through the through-anchor webbing opening. Hold both ends of the wire and pull it
tauntly while moving it up and down several times along the webbing opening surface to remove dirtstuck there.
4. Any dirt that cannot be removed with the wire can be removed by cleaning the opening with a cleancloth.
5. Apply tape at the point where the webbing contacts the through-anchor webbing opening. NOTE:Apply the tape so that there is no looseness or wrinkling.
SB-4Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT BELT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
6. Remove the clip fixing the seat belt and check that the webbing returns smoothly.6. Repeat steps above as necessary to check the other seat belts.
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)NOTE:All seat belt retractors are Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) type. In an emergency (sudden stop) theretractor will lock and prevent the webbing from extending any further. All 3-point type seat belt retractorsexcept the driver seat belt also have an Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. The ALR mode (alsocalled child restraint mode) is used when installing child seats. The ALR mode is activated when the seat beltis fully extended. When the webbing is then retracted partially, the ALR mode automatically locks the seat beltin a specific position so the webbing cannot be extended any further. To cancel the ALR mode, allow the seatbelt to fully wind back into the retractor.Check the seat belt retractors with the following test(s) to determine if a retractor assembly is operating prop-erly.
ELR Function Stationary CheckGrasp the shoulder webbing and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and prevent the belt fromextending further.
ALR Function Stationary Check
1. Pull out the entire length of seat belt from retractor until a click is heard.2. Retract the webbing partially. A clicking noise should be heard as the webbing retracts indicating that the
retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode.3. Grasp the seat belt and try to pull out the retractor. The webbing must lock and not extend any further. If
NG, replace the retractor assembly.4. Allow the entire length of the webbing to retract to cancel the automatic locking mode.
ELR Function Moving Check
WARNING:Perform the following test in a safe, open area clear of other vehicles and obstructions (for example, alarge, empty parking lot). Road surface must be paved and dry. NEVER perform the following test onwet or gravel roads or on public streets and highways. This could result in an accident and seriouspersonal injury. The driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that theretractor does not lock.1. Fasten driver seat belt. Buckle a passenger into the seat for the belt that is to be tested.2. Proceed to the designated safe area.3. Drive the vehicle at approximately 16 km/h (10 MPH). Notify any passengers of a pending sudden stop
and the driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that the retractor doesnot lock, apply brakes firmly and make a very hard stop.
During stop, seat belts should lock and not be extended. If the seat belt retractor assembly does not lock, per-form the retractor off-vehicle check.
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK1. Remove the seat belt retractor.
Remove the front seat belt assembly, refer to SB-6, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installa-tion".
2. Slowly pull out webbing while tilting the retractor assembly forward from the mounted position withouttwisting the retractor assembly as shown in the figure.
SB-5Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT BELT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >• The webbing can be pulled out when the angle (A) is 15degrees or less.
• The webbing cannot be pulled out when the angle (B) is 27degrees or more.
Replace the seat belt assembly if it does not operate normally.
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004258094
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004258095
REMOVALCAUTION:Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect battery negative terminal and wait atleast 3 minutes.1. Remove the outer anchor.
• Remove the outer anchor cover.
A and B : Tilting angles
: Vehicle front
PHIA0954J
1. Anchor cover 2. Anchor bolt 3. Outer anchor
4. Retaining washer 5. Spring washer 6. Spacer
7. Seat belt extension 8. Shoulder anchor 9. Plastic washer
10. Seat belt bracket 11. Seat belt pre-tensioner connector 12. Pre-crash seat belt connector
13. Pre-tensioner seat belt retractor
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JMHIA0433GB
SB-6Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT BELT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
• Remove the fixing anchor bolt of the outer anchor.
2. Remove the shoulder anchor.• Remove the shoulder anchor cover.• Remove the fixing anchor bolt of the shoulder anchor.
3. Remove the rear side finisher and rear pillar finisher. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installation".4. Remove the seat belt bracket. Remove the fixing bolt of the seat belt bracket.5. Remove the seat belt assembly.
• Disconnect the seat belt pre-tensioner connector.NOTE:• For installing/removing seat belt pre-tensioner connector,
insert thin screwdriver wrapped in tape into notch, lift lockand remove connector.
• Install connector with lock raised, and push lock into connec-tor.
• After installing the connector, check that the lock is pushedsecurely into it.
• Disconnect the pre-crash seat belt connector.• Remove the fixing screw and anchor bolt of the pre-tensioner seat belt retractor.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.SEAT BELT BUCKLE
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection INFOID:0000000004258096
AFTER A COLLISIONWARNING:Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replacedunless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Fail-ure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which theair bags are deployed.Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:• The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buck-
les show no damage and continue to operate properly).• The seat belt is damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.).• The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.• The seat belt pre-tensioner must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in which
the air bags are deployed.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS1. Check the seat belt warning lamp/chime for proper operation as follows:a. Turn ignition switch ON. The seat belt warning lamp should illuminate. Also, the seat belt warning chime
should sound for about six seconds.b. Fasten driver seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should turn off and the chime (if sounding) should
stop.2. If the air bag warning lamp is blinking, conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III and air bag warning
lamp. Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".3. Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are securely attached.4. Repeat steps above as necessary to check the other seat belts.
PHIA0953J
SB-7Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
FRONT SEAT BELT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004258097
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004258098
REMOVALRemove the seat belt buckle.• Remove the front seat from vehicle. Refer to SE-182, "Removal and Installation" (for ease of tool operation
in narrow space).• Disconnect the seat belt buckle harness connector and harness clamp.• Remove the fixing anchor bolt of the seat belt buckle.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1. Seat belt buckle harness connector 2. Anchor bolt 3. Retaining washer
4. Washer 5. Spacer 6. Seat belt buckle
7. Wave washer
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JMHIA0029GB
SB-8Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT BELT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
REAR SEAT BELTSEAT BELT RETRACTOR
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Inspection INFOID:0000000004258099
AFTER A COLLISIONWARNING:Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replacedunless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Fail-ure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which theair bags are deployed.Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:• The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buck-
les show no damage and continue to operate properly).• The seat belt is damaged in an accident (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.).• The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.• The seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in
which the air bags are deployed.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS1. Check the seat belt warning lamp/chime for proper operation as follows:a. Turn ignition switch ON. The seat belt warning lamp should illuminate. Also, the seat belt warning chime
should sound for about six seconds.b. Fasten driver seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should turn off and the chime (if sounding) should
stop.2. If the air bag warning lamp is blinking, conduct self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III and air bag warning lamp.
Refer to SRC-14, "Diagnosis Description".3. Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are securely attached.4. Check retractor operation:a. Fully extend the seat belt webbing and check for twists, tears or other damage.b. Allow the seat belt to retract. Ensure that webbing returns smoothly and completely into the retractor. If
the seat belt does not return smoothly, wipe the inside of the loops with a clean paper cloth. Because dirtbuild-up in the loops of that upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly.
c. Fasten the seat belt. Check the seat belt returns smoothly and completely to the retractor. If the webbingdoes not return smoothly, the cause may be an accumulation of dust or dirt. Use the “SEAT BELT TAPESET” and perform the following steps.
5. Repeat steps above as necessary to check the other seat belts.
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK
Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR)NOTE:All seat belt retractors are Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) type. In an emergency (sudden stop) theretractor will lock and prevent the webbing from extending any further. All 3-point type seat belt retractorsexcept the driver's seat belt also have an Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. The ALR mode (alsocalled child restraint mode) is used when installing child seats. The ALR mode is activated when the seat beltis fully extended. When the webbing is then retracted partially, the ALR mode automatically locks the seat beltin a specific position so the webbing cannot be extended any further. To cancel the ALR mode, allow the seatbelt to fully wind back into the retractor.Check the seat belt retractors with the following test(s) to determine if a retractor assembly is operating prop-erly.
ELR Function Stationary Check
SB-9Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT BELT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >Grasp the shoulder webbing and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and prevent the belt fromextending further.ALR Function Stationary Check
1. Pull out the entire length of seat belt from retractor until a click is heard.2. Retract the webbing partially. A clicking noise should be heard as the webbing retracts indicating that the
retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode.3. Grasp the seat belt and try to pull out the retractor. The webbing must lock and not extend any further. If
NG, replace the retractor assembly.4. Allow the entire length of the webbing to retract to cancel the automatic locking mode.
ELR Function Moving Check
WARNING:Perform the following test in a safe, open area clear of other vehicles and obstructions (for example, alarge, empty parking lot). Road surface must be paved and dry. NEVER perform the following test onwet or gravel roads or on public streets and highways. This could result in an accident and seriouspersonal injury. The driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that theretractor does not lock.1. Fasten driver seat belt. Buckle a passenger into the seat for the belt that is to be tested.2. Proceed to the designated safe area.3. Drive the vehicle at approximately 16 km/h (10 MPH). Notify any passengers of a pending sudden stop
and the driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event that the retractor doesnot lock, apply brakes firmly and make a very hard stop.
During stop, seat belts should lock and not be extended. If the seat belt retractor assembly does not lock, per-form the retractor off-vehicle check.
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK1. Remove the seat belt retractor.
Remove the rear seat belt assembly, refer to SB-11, "SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installa-tion".
2. Slowly pull out webbing while tilting the retractor assembly forward from the mounted position withouttwisting the retractor assembly as shown in the figure.• The webbing can be pulled out when the angle (A) is 15
degrees or less.• The webbing cannot be pulled out when the angle (B) is 27
degrees or more.
Replace the seat belt assembly if it does not operate normally.
A and B : Tilting angles
: Vehicle front
PHIA0997J
SB-10Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT BELT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004258100
SEAT BELT RETRACTOR : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004258101
REMOVAL1. Remove the outer and inner anchors.
• Remove the rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".• Remove the outer anchor fixing anchor bolt.
2. Remove the seat belt assembly. • Remove the rear seatback. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".• Remove the kicking plate inner, the rear side finisher and the rear pillar finisher. Refer to INT-14,
"Removal and Installation".• Remove the seat belt escutcheon from the rear pillar finisher. Refer to INT-14, "Removal and Installa-
tion".• Remove the retractor cover.• Remove the fixing anchor bolt of the seat belt retractor.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.SEAT BELT BUCKLE
1. Anchor bolt 2. Outer anchor 3. Seat belt buckle
4. Retaining washer 5. Shoulder anchor 6. Spacer
7. Retractor cover 8. Seat belt retractor
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JMHIA0434GB
SB-11Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT BELT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Inspection INFOID:0000000004258102
AFTER A COLLISIONWARNING:Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attached hardware after any collision.NISSAN/INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replacedunless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Fail-ure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioners must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which theair bags are deployed.Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if:• The seat belt is in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buck-
les show no damage and continue to operate properly).• The seat belt is damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.)• The seat belt attaching point is damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or
distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly.• Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out.• The seat belt pre-tensioner must be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in which
the air bags are deployed.
PRELIMINARY CHECKS1. Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are securely attached.2. Repeat step above as necessary to check the other seat belts.
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Exploded View INFOID:0000000004258103
JMHIA0434GB
SB-12Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
REAR SEAT BELT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
SEAT BELT BUCKLE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004258104
REMOVALRemove the seat belt buckle.• Remove the rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".• Remove the fixing anchor bolt of the inner anchor.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1. Anchor bolt 2. Outer anchor 3. Seat belt buckle
4. Retaining washer 5. Shoulder anchor 6. Spacer
7. Retractor cover 8. Seat belt retractor
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
SB-13Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
LATCH SYSTEM FOR CHILDREN
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >LATCH SYSTEM FOR CHILDREN
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004258105
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004258106
REMOVALCAUTION:Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out.1. Remove the rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-192, "Removal and Installation".2. Remove LATCH (Lower Anchor and Tether for Children) system.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1. LATCH system
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JMHIA0435GB
SB-14Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT
C
D
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
B
N
O
P
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
S
TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000004258107
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000004258108
REMOVALCAUTION:Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out. 1. Remove the top tether strap child restraint cover. Refer to INT-17, "Exploded View".2. Remove the top tether strap child restraint.
INSTALLATIONInstall in the reverse order of removal.
1. Anchor bolt 2. Anchor plate 3. Spacer
4. Fiber washer
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbols in the figure.
JMHIA0436GB
SB-15Revision: 2009 October 2009 G37 Coupe